ML18192B830

Environmental Report Construction Permit Stage, Volume IV for Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station, Units 1, 2, & 3.

ML18192B830
Person / Time
Site:	Palo Verde
Issue date:	02/03/1975
From:	Arizona Public Service Co
To:	Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
Download: ML18192B830 (493)

Text

PALO VERDE NUCLEAR GENERATING STATION UNITS 1,2&3 ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT CONSTRUCTION PERMIT STAGE VOLUME IV

j. ~ ~<tL'lh ',

OCT7 1974 8 US. ATOMIC EtiEllOI COHHISSIOil Rsgu,airy Hall Secilca ARIZONA PUBLIC SERVICE COMPANY PROJECT MANAGER AND OPE RATING AGENT

PVNGS-1,263 ER CONTENTS Page 4.1 SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION 4. 1-1 4.1.1 EFFECTS ON LAND USE 4.1-1 4.1.1.1 Site Pre aration 4.1-1 4.1.1.2 Site Construction 4.1-3 4.1.1.3 Minimizin Undesirable Effects Related Activities of'ro'ected 4.1-8 4.1.1.4 Existin Terrain Protection 4.1-10 4.1.2 ECOLOGICAL IMPACT 4.1-12 4.1.2.1 Ve etation Disturbance 4.1-12 4.1.2.2 Wildlife Disturbance 4.1-13 4.1.2.3 Aquatic Resources 4.1-19 4.1.2.4 Ecological Impact Conclusions 4.1-19 4.1.3 WATER USE 4.1.20 4.1.3.1 'Natural Water Bodies 4.1-20 4.1.3.2 Effects of Plant Construction on Existing Water Use 4.1-20 4.1.3.3 Water Regulation and Usage 4.1-20 4.1.3.4 Dewatering, Groundwater Control and Wells 4. 1-21, 4.1.4 REFERENCE 4.1-22 4.2 EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4. 2-1 4.2.1 TRANSMISSION LINE SYSTEM 4. 2-1 4.2.1.1 Changes in Physical and Biological Processes 4.2-1 4.2.1.2 Length. of Lines Through Visually Sensitive Land 4.2-10 4.2.1.3 Loss of Agricultural Productivity 4.2-11

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER CONTENTS (cont)

X age 4.2.1.4 Number and Length of New Access Roads and Service Roads Required 4.2-12 4.2.1.5 Erosion Directly Traceable to Construction 4.2-13 4.2.1. 6 Mitigative Measures Projects 1, 2 and 3 4.2-15 4.2.2 WASTEWATER CONVEYANCE PIPELINE 4.2-20A 4.2.2.1 Changes in Physical and Biological Processes 4.2-20A 4.2.2.2 Length of Pipeline Through Visually Sensitive Land 4.2-22 4.2.2.3 Loss of A ricultural Productivity 4.2-22 4.2.2.4 Number and Length of New Access Roads and Service Roads Required 4.2-22 4.2.2.5 Erosion Directly Traceable to Construction 4.2-22 4.2.2.6 Mitigative Measures 4.2-23 4.3 ,RESOURCES 'COMMITTED DUE TO PLANT CONSTRUCTION 4.3-1 4.,3. 1 MATERIAL RESOURCES 4.3-1 4.3.2 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMIT-MENTS OF NATURAL RESOURCES 4.3-4 Supplement No.

February 3, 1975 3 4-ii

PVNGS-1,2Sr3 ER TABLES Page Labor Requirements During Construction of Palo Verde Power Plant 4.1-11 Estimates of Traffic Volume Zn and Out of Plant During Construction 4.1-11 Estimated Total Annual Yield and Total Biomass of Native Vegetation to be Cleared in Site Preparation and Construction of the PVNGS 4.1-14 Approximate Acres of Natural Vegetation Removed by PVNGS Project 1 Routes 4. 2-5 Approximate Acres of Natural Vegetation Removed by PVNGS Project 2 Routes 4. 2-8 Material Requirements for Construction 4. 3-2 4-iii Supplement No.

February 3, 1975 3

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER FIGURES 4.1-1 Site Construction Plan 4-iv

PVNGS-1, 263 ER .,

CONTENTS (cont) 2.8.3 RADIOACTIVE FALLOUT 2.8.4 REGIONAL RADIOLOGICAL CHARACTERISITCS'.8.5 RADIONUCLIDES IN INSTITUTIONAL DIET SAMPLES 2.8.6 LIMITED SITE ORIENTED RADIOLOGICAL SURVEY 2.

8.7 REFERENCES

2.9 OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL FEATURES 2.9.1 NOISE SURVEY 2.

9.2 BACKGROUND

NOISE DATA 2.9.3 RESULTS APPENDIX 2A LETTER FROM STATE HISTORIC PRESERVATION OFFICER APPENDIX 2B ARCHAEOLOGICAL EVALUATION OF THE SITE APPENDIX 2C ARCHAEOLOGICAL EVALUATION OF WATER

~ CONVEYANCE ROUTES APPENDIX 2D SURFACE WATER RECORDS OF THE LOWER HASSAYAMPA-CENTENNIAL AREA APPENDIX 2E CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF GILA RIVER FLOWS BELOW GILLESPIE DAM, ARIZONA APPENDIX 2F INVENTORY OF THE FLORA OF THE PROPOSED SALT-RIVER NATURAL AREA SOUTH OF TOLLESON, ARIZONA APPENDIX 2G ANIMAL SPECIES THAT HAVE BEEN OBSERVED IN THE PROPOSED SALT RIVER NATURAL AREA SOUTH OF TOLLESON, ARIZONA

3. THE PLANT 3.1 EXTERNAL APPEARA 3.1.1 DESIGN OBJECTIVES 3.1.2 SOURCES OF PUBLIC EXPOSURE 3.1.3 SPECIFIC FEATURES 3.

1.4 CONCLUSION

PVNGS 1 i 263 ER CONTENTS (cont) 3.2 REACTOR AND STEAM-ELECTRIC SYSTEM 3.3 PLANT WATER USE 3.3.1 INFLUENT WATER SOURCES 3.3.2 PLANT WATER USES 3.3.3 PLANT WASTE WATER 3.4 HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM 3.4.1 CIRCULATING WATER SYSTEM 3.4.2 OTHER COOLXNG WATER SYSTEMS 3.5 RADWASTE SYSTEMS 3.5.1 LIQUID RADWASTE SYSTEM 3.5.2 GASEOUS RADWASTE SYSTEM

',3.5.3 SOLXD RADWASTE SYSTEM 3' CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE WASTES 3.6.1 PREOPERATIONAL AND PERIODIC CLEANING WASTES 3.6.2 NONRADIOACTIVE OPERATIONAL WASTES 3.6.3 NONRADIOACTIVE LIQUID WASTE DISPOSAL 3.7 SANITARY AND OTHER WASTE SYSTEMS 3.7.1 LIQUID WASTES 3.7.2 . SOLID WASTES 3.7.3 GASEOUS EFFLUENTS 3.8 RADIOACTIVE MATERXALS INVENTORY 3.8.1 NEW FUEL SHXPPING 3.8.2 SPENT FUEL SHIPPING 3.8.3 RADIOACTXVE WASTE SHIPMENT 3.9 TRANSMXSSION AND CONVEYANCE FACILITIES 3.9.1 ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION FACILITIES 3.9.2 WASTEWATER CONVEYANCE 3.

9.3 REFERENCES

APPENDIX 3A APPLICANTS RESPONSES TO APPENDIX 1 TO THE UNITED STATES ATOMIC ENERGY COMMISSION'S REGULATORY GUIDE 4.2 PREPARATXON OF ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTS FOR NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS

PVNGS-1,263 ER CONTENTS (cont)

VOLUME IV

4. ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF SITE PREPARATION, PLANT AND TRANSMISSION FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION 4.1 SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION 4.1.1 EFFECTS ON LAND USE 4.1.2 ECOLOGICAL IMPACT 4.1.3 WATER USE 4.1.4 REFERENCE 4.2 EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4.2.1 TRANSMISSION LINE SYSTEM 4.2.2 WASTEWATER CONVEYANCE PIPELINE 4.3 RESOURCES COMMITTED DUE TO PLANT CONSTRUCTION 4.3.1 MATERIAL RESOURCES 4.3.2 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMIT-MENTS OF NATURAL RESOURCES 5 ~ ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF PLANT OPERATION 5.1 EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM 5.1.1 CONSUMPTIVE WATER LOSSES 5.1. 2 EFFECTS ON GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY 5.1. 3 EFFECTS OF COOLING WATER RESERVOIR ON FAUNA 5.1.4 EFFECTS ON ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS

5. 1. 5 LAND 5.2 RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON BIOTA OTHER THAN MAN 5.2.1 EXPOSURE PATHWAYS 5.2.2 RADIOACTIVITY IN ENVIRONMENT 5.2.3 DOSE RATE ESTIMATES 5.

2.4 REFERENCES

PVNGS-1,2S3 ER CONTENTS (cont) 5.3 RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON MAN 5.3.1 EXPOSURE PATHWAYS 5.3.2 LIQUID EFFLUENTS 5.3.3 GASEOUS EFFLUENTS 5.3.4 DIRECT RADIATION 5.3.5

SUMMARY

OF ANNUAL RADIATION DOSES 5.

3.6 REFERENCES

5.4 EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES 5.4.1 BLOWDOWN EFFECTS 5.4.2 EFFECTS OF COOLING TOWER DRIFT 5.

4.3 REFERENCES

5.5 EFFECTS OF SANITARY AND OTHER WASTE DISCHARGES 5.5.1 SANITARY WASTES 5.5.2 GASEOUS EFFLUENTS 5.6 EFFECTS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 5.6.1 TRANSMISSXON SYSTEM 5.6.2 EFFECTS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE WASTEWATER CONVEYANCE PIPELINE 5.7 OTHER EFFECTS 5.7.1 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF WATER DIVERSION 5.7.2 PLANT OPERATION NOISE 5.

7.3 REFERENCES

5.7.4 BIBLIOGRAPHY 5.8 RESOURCES COMMXTTED DUE TO PLANT OPERATION REPLACEABLE COMPONENTS AND CONSUM-ABLE MATERIALS 5.8.2 CONSUMPTIVE WATER USE 5.8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL LOSSES

PVNGS-1,263 ER CONTENTS (cont) 5.8.4 LAND RESOURCES 5.

8.5 REFERENCES

5.9 DECOMMISSIONING AND DISMANTLING APPENDIX 5A DOSE CALCULATION METHOD FOR EXPOSURE TO BIOTA OTHER THAN MAN APPENDIX 5B DOSE CALCULATIONAL METHODS FOR HUMAN EXPOSURE

6. EFFLUENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENTS MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.1 PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMS 6.1.1 SURFACE WATER MONITORING 6.1.2 GROUNDWATER 6.1.3 AIR 6.1.4 LAND 6.1.5 RADIOLOGICAL SURVEYS 6.1.6 PREOPERATIONAL NOISE SURVEYS 6.

1.7 REFERENCES

6.2 PROPOSED OPERATIONAL-MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.2.1 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING 6.2.2 CHEMICAL EFFLUENT MONITORING 6.2.3 THERMAL EFFLUENT MONITORING 6.2.4 METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING 6.2.5 ECOLOGICAL MONITORING 6.2.6 OPERATIONAL GROUNDWATER MONITORING 6.2.7 OPERATIONAL NOISE SURVEYS 6.3 RELATED ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENT AND MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.3.1 NONRADIOLOGICAL MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.3.2 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.3.3 REFERENCE APPENDIX 6A PALO VERDE SITE PUMP TEST APPENDIX 6B TANK TEST FOR INFILTRATION ESTIMATE 7, ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF ACCIDENTS

PVNGS-l, 263 ER CONTENTS (cont) 7.1 PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY 7.

1.1 INTRODUCTION

7.1.2 ACCIDENT ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSXON PARAMETER CALCULATIONS 7.1.3 DOSE CALCULATION METHODOLOGY 7.1.4 ACCIDENT DISCUSSION 7.1.5

SUMMARY

OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES 7.1.6 BIBLIOGRAPHY 7.2 OTHER ACCIDENTS 7.2.1 ACCIDENTS INVOLVING THE SWITCHYARD 7.2.2 ACCIDENTS INVOLVING FUEL AND LUBE OIL STORAGE TANKS 7.2.3 ACCIDENTS INVOLVING HAZARDOUS GASES 7.2.4 ACCXDENTS INVOLVING HAZARDOUS LIQUIDS AND CHEMICAL 7.

2.5 REFERENCES

8. ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL EFFECTS OF PLANT CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATXON 8.1 BENEFITS 8.1.1 DIRECT BENEFITS 8.1.2 INDIRECT BENEFITS 8.1.3 OTHER BENEFITS 8.1.4 IMPACTS IF NOT BUILT 8.2 COSTS 8.2.1 ESTIMATED INTERNAL COSTS 8.2.2 EXTERNAL COSTS APPENDIX 8A POLICY FOR MINIMIZING CONSEQUENCE OF BULK POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPTIONS OR SHORTAGES: WESTERN SYSTEMS COORDINATING COUNCIL, ARIZONA-NEW MEXICO AREA VOLUME V 9: A'ALTERNATIVE ENERGY SOURCES AND SITES 9.1 ALTERNATIVES NOT REQUIRING THE CREATION OF NEW GENERATING CAPACITY

PVNGS-1, 263 ER CONTENTS (cont) 9.1.1 NORTHWEST-SOUTHWEST INTERTIE 9.1.2 PURCHASE OF CAPACITY AND ENERGY 9.1.3 CURTAILMENT OF POWER 9.1.4 RETIRED UNITS AND UPRATING OF EXISTING UNITS 9.1.5 OPERATION OF PEAKING AND/OR INTERMEDIATE UNITS FOR BASELOAD 9.1.6 MISCELLANEOUS ACTIVITIES 9.1 ~ 7 REFERENCES 9.2 ALTERNATIVES REQUIRING THE CREATION OF NEW GENERATING CAPACITY 9.2.1 ENERGY RESOURCE MIX 9.2.2 ENERGY RESOURCE ALTERNATIVES 9.2.3 SITE ALTERNATIVE IDENTIFICATION 9.2.4 DETAILED INVESTIGATION OF PROPOSED SITING AREAS 9.

2.5 REFERENCES

9.3 COMPARISON OF ALTERNATIVES BASED ON COST EFFECTIVENESS 9.3.1 ALTERNATIVE PLANTS 9.3.2 ALTERNATIVE SITES 9.3.3.

SUMMARY

9.

3.4 REFERENCES

10. PLANT DESIGN ALTERNATIVES 10.1 COOLING SYSTEM ALTERNATIVES 10.1.1 ALTERNATIVES EVALUATED 10.1.2 ALTERNATIVES REJECTED 10.1.3 MONETIZED COSTS

10. 1. 4 ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS 10.1.5 ENGINEERING g ECONOMIC g AND ENVIRON MENTAL TRADEOFFS 1'0. 1. 6 REFERENCES

PVNGS-1,263 ER CONTENTS (cont) 10.2 PLANT MAKEUP WATER SYSTEM 10.2.1 "

RANGE OF ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED 10.3 DISCHARGE SYSTEMS 10.4 CHEMICAL WASTE SYSTEM ALTERNATIVES 10.5 BIOCIDE TREATMENT 10.6 SANITARY WASTE SYSTEM 10.6.1 RANGE OF ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED 10.6.2 MONETIZED COSTS 10.6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS 10.6.4 SUPPORTING DETAILS 10.7 LIQUID RADWASTE SYSTEMS 10.8 GASEOUS RADWASTE SYSTEMS 10.9 ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION AND WATER CONVEYANCE SYSTEM FACILITIES 10.9.1 ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION LINE FACILITIES 10.9.2 WASTEWATER CONVEYANCE PIPELINE FACILITIES 10.10 SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL ALTERNATIVES 10.10.1 RANGE OF ALTERNATIVES 10.10.2 MONETIZED COSTS 10.10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS 10.10.4 SUPPORTING DETAILS ll.

SUMMARY

BENEFIT--COST ANALYSIS

11.1 INTRODUCTION

11 ' BENEFITS 11.2.1 DIRECT BENEFITS 11.2.2 INDIRECT BENEFITS 11.3 COSTS'1.3.1 DIRECT COST 11.3.2 INDIRECT COST

11.4 CONCLUSION

12. ENVIRONMENTAL APPROVALS AND CONSULTATIONS

PVNGS-1,263 ER CONTENTS (cont) 12.1 STATUS OF LICENSES, PERMITS AND APPROVALS 12.2 STATUS OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEM PERMITS 12.3 WATER QUALITY CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 401 OF THE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT, AS AMENDED 12.4 STATUS OF CONTACTS WITH STATE, LOCAL AND REGIONAL PLANNING AUTHORITIES 12.5 STATUS OF MEETINGS WITH ENVIRONMENTAL AND CITIZEN GROUPS 12.6 CITIZEN GROUP RECOMMENDATION

13. REFERENCES

l PVNGS-1,263 ER CONTENTS Page 4.1 SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION 4.1-1 4.1.1 EFFECTS ON LAND USE 4.1-1 4.1.1.1 Site Pre aration 4.1-1 4 '.1.2 Site Construction 4.1-3 4.1.1.3 Minimizin Undesirable Effe'cts of Pro'ected Related Activities 4.1-8 4.1.1.4 Existin Terrain Protection 4.1-10 4.1.2 ECOLOGICAL IMPACT 4.1-12 4.1.2.1 Ve etation Disturbance 4.1-12 4.1.2.2 Wildlife Disturbance 4.1-13 4.1.2.3 Aquatic Resources 4.1-19 4.1.2.4 Ecological Impact Conclusions 4.1-19 4.1.3 WATER USE 4.1.20 4.1.3.1 Natural Water Bodies 4.1-20 4.1.3.2 Effects of Plant Construction on Existing Water Use 4.1-20 4.1.3.3 Water Regulation and Usage 4.1-20 4.1.3.4 Dewatering, Groundwater Control and Wells .4. 1-21 4.1.4 REFERENCE "

4.1-22 4.2 EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4.2-1, I4.2.1 TRANSMISSION LINE SYSTEM '.2-1 I4. 2. 1.1 Changes in Physical and Biological Processes 4.2-1 4.2.1.2 Length of Lines Through Visually Sensitive Land. 4.2-10

,4.2.1.3 t

Loss of Agricultural Productivity 4.2-11

PVNGS-1,263 ER CONTENTS (cont)

Page 4.2.1.4 Number and Length of New Access Roads and Service Roads Required 4.2-12 4.2.1.5 Erosion Directly Traceable to Construction 4.2-13 4.2.1. 6 Mitigative Measures,- Project 1 and Project 2,, 4.2-15 4.2.2 NASTENATER CONVEYANCE PIPELINE 4.2-20 4.2.2.1 Changes in Physical and Biological Processes il 4.2-20 4.2.2.2 Length of Pipeline Through Visually Sensitive Land, 4.2-22 4.2.2.3 Loss of A ricultural Productivity 4.2-22 4.2.2.4 Number and Length of New Access Roads and Servi.ce Roads Required 4. 2-22 4.2.2.5 Erosion Directly, Traceable to,,

Construction. 4. 2-22 4.2.-2.6 Mitigative Measures, 4. 2-23 4.3 RESOURCES 'COMMITTED DUE TO PLANT CONSTRUCTION, 4.3-1 4.3.1 MATERIAL RESOURCES 4.3-1 4.3.2 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMIT-MENTS OF NATURAL,,RESOURCES 4.3-4 l

PVNGS-1,263 ER TABLES Page 4.1-1 Labor Requirements During Construction of Palo Verde Power Plant 4.1-11 4.1-2 Estimates of Traffic Volume In and Out of Plant During Construction 4.1-11

4. 1-3 Estimated Total Annual Yield and Total Biomass of Native Vegetation to be Cleared in Site Preparation and Construction of the PVNGS 4. 1-14 4.2-1 Approximate Acres of Natural Vegetation Removed by PVNGS Routes 4.2-5 4.3-1 Material Requirements for Construction 4. 3-2

PVNGS-1,263 ER FIGURES 4.1-1 Site Construction Plan 4-iv

PVNGS-1, 2S(3'R

4. ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF SITE PREPARATION, PLANT AND TRANSMISSION FACILITIES CONSTRUCTION The PVNGS site occupies approximately 3800 acres. ,Of this total, about 1500 acres will be modified for the plant and associated facilities. Currently, a portion of the site area is partly under cultivation and the drainage pattern slopes gently in a north to south direction.

Plant operational water requirements will be satisfied by transporting treated wastewater effluent from the sewage treatment plants in the Phoenix area, as described in chapter 3. Local groundwater will be used to provide water for domestic use and fire protection during construction.

There are no rivers, lakes or other significant surface water bodies in'he site vicinity that could either be used for water supply or which would be adversely affected by discharges from the plant during construction or operation.

4 ~ 1 SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION The discussion of the effects of site preparation and plant construction consider both land and water use. Figure 4.1-1 is a construction plan of the site.

4.1.1 EFFECTS ON LAND USE 4.1.1.1 Site Pre aration 4.1.1.1.1 Clearing and Grubbing Approximately 2000 acres will be cleared for. construction of the three units and supporting facilities. Five hundred acres are used for construction facilities and will be generally returned to the original condition. Brush and vegetation cover will be cleared and may be used for erosion control.

4. 1-1

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION Other organic material which cannot be used will be buried in onsite disposal areas. Tree stumps and other organic material from the railroad, access roads, and transmission corridors will be buried within the right-of-way.

4.1.1.1.2 Excavation and Use of Fill Topsoil will be removed and stockpiled in spoil areas during construction. Excess subsoil removed during excavation and site grading will be used wherever possible as construction fill.

Material excavated from the plant reservoir, evaporation I

ponds, and disposal and power block areas will be used for site fill. Materials excavated from the reservoir and evapora-tion pond will be sufficient for constructing berms for the 300-acre reservoir and the 200-acre evaporation pond. Some of the excavated material may be used to create a visitors center area. A total of approximately 20 million cubic yards of soil will be excavated.

No offsite borrow areas are anticipated. Preliminary indica-tions are that no explosives will be required for site excavation.,

4.1.1.1.3 Grading Onsite grading will be confined to areas requiring excavation, placement of embankments end backfill. These areas are C

~ Reservoir e Power block o Cooling tower basins

~ Evaporation pond o Water reclamation area o Administration building e Warehouse and shop buildings 4.1-2

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION

~ Switchyards

~ Material laydown yards.

Offsite grading will be confined to e Access roads

~ Railroad access

~ Transmission corridors

~ Wastewater transmission pipeline.

4.1.1.2 Site Construction 4.1.1.2.1 Permanent Site Access

4. 1. 1. 2. 1. 1 Roads. Permanent offsite roadway access, is from the north via the Buckeye-Balome Road, (1-10 temporary) approxi ma'tely 2 miles north, of the site boundary. Approximately 0.6 miles of existing road will be improved to provide two paved traffic lanes (see figure 4.1-1).

Permanent onsite access consists of those roadways from site boundaries to

~ Administration building

~ Units 1 2 I and 3 P ower blocks

~ Around entire cooling tower systems for all units

~ Switch yard

~ Water reclamation area

~ Evaporation pond

~ Warehouse and shops

~ Vi'sitors center.

4.1.1.2.1.2 Railroads. A railroad spur approximately 2.2 miles long will be constructed north from the existing 4.1-3

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION Southern Pacific Railroad line to the southern boundary of the site. Permanent onsite railroads consist of those from the southern site boundary to the containment buildings for Units 1, 2, and 3, and the water reclamation area (see figure 4.1-1).

4.1.1.2.2 Site Drainage An existing drainage line crosses the site from north to south.

This has been named East Wash, and has a tributary area of approximately 7 square miles north of the site. Existing east-west ditches and north-south berms direct the intermittent flows in the wash away from the existing cultivated land at the site. .A channelization of East Wash will approximate the existing drainage line and berms near the last site boundary, and will provide better alignment of the intermittent flow of this wash.'ite drainage ditches will also be constructed to direct onsite runoff south and east toward the East, Wash drainage line .

4.1.1.2.3 Temporary Site Facilities 4.1.1.2.3.1 Roads and Railroads. An existing offsite road (Wintersburg Road) will be upgraded and maintained for construc-tion access to the site. .Temporary construction roads will be built for access to the power blocks, spoil and borrow areas, reservoir, and evaporation ponds. Temporary construction roads will also be constructed to the switchyard area, warehouses, shop buildings, administration building,'nd to the water reclamation area, as shown on figure 4.1-1.

Construction roads used during plant construction, after the basic excavating and fill operations are complete, will be of a permanent nature", being in use for a period of.5 to 7 years.

They will be surfaced with materials such as asphaltic concrete paving or gravel. The material selected will be determined by

4. 1-4

PVNGS 1 g 263 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION the frequency of use and loads to be moved over the roads. Dust control methods selected for gravel roads will also be governed by the frequency of road use and will consist of the use of water trucks or approved chemicals.

Temporary railroads may be built as dictated by material handling requirements.

4.1.1.2.3.2 Temporary Facilities. As a minimum, the following temporary construction buildings are planned

~ General construction office

~ Main warehouse

~ Auxiliary warehouse

~ General shop

~ Carpenter shop

~ Lofting deck Change house Timekeeping building Concrete testing laboratory

~ First aid;

~ Firehouse a Miscellaneous buildings and shops Figure 4.1-1 shows the locations of these buildings.

All of these facilities will be located by considering the following criteria

~ Accessibility I

~ Interference with future construction

~ Convenience to offsite and onsite access 4.1-5

PVNGS-l, 263 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION 4.1.1.2.3.3 Batch Plant. The batch plant and ice facilities will be located adjacent to the railroad spur at the west 1

central boundary of the site. This location (see figure 4.1-1) affords

~ 'onvenient servicing and access of power block requirements

~ Elimination of mix truck co'ngestion

~ Drainage of water and daily waste to the designated collection area.

4.1.1.2.3.4 Bridges and Culverts. East Wash, adjacent to the east site boundary, should eliminate major onsite water crossings and the need for bridges and culverts. Water runoff during construction will be diverted by drainage canals and drained directly into East Wash. Temporary culverts will be used as required under temporary roads to handle minor storms.

4.1.1.2.3.5 Removal of Temporary Facilities. After construction is completed, temporary construction facilities (with the possible exception of the warehouses) will be, removed, topsoil will be replaced where planting will be undertaken, and the land will be restored. Construction roads of a temporary nature which do not become part of permanent road system will be removed. Construction road side slopes and spoil area slopes will be graded to meet existing contours to prevent water accumulation and erosion.

4.1.1.2.3.6 Lay Down Areas. Onsite material lay down areas will be located to provide convenient access for transportation and construction (see figure 4.1-1).

4. 1-6

PVNGS-li2&3 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION 4.1.1.2.4

~ ~ ~ Permanent and Miscellaneous Buildings Permanent buildings and facilities include the following e 'ower block buildings e Administration building

~ Warehouse and shop buildings

,~ Cooling towers and circulating water lines

~ Essential spray ponds

~ Evaporation ponds e Reservoir

~ Wastewater conveyance pipeline

~ Switchyard and transmission lines o Site drainage and diversion facilities

~ Access roads and railroad

~ Visitors center

~ Reclamation plant.

4.1.1.2.5 Pipelines 4.1.1.2.5.1 Makeup Lines. A single makeup line provides the necessary water from the reservoir to each of the unit intake structures. Demand is approximately 20,000 gallons per minute per unit. All lines will be placed below ground and backfilled.

4.1.1.2.5.2 Blowdown Lines. Blowdown lines carry the blowdown water from the cooling towers to the blowdown treatment facility at the rate of approximately 1000 gallons per minute per unit. All lines are placed underground and backfilled.

4.1-7

PVNGS-1,263 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION

-4.1.1.2.5.3 Circulating Water Lines. Circulating water lines transport water to each unit at the rate of approximately 620,000 gallons per minute from the cooling tower system to'he condenser and back to the towers. The circulating water lines are placed underground and backfilled.

4.1.1.3 Minimizing Undesirable Effects of Projected Related Activities 4.1.1.3.1 Water, Waste and Safety Control 4.1.1.3.1.1 Dust Control. Dust control methods are utilized during all phases of site preparation and construction. During clearing, grubbing, and earth moving operations, dust is con-trolled by using water trucks. Chemical dust control methods will be used as needed.

4.1.1.3.1.2 Rubbish and Waste Control. In the event any burning is required, combustible construction trash will be burned at a designated burning area to reduce volume, and the residue will be covered with earth. Although Arizona Revised Statute 36-789 prohibits open burning, a provisional burning permit can be obtained from respective county governments.

This course of action will be pursued if burning is necessary.

Noncombustible construction trash will be disposed of in the spoil area by landfill methods.

The concrete batch plant will discharge waste from material wash into a settling pond. Waste from truck wash will be discharged into a settling pond.

4.1.1.3.1.3 Sanitation. Sanitary facilities capable of handling the needs of the maximum construction work force will be provided. During the initial phases of site preparation, portable chemical toilets will be located around the plant site. They will be emptied periodically into a closed tank 4.1-8

PVNGS-1,263 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION truck and the wastes will be transported offsit'e for proper disposal. As construction progresses, permanent toilet and wash facilities will be built around the site. The collected wastes from these facilities will be processed in sewage treatment plants and the treated effluent will be disposed of in a temporary onsite evaporation pond. During normal plant operation the effluent will be recycled back to the reclamation plant.

Industrial interceptors will be provided to intercept wastes at the vehicle maintenance and paint shop facili-floor'rain ties. After interception, the fl'oor drain effluent will be discharged into the storm drain 'system. Petroleum products from vehicle and equipment operation will be collected and removed from the site. They will not be discharged into streams and drainage areas.

4.1.1.3.1.4 Fire Protection System'. The plant fire protection and prevention system is designed in accordance with the requirements of the NEPIA, the requirements of Nuclear Mutual Ltd (NML), applicable codes and regulations of the State of Arizona, the National Fire Codes of the National Fire Protection dissociation (NFPA), and Occupational Safety and Health Standards.

During construction two 200,000-gallon water tanks will be used as a temporary source for fire protection water. During the final stages of construction, the fire protection water supply yard main for each generating unit will be arranged so that each branch line from the yard-main to the various areas in the generating unit facilities may be supplied with water by alternate flow paths. Two-way fire hydrants with hose houses will be installed at approximately 250-foot intervals along the yard main for each unit. After plant construction, the reservoir will provide 900,000 gallons of fire protection water.

4. 1-9

PVNGS-1,263 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION 4.1.1.4.1 Existing Terrain Protection 4.1.1.4.1.1 Erosion Control. Appreciable erosion from rainfall Runoff is not anticipated on areas where the slope is less than or equal to 2 percent (level areas). Steeper slopes will be protected by peripheral interception ditches along the top edge of all cut and fill slopes. The water from peripheral ditches will be'collected in catch basins and conveyed down the slopes in drop pipes. Energy dissipators will be installed at I

the bottoms of the drop pipes.

4.1.1.4.1.2 Access to Historical and Cultural Landmarks.

Historical, cultural, and archeological sites, and natural landmarks in the region are described in section 2.3. Pre-cautions will be taken to preserve and remove any archeological and historical findings of significance prior to construction.

4.1.1.4.2 Work Force Regulations 4.1.1.4.2.1 Construction Traffic. A peak work force of about 3100 employees is expected (refer to table 4.1-1). Traffic peaks'can be expected in the morning and late afternoon.

Yearly estimates of the traffic volume in and out of the con-struction site are presented in table 4.1-2. Most major station components, excluding reactor vessels and steam gener-ators, will be received by railroad. Depending on the source, sand and aggregate may be received by rail. If sand and aggregate are delivered by truck, highway wear and congestion impact may occur.

4.1.1.4.2.2 Noise. Noise generated during construction is

~

not expected to have significant impact on human populations, since the site is remote. The nearest residence is more than 2.5 miles from the construction activities. Standard noise control devices on trucks and other equipment are expected to keep offsite noise at acceptable levels.

4. 1-10

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION Table 4.1-1 LABOR REQUIREMENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION OF PALO VERDE POWER PLANT Year Average Number of Workers 1976 860 1977 2700 1978 3050 1979 3100 1980 2950 1981 2300 1982 1250 1983 275 1984 100 Table 4.1-2 ESTIMATES OF TRAFFIC VOLUME IN AND OUT OF PLANT DURING CONSTRUCTION Projected Average Projected Total Projected Average Number of Common. Average of Number of Cars In Carrier Trucks In Vehicles In

Year and Out Per Day and Out Per Day and Out Per Day 1976 320 15 335 1977 1540 35 1575 1978 1690 38 1728 1979 1720 40 1760 1640 38 1678 1980'981 1310 35 1345 1982 800 25 825.

1983 200 10 210 1984 70 75 4.1-11

PVNGS-1,263 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION 4.1.1.4.2.3 Social Implications. Anticipated effects of the presence of a construction work force on social and institu-tional processes are discussed in chapter 8.

4 1.2 ECOLOGICAL IMPACT 4.1.2.1 Vegetation Disturbance Approximately one-half of the existing biotic communities at the 3800-acre site (including both natural and manmade) will be unavoidably lost during site preparation and construction.

This loss will result from Clearing, excavating, soil stockpiling and landfilling activities

~ Creating material supply areas

~ Building temporary and permanent roads in constructing the physical plant and supporting facilities including cooling towers, the reservoir, evaporative ponds and channelization of East Wash (see figure 4.1-1).

Since the existing drainage course of East Wash is to be relocated near the eastern boundary of the site', some of the East Wash habitat may come back a few years after channelization work has been completed.

At present, roughly 60 percent of the area to be cleared is being used for cotton, alfalfa, or small grain cultivation.

The remaining parts of the area are comprised of various native vegetational habitats: 16 percent in saltbush plains; 8 percent in creosotebush plains; 7 percent in mesquite washes; 7 percent in creosotebush-saltbush plains; and 1 percent in creosotebush-cacti hills (refer to section 2.7). The remaining one percent is existing buildings and roads (see figure 2.7-5).

Largely due to cattle grazing and vehicular traffic, the areas of native vegetation currently vary from greatly disturbed to

4. 1-12

PVNGS-l, 263 ER SITE PREPARATION AND

~ PLANT CONSTRUCTION moderately disturbed. They represent typical habitats found in the Lower Colorado Subdivision of the sonoran desertscrub, a common biotic community in Arizona, covering appr'oximately 16 percent of the state,and 60 percent of Maricopa County (refer to section 2.7.1.2.1).

The specific vegetational types found at, the site are all very common in Maricopa County, except for saltbush plain. Much of the area formerly in saltbush has been brought into cultivation due to its agricultural potential (refer to section 2.7.1.2),

although saltbush communities can sti'll be occasionally found in valley bottomlands. The saltbush plains at the site repre-sent very poor examples of this habitat type, due to their heavy disturbance. Adjacent to the site are fairly extensive areas of,all the habitats at the site.

Except for a few localized areas in mesquite washes, the total biomass of the native vegetation present is quite low compared to other Arizona vegetative communities. Table 4.1-3 indicates the estimated total annual yield of'he native vegetation present at the site and the estimated amount of biomass that will be committed for site construction. The total annual yields are estimates based on information provided by the Soil Conservation Service working through the Buckeye-Roosevelt Natural Resource Conservation District. They represent aveiage yields over a period of several years under optimum management conditions, based on the soil types and terrain at the site.

Since parts of the site are too heavily grazed for maximum sustained yields, in most instances the existing annual yield and biomass committed of the native plant communities on the site is nearer the low end of the ranges presented in table 4.1-3. (1) 4.1.2.2 Wildlife Disturbance In general, the low open desertscrub habitat provides a low total annual yield which supports low populations of fauna.

4. 1-13

Table 4.1-3 ESTIMATED TOTAL ANNUAL YIELD AND TOTAL BIOMASS OF NATIVE VEGETATION TO BE CLEARED IN SITE PREPARATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF PVNGS Total Annual Yield Acres Total Biomass (lb/acre at PVNGS To be Cleared Vegetation Type Dry Wt Basis) To be Cleared (lbs Dry Wt Basis)

Creosotebush Plain 150 to 800 170 25,500 to 136,000 Saltbush Plain 250 to 800 400 100,000 to 320,000 Mesquite-Wash 500 to 1000 120 60,000.to 120,000 Creosotebush-Cacti Hill 200 to 500 600 to . 1,500 Creosotebush-Saltbush 250 to 800 120 30,000 to 76,000 Plain TOTALS 813 216,100 to 653,500

a. Based on -information from the Soil Conservation Service, Buckeye, Arizona.

H h9 g

O 0

C 0 0

H P 0 4

PVNGS-l, 263 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION Although certain species, particularly lizards, are found primarily on the plains, the greatest number of species and hj.ghest population levels of wildlife at the site were found in the mesquite or Palo Verde washes, and in the bajadas and lower reaches of creosotebush-cacti hills. These areas have a more favorable soil moisture relationship and a greater diver-sity of habitat types (refer to section 2.7). Almost 90 per-cent of the bird species occurring in the region are associated either partially or exclusively with the wash (pseudoriparian) communities (refer to section 2.7).

Less than 10 percent of the site is comprised of narrow washes and creosotebush-cacti hills, and no large washes are present on the site. However, an extensive wash community, Winters Wash, parallels the western edge of the site (see figure 2.5-5).

This wash provides a fairly continuous pseudoriparian area for approximately 30 miles, joining an even larger wash, the Centennial Wash, south of the site. It represents a locally important wildlife habitat. No construction activity is expected in that area except in a small tributary section that crosses the northwestern corner of the site (see figure 2.7-5).

Since a number of mammal and reptile species hibernate or estivate underground, several individuals of these species may be destroyed or displaced during site preparation and construction.

The more mobile species may survive by temporarily moving to adjacent areas. These emigrating animals would initiate fluctuations in population levels in habitats suitable to them.

The normal range of density fluctuations of the wildlife in a region is dependent on many variables, including predator populations, occurrence of diseases, and genetic variability of the populations. However, the population level is most directly related to the carrying capacity of an area, the

4. 1-15

PVNGS-1,263 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION maximum number of animals that the food and other natural resources of a given habitat can support. At any given point of time there are definite limitations on the number of animals an area can support. In the Sonoran desert, the densities of many animal species are primarily dependent on food availability which are in turn related to seasonal plant productivity. Since the seasonal plant productivity varies widely depending on the amount of seasonal rains, many animal populations fluctuate considerably from year to year. It is during the dry seasons that the number of animals that can survive in an area is limited.

Animals emigrating into surrounding habitats from the site due to construction activities would probably only result in temporary increases in the po'pulation levels in these areas.

Eventually the number of additional animals that would come into these areas would probably be lost, assuming that the carrying capacity of the habitat would not increase. Even-tually, losses due to habitat destruction would result in equivalent losses to the total fauna originally found there, even though some of the individuals might temporarily escape mortality.

The increased noise adjacent to the construction site resulting from construction and the presence and movement of personnel and equipment would temporarily interfere with the normal behavior (e.g., nesting, hunting, antipredator behavior, and intraspecific auditory communication) of many of the mammals.

It appears that adverse effects in the wildlife due to noise would be of a short- term nature.

Effects of site preparation and construction on the avifauna are also closely related to disturbance, removal, and changes in vegetation and land use, since these largely determine the nature of food, cover, and breeding areas utilized by specific groups and species of birds. Section 2.7.2.3 discusses the

4. 1-16

PVNGS-1, 263 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION species composition and relative abundance of avifauna in various habitats prior to site preparation and construction.

Direct mortality of avifauna associated with site preparation and construction may result from destruction of young birds and eggs of ground nesting species (refer to table 2.7-19). Such mortality would be more substantial with construction activity occurring during the breeding season, early spring, especially in March and April. Movement of adults and fledglings to adjacent areas will have essentially the same negligible effect on surrounding populations as described for mammals. In gen-eral, loss of habitat means a corresponding loss of both flora and fauna populations of the type previously occupy).ng that habitat.

Thus the loss of habitat might have a,longrange effect on the population levels of the fauna species at the site. The magni-tude of this impact would be low since the area supports low levels of wildlife (including game animals) and is not con-sidered to be an important breeding ground or a heavily used migratory pathway. Section 2.7 discusses the mammal, bird, reptile and amphibian species that might occur at the site.

In general, the kind of species involved are common to the Sonoran desertscrub region in southwestern Arizona. Of the 100 vascular plant species noted on or near the site, none are uncommon. Of the 48 mammal species that might be found on the site, one, the spotted bat, is classified as endangered by the Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife (BSF6W). A second mammal species considered locally rare, the kit fox, might occur on the site, but neither of these'wo mammal species

'also has been noted at the site. Of the 144 bird species likely to be found at the site, two are classified as threatened by BSF&W: the Prairie Falcon, of which one individual was observed at the site, and the Peregrine Falcon, which has not been noted.

4.'1-17

PVNGS-l, 263 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION The peregrine Falcon is also listed on the official list of endangered species published in the Federal Register. Neither species is known to breed in the study area. Five additional bird species present ~in Maricopa County are listed on the Audubon "Blue-List." The Marsh Hawk and Loggerhead Shrike frequent the site while the Sparrow Hawk is seen infrequently, and the Burrowing Owl and Cooper's Hawk might possibly occur at the site (refer to section 2.7). Inclusion on the Blue List does not necessarily mean that a species is declining throughout its range. The list includes those species reported as I

declining in numbers, whether in a restricted area or throughout.

No threatened or endangered reptilian or amphibian species have been observed on the site. However, two state protected species, the chuckwalla and desert tortoise, might occur there in limited areas (refer to section 2.7). Also, I it is possible that a third species, the Gila monster, which has undetermined status (BSFSW) might occur at the site. Since the preferred habitat of these three species is not extensive on the site, it would appear unlikely that any are actually present.

Eight species of game mammals are likely to occur at the site; desert cottontail, racoon, badger, coyote, striped skunk, bobcat, mule deer and gray fox. All except the last two have been observed within the site boundaries. Observations at the site indicate they occur in relatively low densities (refer to section 2.7). Among the most, abundant birds are three important game species; the Mourning Dove, the White-winged Dove, and Gambel's Quail. These species depend on densely vegetated wash areas for nesting sites. All three are quite abundant in Maricopa County. They are much more numerous 20 miles south along the Gila River than at the site, because the vegetational

. coverage is denser and more continuous along the Gila riparian habitat (refer to section 2.7).

4. 1-18

PVNGS-l, 263 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION 4.1.2.3 Aquatic Resources It is expected that a withdrawal rate of 250 gallons per minute during construction will not significantly lower the water table level (refer to section 2.5) less than that presently used for agriculture. Thus, it also appears unlikely that phreotophytes will be significantly. affected by the water'withdrawal from the wells during site construction.

4.1.2.4 Ecological Impact Conclusions It is expected that site preparation and construction will-reduce the existing wildlife populations in, proportion to the amount of habitat lost. This potential loss, however, will probably have a small adverse ecological effect on the quality and quantity of biotic resources in the site region, in Maricopa County, in the Sonoran Desert, and in the state of Arizona.

This conclusion is based on the following observations:

I

~ The amount of habitat lost (approximately 1200 acres of cultivated land and 800 acres of native desertscrub) is small compared to the amount of similar habitat currently available adjacent to the site and in Maricopa County.

~ The ecological quality of the existing habitats at the site is poor,,since much has been highly disturbed.

,by .heavy cattle grazing and vehicular traffic The

.area currently supports low. levels of. wildlife (including game animals), and is not heavily used as a breeding or migratory pathway.

The net impact on rare and endangered'pecies is very low0

~ No natural bodies of surface water will be affected.

'Utilizing groundwater at times duringI construction is not expe'cted to significantly affect the water table.

4. 1-.19.

PVNGS-1,2S3 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION 4.1.3 WATER USE 4.1.3.1 Natural Water Bodies There are no natural water bodies in the immediate site vicinity. According to the preliminary investigation, the groundwater depth in the Lower Hassayampa-Centennial area varies from 100 to 250 feet below ground surface. At its nearest point, the Gila River is approximately 7.5 miles southeast of the site. Gillespie Dam on the Gila River is about 12 miles southeast of the site.

The area around the site 'is primarily agricultural and present water requirements are satisfied by groundwater pumping.

4.1.3.2 Effects of Plant Construction on Existing Water'se h

Since the groundwater table in the site area is deep, the construction of plant buildings, reservoir, evaporation pond II and other plant support facilities is not expected to affect the existing water use. All water retaining ponds =and reservoirs will=be designed to curb infiltration. Appropriate chemicals will be used to minimize aquatic bacterial growth.

Measurements of the water quality of the recharged mount and perched water zone, located under the site area, shows a total dissolved solids (TDS) ranging from 3000 to 11,000 parts per million (s'ee section 2.5). Since the water from construction activities is not likely to be significantly higher in TDS, water seepage during construction is not expected to have a significant effect on water quality in the perched water zones.

4.1.3.3 Water Re ulation and Usage The major water course regulation is the channelization of East Wash. The wash begins approximately,6.25 miles north of the northern site boundary, traverses the site in, a southerly direction to.a point, approximately 2.0 miles below the southern site boundary (refer to section 4.1.1.2.2).

4~ 1-20 ~

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER SITE PREPARATION AND

, PLANT CONSTRUCTION 4.1.3.4

~ ~ ~ Dewatering, Groundwater Control, and Wells No dewatering problems are anticipated. Groundwater is not

~

expected to be affected in any way by plant construction.

4.1-21

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER SITE PREPARATION AND PLANT CONSTRUCTION 4.1.4 REFERENCE

1. Telephone conversation between Marilyn K. Bland (NUS) and Dale E. Hodgell, District Conservationist, Soil Conservation Service, Buckeye, Arizona, March 6, 1974.

4.1-22

24+27 27 24 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES LEGEND

(~j~<<s<< )% Prsq z/I p' ,l((a =-: QA MAIN SECURITY STATION I 0 UNIT 1 CONTAINMENTBLDG COORDINATE POSITION:

'U'I lr 8 LAYDOWN AREA N870,633.47 E211,440.26

~ J/ SATELLITE SECURITY STATION Q. UNIT2 CONTAINMENTBLDG COORDINATE POSITION:

EX/Srlksa QlkPJOSbCIRO P 8 MANUALPARKING LOT N869,718.88 E210,672.82 J ~

/5 8 TIME OFFICE & BRASS ALLEYS 0 UNIT3 CONTAINMENTBLDG COORDINATE POSITION:

GOO 0 8 WELDER TEST SHOP N868,596.96 E210,264.48 EATY LIHE OOP 8 CHANGEHOUSE & FIRST AID ESSENTIAL SPRAY L.

Q4

)

oob QM COMBINATIONSHOP t

<<1 PONDS- 2 PER UNIT.

4,90; 0 o, Q WAREHOUSE CIRCULATING WATER LINES 0'8' OO 0 8 FIELD CONSTRUCTION OFFICE NON-MANUAL& VISITORS PARKING LOT 7 WATER RECLAMATIONAREA Qs i

o Qi BATCH PLANT AREA I Qs RESERVOIR 300 ACRES (TOTAL) 24

+32 4 //<<<<~G ~

~fCWEA d4Vt~/C4L I Hlr I

3 5 QM (a)

(b)

MAIN POWER SUBSTATION WATER WELL 0 EVAPORATION POND 200 ACRES (TOTAL)

Qs ADMINISTRATIONBLDG (c) 'PUMPHOUSE 011 VISITORS CENTER

<<REC OCA 7lOI/

Of -E2/IS JIHO (d) 500,000 GAL. W TER TANK SERVICE BLDG jm 47RA/H/7IOE 077 RELOCQ 7/oH of

+c0 CO/4<<RSE I/ g N CARPENTER SHOP RELOCATED CONST. FACILITIES FOR UNIT NO. 3 0

Q4 VISITORS OVERLOOK MAIN ACCESS ROAD I rEAs 0 CHANGEHOUSE & FIRST AID Q15 CONSTRUCTION ACCESS RD P WELDER TEST SHOP Gs RAILROAD ACCESS I

Q TIME OFFICE & BRASS ALLEYS 011 CIRCULATING WATER INTAKE STRUCTURE MANUALPARKING LOT AEfEREH<<<<7EA/oC/ 01s SWITCHYARD Ma<<SS<<S<<s 44 E 42/cr 05O.CO

/ Qs TRANSMISSION LINES

('1  !

04 NOTES: 0 RETENTION BASIN hv) Lrg( 32 l 2 35 1. COORDINATES ARE BASED I Qsr SOLIDS WASTE DISPOSAL AREA 4+3 ON ARIZONA STATE GRID I SYSTEM.

I I

I 500 0 500 1000 1500 ip~~sArv A<<A C(c< I GRAPHIC SCALE (FEET)

I MW~~)

Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station s

Units1,2 & 3 0

SITE CONSTRUCTION PLAN Figure 4.1-1 10407 22A 23 M Y4-1 43

PVNGS 1,263 ER 4.2 EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4.2.1 TRANSMISSION LINE SYSTEM The effects of construction and installation of the transmission line towers for Projects 1,2, and 3 are discussed in this section. 3 4.2.1.1 Chan es in Ph sical and Biolo ical Processes 4.2.1.1.1 Changes in Hydrology and Drainage No significant impacts on hydrology and drainage are antici-pated, nor are they expected to last for a long period. Past experience indicates that most of the siltation and drainage effects will occur during the first rainstorm. Thereafter, and. likely for no more than two to three storms, the impacts will diminish and approach a natural state once again.

Transmission lines along Projects 1,2, and 3 routes will not interfere with normal streamflows. The potential impacts associated with 'transmission line construction are due to sediment load of streams resulting from the exposure of fresh erodible soils or rocks, and due to the blockage or impairment of drainages where ditches are constructed adjacent to access roads and areas where waterways are crossed. Roadside ditches will -divert normal overload flow and co'ncentrate run-off waters in local drainages, possibly 'affecting the flow downslope.

4.2.1.1.2 Changes in Physiography Earthwork operations will slightly modify the existing topog-raphy during road construction and tower footing excavations.

The Projects 1,2 a'nd 3 systems are routed almost entirely through areas of flat or gently rolling terrain.

Little significant road construction or tower footing excava-tion operations will be required, due to generally good 4.2-1 Supplement No. 3 February 3, 1975

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS .

existing access and favorable topographic conditions. No significant impact on these level areas is expected.

Project 3 earthwork operations will only slightly modify topography because, as demonstrated, the'oute uses existing access roads and construction areas to such a high degree (92 percent). The construction impacts over the remaining 15 miles, where new access and construction areas are required, will be of short duration. Temporary changes such as earth fills for arroyo crossings will last only a few months until the summer rain washes them away.

4.2.1.1.3 Changes in Biological Processes The potential impact of transmission line site preparation and construction on the biological environment will be the removal 3 I of vegetation and the modification of or disruption to terres-trial wildlife and aquatic habitats. This impact will occur within the right-of-way during tower construction and within new construction road alignments.

The magnitude of construction impact on the ecology will be a function of several interdependent biotic and abiotic inter-actions. Community uniqueness, insularity, ecologic succession, presence of rare or endangered wildlife, existing Supplement No. 3 4.2-2 February 3,. 1975

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS man-induced or natural disturbances, terrain and length of transmission line route are all important in determining magnitudes of biotic disturbance.

4.2.1.1.3.1 Plant Life. Vegetation will be removed in some areas due to construction of access roads, towers, and pulling stations. The degree of impact is dependent on the amount and type of vegetation removed. Potential impacts include increased soil erosion, disruption of recovery from previous perturba-tion, or the loss of wildlife habitat.

The impact of such clearing activities will be minimized by careful planning and supervision. This planning will take into account such factors as soil stability, protection of natural vegetation where clearing is not required, location of access and construction roads to preserve natural conditions and minimize erosion, and the protection of stream banks to prevent serious erosion. Clearing of natural vegetation will be kept to a minimum by limiting clearing activities to material which poses a hazard to electrical transmission, line relia-bility, and suitability of access for construction and maintenance.

A preliminary study carried out on areas somewhat similar to those found on the proposed corridor indicated little or no

'he long-term effects of the 525- and 345-kilovolt lines upon the vegetation..Ll)~) most sensitive plant communities in terms of potential impact from construction are the riparian or stream side communities. The high ecological sensitivity of these communities is related to their low abundance and their value as wildlife habitat. In arid areas in the south-west, riparian vegetation is relatively scarce.

This is particulary true of the study area in Arizona and southern New Mexico. In addition, these communities provide the food and cover supporting diverse populations of native 4.2-3

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS fauna. The impact on sensitive habitats will be minimized by applications of the mitigating procedures discussed in section 4.2.1.6.

4.2.1.1.3.2 Ground Cover Project 1. Approximately 967 acres of ground cover vegetation will be partially removed along the routes due to the construction of access roads, towers, and pulling stations. Table 4.2-1 summarizes the potential acres of each habitat type removed by route locations.

Supplement No. 3 4.2-4

.February 3, 1975

Table 4.2-1 APPROXIMATE ACRES OF NATURAL VEGETATION REMOVED BY PVNGS PROJECT l ROUTES Sonoran Desertscrub (Lower Riparian !toodland Colorado) Communities Communities 63.17 363.12 363.11 352.35 333.13 333.11 Nixed Palo Plant Communi ies Creosotebush- Verde-Cacti Shrub-Grass- I!esquite-and Saltbush Bursage (Arizona Upland) Scrub Tamarisk 3osque Associations Communitics Communities Communities Cormunities Association Association Subtotals

!festwing Right-of-'.tay I!iles 0.3 37.6 3.1 42.1 Route New Access Acres Removed 0.6 39.3 3.7 3.6 47.2 Towers: Acres Removed 8.3 237.3 19.5 6.9 272.0 Total Acres Removed 8.9 276.6 23 ' 10.5 319.2 Kyrene/ Right-of-Nay t!iles 3.0 34.6 2.1 0.8 50.5 R Saguaro A New Access Acres M common Removed 1.4 16.6 1.0 0.4 19.4 I I

Route Towers: Acres Removed 18. 9 218.4 13.3 5.0 255.6 Total Acres Removed 20.3 235.0 14.3 5.4 275.0 Kyrene Right-of-Itay '!iles 12.5 7.2 1.3 21. 0 Route New Access Removed Towers:

Acres Acres 6.0 3.5 0.6 10.1 i Removed 46.3 26.6 3l M tn 4.9 77.8 H O C Total Acres Removed 52.3 30.1 5.5 87.9 I3'5 0 ~ H Itt 0 0 g 0

~ I0. CQ Acres of vegetation removed based on the following assumptions: O 4P rI.

~ Acres of biomass removed due to road construction based on existing access assuming a 20 foot H' R disturbance width MQ ~ Assuming 3.5 towers per mile and a 200 square foot disturbance area per tower 0

+ ~ , ~ Assuming 1 200 square foot pull site every 2 miles H H 0

M.

Table 4.2-1 APPROXIMATE ACRES OF NATURAL VEGETATION REMOVED. BY PVNGS PROJECT 1 ROUTES (Sheet 2 of 2)

% M e 5 I3't5 8 't$

6 I Iu e N e

4) + Sonoran Desertscrub (Lower Riparian Woodland Colorado) Communities Communities R

Mo 363.17 363.12 363.11 352.35 333.13 333.11 Q s Mixed-Palo Plant Communities Creosotebush- Verde-Cacti Shrub-.Grass- Nesquite-and Salthush Bursage (Arizona Upland Scrub Tamarisk Bosque Associations Communities Communities Communities Communities Association Association Subtotals Saguaro Right-of-Way IIiles 7 3 56.0 9.0 0.6 72 '

Route New Access Acres Removed 1.8 ll. 9 0.3 14.0 Towers: Acres Removed 27.1 208.2 33.3 2.2 270. 8 sD Total Acres Removed 28.9 220.1 33.3 2.5 284. 8 h)

I Ol Total Acres Removed 966.9

a. Acres of vegetation removed based on the following assumptions:

~ Acres of biomass removed due to road construction based on existing access assuming a 20 foot disturbance width

,~ Assuming 3.5 towers per mile and a 200 square foot disturbance area per tower

~ Assuming 1 200 square foot pull site every 2 miles R

H O

0R 0

M O

H O

H H 0

M

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4.2.1.1.3.3 Ground Cover Pro'ect 2. Approximately 451 acres of ground cover will be removed by construction activities along the route. Table 4.2-1A summarizes the habitat types which will be affected and the acres of each type removed.

Supplement No. 3 4.2-7 February 3, 1975

Table 4.2-1A APPROXIMATE ACRES OF NATURAL VEGETATION REMOVED BY PVNGS PROJECT 2 ROUTES Sonoran Desertscrub (Lower Riparian Woodland Colorado) Comaunities . Conmunities 363. 17 363.12 363. 11 352.35 333.13 Mixed-Palo Plant Conmunities Creosotebush- Verde-Cacti Shrub-Grass- Mesquite-and Saltbush Bursage (Arisona Upland Scrub Tamarisk Bosque Associations Camunities C~unities Commun i ties) Association Association Subtotals Saguaro to Winchester Route Right-of-Way Miles 38 33 82 New Access Acres Removed 60 206 176

'Towers'cres Renoved Total Acres Renoved 61 210 180 451 3l H

H 0

O 0

le 03 O

(

O H H 0 M

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4.2.1.1.3.4 Ground Cover Pro'ect 3 The route segment opened by Project 3 construction accounts for approximately 15 miles of the 195.4 mile length and is routed entirely over flat or gently rolling terrain. Because foundation work and the use of very heavy equipment are not required in wood structure line construction, no significant. impact is expected on ground cover.

4.2.1.1.3.5 Animal Life. The impact of transmission route I3 construction activities may be related to habitat disruption and access to game areas.

E These impacts may be reflected I3 in changes within populations or communities or in the response of individual organisms. Many potential effects can be miti-gated by avoiding wildlife concentrations, nesting and rearing areas, or by protecting natural vegetation which has value as food or cover. The considerations given below describe both short- and long-term effects in desert communities.

Construction roads utilized by transmission line project vehicles and equipment may result in changes within plant types.

As forbs and grasses become established, invasions by such species as the western harvest mouse and white-footed mouse may become more common. This increase in rodent diversity in the disturbed area could possibly contribute to population increase in predators, such as hawks, coyotes, and foxes.

Construction activity will also cause displacement of individual organisms due to the loss of habitat. Such displacement may result in the loss of some individuals directly or indirectly due to increased competitive pressures in the surrounding populations.

Supplement No. 3 4.2-8A February 3, 1975

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS As construction roads are to be maintained only temporarily, little or no long-term effects on mammal populations are predicted. Where the vegetative pattern returns to its pre-construction condition, the preconstruction mammalian species will most likely be reestablished.

Changes following construction in some areas may result in the formation of an edge effect or a diversification of local habitat. Such a change may be beneficial to some mammalian species such as the cottontail rabbit. .This change may also increase the habitat diversity for bird species.

See references 1, 2, and 3 for a description of, sensitive h

habitat areas crossed by the various transmission lines.

4. 2.1. l. 3. 6 Birds'.

A previous study of the effect of power lines on avian populations in southern New'exico reported that golden eagles (Aguila chrysactos), cactus wrens " h (Campylorhynchus brunneicapillum), white-necked ravens, 'and some hawks will select transmission towers for nesting as an alternative to natural sites. (2) These species require high sites which are limited in desert communities. Raptor species frequently will use the crossarms of the towers as observation posts. The additon of such perching and nesting sites would be beneficial to raptors although not especially detrimental to their prey.

The traversing of riparian areas by a transmission line corri-dor may influence riparian bird life to some extent. The h

clearing of a passageway for the corridor will remove available habitat, especially in terms of breeding and feeding territo-ries. However, this impact may be low where adjacent 'or nearby riparian habitat is available. Riparian species use utility lines more than birds of desert communities, but riparian birds apparently do not nest on utility line structures, at least to the extent exhibited in desert communities. As perching Supplement No. 3 4.2-9 February 3, 1975

PVNGS-l, 263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS sites the line is of marginal benefit because natural sites

'are already abundant in riparian areas.

Where the routes pass through riparian plant communities in southern Arizona, there is potential for an adverse effect on dove and quail populations. While some riparian habitats will be disturbed during tower construction, good existing access into these riparian habitats should result in only minor additional conflicts on riparian game birds. Breeding periods are the times at which the potential for adverse effects would be greatest.

'f threatened or peripheral species is relative to habitat destruc-tion. (1, 2) care is taken not to disturb any riparian habitat, there should be .little or no effect from powerline construction on these species with the possible exception of breeding periods when they are particularly sensitive to human intrusion.

4.2.1.1.4 Use of Growth Retardants, Chemicals, and Biocides Use of growth retardants, chemicals, and biocides will not be 3 permitted during construction for either Project 1, 2, or 3.

4.2.1.2 Length of Lines Through Visually Sensitive Land 4.2.1.2.1 Project 1 There will be no lines through or in any natural shoreline, marshland, wildlife refuges, existing parks, national monu-ments, recreation areas, historic areas, national forests, heavily timbered areas, shelter belts, steep slopes, or wilderness areas.

Designated scenic areas do not exist along the transmission line corridors. A visual study to determine the relative scenic quality of the landscape was conducted, however, to Supplement No. 3 February 3, 1975 4,. 2-10

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS determine the number of miles of transmission line through visually sensitive land. The transmission system passes through 48.9 miles having above average scenic quality. The system passes through 132.8 miles of average scenic quality.

d The ratings high, above average, and average are defined in reference l. 3 p 4.2.1.2.2 Project 2 The Project 2 transmission line passes through no areas of high scenic value. The transmission line passes through 9 miles of moderate scenic value. In these areas, however, the line is in a common corridor with other transmission lines, so there will be little additional impact.

4.2.1.2.3 Project 3 The Project 3 line total length through visually sensitive land is 17 miles of its 195-mile length. This occurs in the areas where the project line primary route will not be parralleling the to-be-built 345-kilovolt line. The route does not cross I

marshland, wildlife refuges, national or state monuments, scenic areas, historic areas, national forests or timbered land, or shelter belts.

4.2.1.3 Loss of Agricultural Productivity It is estimated that the construction activity and equipment

.will temporarily take out of production 6 acres of field crops for every mile of agricultural land on which the trans-mission towers are placed. This impact is primarily short-term since replanting 99 percent of the area will be possible after construction is completed.

Supplement No. 3 4.2-11 February 3, 1975

PVNGS 1, 2&3 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4.2.1.3.1 Project 1 The Westwing line does not cross any agricultural land.

"Approximately 4 miles of agriculture will be crossed by the Saguaro line, resulting in the temporary removal of Supplement No. 3 February 3, 1975 4.2-12

PVNGS 1,263 ER.

EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 18.5 acres of field crops from production. The impact is considered low.

The Kyrene line passes over 10 miles of agriculture. Trans-mission line construction will temporarily remove 38.4 acres from production. The impact is considered low.

It is estimated that only 2500 square feet of land around each tower will be taken out. of production for the life of the project. The following estimated amounts of permanently affected agricultural land along the preferred Project I routes:

~ Westwing 0 acre

~ Kyrene 2 acres

~ Saguaro 1 acre 4.2.1.3.2 Project 2 The route for Project 2 passes over an area of cropland along the San Pedro River near Redington. If this cropland cannot be avoided, approximately 1.7 acres would be temporarily taken out of agricultural production. All except 100 square feet of this area would return to agricultural production when the construction is completed.

4.2.1.3.3 Project 3 The route for Project 3 crosses 0.5 mile of agricultural land within segment 3, resulting in temporary removal of 4 acres from production. The route will not result in permanent loss of productivity on the right-of-way. It is anticipated that the right-of-way will continue in use for either farming or ranching as the case may be.

Supplement..No. 3<

4. 2-12.A February 3, 1975

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4.2.1.4 Number and Length of New Access Roads and Service Roads Required 4.2.1.4.1 Project '1 Since one of the criteria for selecting the transmission line routes was the existence of suitable access, the preferred Supplement No. 3 February 3, 1975 4.2-12B

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS routes generally will not require extensive new access and service roads.

The Westwing line will require approximately 28.6 miles of new service roads along its route. The Kyrene line will require approximately 17. 8 miles of new service road along its route.

8.9 of those miles are on the part of the route shared with the Saguaro line. The remainder of the Saguaro line wi;11 re-quire approximately 15.4 miles of new construction roads.

4.2.1.4.2 Project 2 Project 2 will require a total of 86 miles of new access roads.

The terrain along the route allows these roads to be constructed without severe impact. In addition, much of this road construc-tion is confined to areas covered by vegetation types possessing lower realitive sensitivity.

4.2.1.4.3 Project 3 New access roads required by Project 3 will be utilized along a 15-mile area of the route. Fifteen miles of access road will

,be required and will consist of two new roads, one 9.8 miles and the other 5.2 miles which in each case will connect between two existing roads. Construction impact of this short distance of access roads will be slight because of the flat terrain involved and of the short distance covered.

4.2.1.5 Erosion Directl Traceable to Construction Erosion is the most critical aspect of soil sensitivity with respect, to the construction of transmission line and associ-ated maintenance roads. Erosion can create a deleterious visual impact, affects vegetation and drainage patterns, and can cause problems to maintenance roads and in rare instances, to tower foundations.

With the exception of localized severe erosion potential, soil and geologic problems can be avoided.

Supplement No. 3 4.2-13 February 3, 1975.

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS Duration of exposure to erosive processes to the disturbed areas will be short and the possible deleterious effects would Supplement No. 3 February 3, 1975 4.2-14

PVNGS 1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS be eliminated by restoration of the areas through revegetation where appropriate.

Details of the rating system and reference maps used for erosion potential are found in references 1 and 2.

4.2.1.5. 1.1 W~estwin . Construction of the Westwing line will have an overall moderate impact on soils. Approximately 1 mile of both severe and moderate to severe erosion potential are traversed at the Hassayampa River crossing.

The remainder of the route traverses areas of either moderate or slight erosion potential.

4.2.1.5.1.2 K~rene. Construction of the Kyrene line will have an overall moderate impact on soils. Approximately one mile of severe erosion potential is traversed at the crossing of the Gila River. Nine and one-half miles of moderate to severe erosion potential are found along the route, the largest concentration being the first 8 miles of the route.

4.2.1.5.1.3 'Sa uaro C.onstruction of the Saguaro line is expected to have an overall moderate impact on soils.

Scattered randomly along the Saguaro route are 5.4 miles of severe and 24e0 miles of moderate to severe erosion potential.

The remainder of the route, crosses predominantly moderate erosion potential areas.

Supplement No 3 4.2-14 A February 3, 1975

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4.2.1.5.2 Project 2 Potential for erosion is considerable over much of the recommended, corridor. Two miles are classified as slight to moderate, 10 miles as moderate, 34 miles as moderate to severe and 35 miles as severe erosion potential. Much of the severe erosion hazard areas consist of relatively flat high ground with high potential for gully erosion. Worn-in tracks may become new channels for runoff water, thus, contributing to erosion.

Some localized erosion and siltation will undoubtedly occur.

However, with the installation of cross drains and other mea-H sures carefully implemented, such erosion should be confined to the right-of-way and then will not be sufficient to affect established vegetation.

4.2.1.5.3 Project 3 Erosion directly traceable to construction is not expected to I

be significant for this line. The transmission line will share a corridor and roads with a to be built,'345-kilovolt line for most of its length. In the area where the line will not paral-lel the to be built 345-kilovolt line the topography is gener-ally flat and the soil impact is expected to be slight.

4.2.1.6 'itigative Measu'res'" Pro 'ects 1', 2 and 3 4.2.1.6.1 Construction Practices A number of mitigative measures will be employed to maintain the quality of the environment during the actual tower erection, Supplement No. 3 4.2-15 February 3, 1975

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS access road building and conductor stringing phases of con-struction. The participants involved will take care to minimize adverse environmental impacts associated with line construction. The following mitigative actions will be taken.

Supplement No. 3

4. 2-16 February 3, 1975

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OP'ONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS A. All riparian development will be avoided where possible.

B. All metal and other solid wastes will be removed upon completion of construction.

C. Rubber tired vehicles will be used to transport structures, equipment and supplies. Their travel will be restricted to established construction'oads.

D. The transmission line will be located against a natural background wherever possible, i.e.,

ridgelines and other panoramas will be avoided.

E. Transmission lines will cross roads between high points, dips and curves if possible. Long tunnel views of lines down canyons and valleys, or up ridges and hills will be avoided wherever possible.

F. Soil that has been excavated during tower construc-tion will be evenly backfilled into the area or removed from the site.

G. Tension stringing of conductors will be employed in order to reduce the amount of vegetation clearing before the final conductor location is established.

H. A set of environmental guidelines for construction personnel will be drafted and written into the construction contracts. A preconstruction envi-ronmental briefing session will be held with both inhouse and contract construction crews to identify and explain the participants'nviron-mental policy.

Growth retardants, chemicals and biocides will not be used during construction.

Supplement No. 3 February 3, 1975 4.2-16A

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4.2.1.6.2 Site Preparation Clearing of trees and vegetation will only be required for the construction roads, at tower sites, at pulling sites, and within other areas where construction activities are actually taking place. No general clearing of trees or vegetation along the transmission right-of-way is required. No portion of the'ransmission lines will be placed underground. Where farming or similar activities are presently taking place along the corridors, such compatible activities can continue after the transmission lines are constructed.

Only vegetation within 17 feet of conductors or which is in conflict with the line will be removed. Any removal of vegetation will be subject to the approval of the agencies having jurisdiction.

4.2.1.6.3 Access Road Construction Transmission line construction requires the movement. of large vehicles to and from various locations along the right-of-way.

I Existing roads will be used wherever possible; where new roads are required, the participants will adhere to the following road construction guidelines, except where Special Use Permit(s) prescribe other criteria.

A. Maximum road width will be 14 feet for one-way roads.

B. Cut and filloperations will be minimized by following natural contourswherever possible.

C. Toxic substances will not be used 'for dust and vegetation control.

4.2-17

PVNGS-1,2&3'ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS D Roads will be constructed to sufficiently high standards to allow movement of heavy equipment.

E. Special care will be taken to prevent localized erosion by properly collecting, transporting and I distributing runoff, e.g., cross drainages will be provided where necessary.

F. A minimum 50-foot radius of curvature on open curves and 80 feet on blind curves will be provided.

G. Cut slopes of 1:1 in ordinary material and 0.5:1 in hardpan will be maintained. Depth of exca-vation will generally be as shallow as conditions, permit.

The following mitigative measures, in addition to those indicated above, will be employed to prevent unnecessary environmental damage during road construction:

A. Road construction personnel will be instructed in methods of avoiding damage to the natural environment.

B. The road right-of-way will be clearly marked to prevent tractor operators from making unnecessarily wide roadbeds.

C. Special 'care will be taken to lay out roads in such a manner as to minimize the loss of vegetation.

Supplement No. 3 February 3, 1975 4.2-18

PVNGS-lg263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4.2.1.6.4 Tower Location The principal criteria for minimizing tower location effects consist. of utilizing the information available from the route selection studies to eliminate conflicts with existing area characteristics.

The following areas are of particular concern:

A. The crossing of the Gila River (Kyrene/Saguaro common corridor)

B. The crossing of the Hassayampa River (Westwing lines)

C. The crossing of the Santa Cruz River (Saguaro line)

D. The vicinity of the SASCO Ruins, a historical archaeologic site as noted in section 2.3 (Saguaro line)

E. Highway crossings (as noted in section3.9)

F. The crossing of the San Pedro River (Saguaro to Winchester line) .

In undulating or uneven terrain, and where vegetation is con-fined to a few areas of concentration, tower location can be an important factor. Tower locations will take maximum advan-tage of the terrain to avoid sensitive habitats and take maximum advantage of the terrain to afford concealment from view.

4.2.1.6.5 Cleanup Cleanup can be divided into four categories: completion of unfinished construction tasks, line right-of-way dressing/

refuse disposal and roads closed. Postconstruction cleanup activities, if executed properly, will tend to neutralize some of the adverse impacts related to line construction.

Completion of unfinished construction tasks include such things as replacing damaged and missing tower parts, or Supplement No. 3 4.2-19 February 3, 1975

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS repairing sections of conductor damaged during the wire pulling operation.

The right-of-way is repaired by obliterating any borrow-material sites and grading areas around the tower footings.

Care will be taken to restore the land to its original contour, and restore both natural drainage and aesthetic qualities along the..right-of-way.

Refuse disposal includes such things as slash, ceramic or metal scraps, packing materials, and trash. Crankcase oil and fuel dumping along the line is not permitted.

Slash will be disposed of in accordance with the requirements of the property owners. Tree limbs and trunks may be used to build erosion containment structures and road closure barricades.

New construction roads will be closed upon completion of the project unless otherwise specified. Road closure will normally consist of such methods as installing cross drains, pulling berms back onto the roads, blocking entrances with large logs or branches, tearing up road beds, and reseeding as'required.

4.2.1.6.6 Right-of-Way Access Project 2

. The construction guidelines outlined in Section 4.2.1.6 are specifically designed to prevent the rechanneling of runoff along access roads and at tower sites. Restrictions on off-road travel are also imposed primarily for this reason.

In all areas of high erosion hazard, landowners will be en-couraged to allow road closure through use of cross. ditches.

In those areas where landowners request that new access roads be. left open, the erosion hazard is considerably greater and some rechannelization,and gully erosion may develop over a period of time. However, much of the severe erosion, hazard area is state owned land, and state agencies have expressed interest in limiting permanent access.

Supplement No. 3 4.2-20 February 3, 1975

PVNGS-1,28(3 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4.2.2 WASTEWATER CONVEYANCE PIPELINE 4.2.2.1 Changes in Physical and Biolo ical Processes 4.2.2.1.1 Changes in Hydrology and Drainage There are seven intermittent streams crossing the pipeline route. In. addition, four canals or irrigation ditches cross the route. The pipeline will be placed under these struc-tures; therefore, there are no changes anticipated in the drainage patterns or surface hydrology of the area.

Supplement No. 3

4. 2-20A February 3, 1975

~ ~

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4.2.2.1.2 Changes in Physiography No marshlands, ponds, or steep slopes will be encountered throughout the route of the pipeline. The topography is generally level along most of the route with moderate slopes in the westernmost portion of the route. No changes in physiography are anticipated due to the nature of the-topography and the underground construction of the pipeline.'.2.2.1.3 Changes in Biological Processes 4.2.2.1.3.1 Plant Life. The ecological impact during con-struction is predicted to be very low since the native habi-tats through which the line will traverse are already moderately disturbed and eventually the desert vegetation will return. In addition, the desertscrub communities involved are all common in the region.

4.2.2.1.3.2 Animal Life. An areq, approximately 25 feet, wide, will be cleared of existing vegetation in the process of trench digging, soil piling, leveling operations, and traversing by construction machinery. Until revegetated, the wildlife habitat potential of this strip will be reduced, and thus some wildlife displacement could temporarily occur.

4.2.2.1.3.3 Ground Cover. Because the pipeline will be underground and will parallel existing rights-of-way for most of its length, changes in land cover are expected to be small. No woodland areas are found within the pipeline route. In the process of trench digging, soil piling, and leveling operations, the topsoil will be disturbed in the right-of-way. On completion of the underground pipeline, it is anticipated that the land will revert to its original use, either to agricultural or to natural desert.

4.2-21

PVNGS-l, 2&3 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4.2.2.1.3.4 Rare and Endangered Species. Effects on rare or endangered species which may occur along the route are anticipated to be minimal.

4.2.2.1.4 Use of Growth Retardants, Chemicals, and Biocides Herbicides, pesticides, or other toxic chemical agents will not be used.

4.2.2.2 Length of Pipeline Through Visually Sensitive Land The underground wastewater pipeline will have minimal visual impact after completion of construction.

4.2.2.3 Loss of Agricultural Productivity Agricultural productivity along any portion of the right-of-way will be disrupted for a period of 6 to 8 months, and approximately 448 acres of agricultural land will be dis-rupted during construction.

4.2.2.4 Number and Length of New Access Roads and Service Roads Required No construction of new access roads and service roads will be required along the route.

4.2.2.5 Erosion Directly Traceable to Construction No erosion problems are foreseen. Appropriate measures, however, such as diking, channeling, and planting, will be taken 'in areas where erosion may occur.

4.2-22

PVNGS-l, 263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4.2.2.6 Mitigative Measures 4.2.2.6.1 Construction Practices A number of mitigative measures will be used to maintain the quality of the environment during construction. The follow-ing mitigating actions will be taken:

~ All riparian development will be avoided where possible

~ All metal and other solid wastes will be removed upon completion of construction

~ Soil that has been excavated during construction will be evenly backfilled into the area or removed from the site

~ Growth retardants, chemicals and biocides will not be used during construction

~ The major water crossing will be above ground and all minor water crossing will be underground

~ Investigation and mapping of known archaeological sites will be conducted.

4.2.2.6.2 Site Preparation A minimum amount of clearing is anticipated for installation of the conveyance pipeline. Vegetation will be removed prior to construction. After construction, the right-of-way will be regraded and topsoil replaced in agricultural areas for future cultivation.

4.2.2.6.3 Access Road Construction No construction of additional access roads is anticipated.

4.2-23

PVNGS-l, 263 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4.2.2.6.4 Cleanup The final task to be performed upon completion of the construction phase is commonly referred to as cleanup.

Cleanup can be divided into three categories: completion of unfinished construction tasks; pipeline right-of-way dressing; and refuse disposal. Postconstruction cleanup activities will tend to neutralize some of the adverse impact related to pipeline construction.

4.2-24

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 4 '.2 ' REFERENCES PVNGS Transmission System Analysis Project 1, prepared for Salt River Project, prepared by Wirth Associates, March 1975.

2. Environmental Im act Stud of Pro osed345-kv Power Transmission Line Corridors from Dona An'a Count New Mexico to Greenlee Count , Arizona, prepared for the El Paso Electric Company, prepared by the New Mexico Environmental Institute, Las Cruces, New Mexico, January 1974.

3. Environmental Anal sis, 500 kv Transmission S stem be-tween the Sa uaro Generatin Station and the Pro osed Winchester Substation, Arizona Public Service Co.,

Westinghouse Environmental Systems Department, February 1975.

4.2-25 Supplement No. 3 February 3, 1975

f PVNGS-1,2&3 ER 4.3 RESOURCES COMMITTED DUE TO PLANT CONSTRUCTION Construction of the PVNGS, related transmission lines and facilities requires the commitment of numerous resources. The following sections address the implications of material and natural resource commitments.

3. 1 MATERIAL RESOURCES Materials of construction are almost entirely depletable resources. Concrete and steel constitute the bulk of these materials, but many other material resources are incorporated into the physical plant.

Some materials used in plant construction are of sufficient value that their recovery at the end of plant life would be clearly desirable. Plant operation may result in contamina-tion of a portion of these materials in one of two ways.

Those parts of the plant in proximity to regions of signifi-cant neutron fluency will become radioactive by neutron acti-vation. The materials inside the biological shielding and the shielding itself would constitute the major source of mate-.

rials in this category, for which decontamination processes are not feasible.

Components that come in contact with radioactive fluids will sustain varying degrees of surface contamination, for which decontamination processes are feasible. The materials used in plant construction which are not amenable to decontamination and reuse constitute a very small fraction of the available f

resource of those materials.

Table 4.3-1 provides an estimate of the quantities of major materials required for construction of PVNGS. These quanti-ties represent very small fractions of U.S. reserves of these materials. It is estimated that 80% of the structural steel used in construction will be recoverable and reusable. Con-struction operations will consume approximately 6.4 million gallons of gasoline and diesel fuel.

4.3-1

Table 4. 3-1 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION (3 UNITS) (Sheet, 1 of 2)

Approximate Quantity Used World U.S. U.S.

in Plant (a) Production( Consumption <<) Reserves(a)

Material (metric tons) (metric tons) (metric tons.) (metric tons')

Aluminum 4 675 (b) 9,089,000 4,227,000 8,165,000 Asbestos 135 2,985,000 712,000 1,800,000 Beryllium 0.9 288 308 72,700 Cadmium 0. 0075 17,000 6,800 86,000 Chromium 450 1,590,000 398,000 2,000,000 R Concrete 1 038, 982 (c) A Copper 6,000 6,616,000 1,905,000 77,564,000 Ul I

Gold 0.0015 1,444 221 9,238 Lead 22.5 3,329,000 1,261,000 32,024,000 Manganese 12.00 7,711,000 1,043,000 907,000 Mercury 0.045 9,837 2.727 703 Molybdenum 7.5 64,770 23,420 2,585,000 U 129,000 181,000 C Nickel 300 480,000 Platinum 0.003 46.5 16.0 93.3 Silver 3 8,989 5,005 41,057 0 A

M a~ Quantities used are from Table 10.1 of the Final Environmental 50-354 Statement g C for Hope Creek Generating Station, Units 1 & 2, Docket Nos. and O 50-355. "Approximate Quantities Used in Plant" are corrected to three- O 0 M unit requirements by multiplying two-unit requirements by 3/2. M O

b. Corrected to include material for transmission lines. 0 c Concrete requirement specific for this plant design. O H H

0 td

Table 4.3-1 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION (3 UNITS) (Sheet 2 of 2)

Approximate Quantity Used World U.S. U.S.

in Plant(a) Production(>> Consumption(a) Reserves(a)

Material (metric tons) (metric tons) (metric tons) (metric tons)

Steel 50,000(b) 574,000,000 128,000,000 2,000,000,000 T3.n 0.15 454,000 82,100 47

~

Tungsten 0.015 35,000 7,300 79,000 Zinc 300 5,001,000 1,630,000 30,600,000 t7 0

Pd 0

O O

0 M Pn O 0

H 0

PVNGS-1,263 ER RESOURCES COMMITTED DUE TO PLANT CONSTRUCTION Construction materials are generally expected to remain in use for the full life of the plant, in contrast to fuel and other replaceable components. There will be a long period of time before terminal disposition must be decided. At that time, quantities of materials in the categories of precious metals, strategic and critical materials, or resources having small natural reserves will be considered individually, and plans will be made to recover and recycle as much of these valuable depletable resources as is practicable.

4.3.2 IRREVERSIBLE AND IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS OF NATURAL RESOURCES l

The direct mortality of the fauna discussed in section 4.1 ll represents irreversible commitments due to site preparation and construction. Similarly, the clearing of'.the vegetation represents a loss of a given amount of biomass. In addition, site preparation and construction will result, in a lowering of the wildlife population levels in the region of the site in proportion to the habitat lost during the lifetime of PVNGS (refer to section 4.1).

The area could become reestablished to conditions similar to those now existing. Thus, the habitat loss described in 1

section 4.1 is irreversible only duringthe lifetime of the proposed facility and during the time required for plant com-munities to reestablish. No species or biotic communities will be made extinct if construction proceeds, but rather the population levels of the existing wildlife will probably de-crease for the length of time the habitat is not available.

Depending upon whether the area were managed, it is estimated.

that it would take from 40 to 60 years for a creosotebush, saltbush, or wash community to become reestablished at PVNGS.

No saguaro communities have been observed within the boundaries of the site (refer to section 2.7).

4. 3-4

PVNGS-l, 26 3 ER RESOURCES COMMITTED DUE TO PLANT CONSTRUCTION The magnitude of the negative impact due to the irreversible and irretrievable commitmen't. of natural resources during site preparation and construction will probably be low because of the following reasons:

o The existing ecological quality at PVNGS is poor o Most of the area is in desertscrub plains

~ The amount of area committed is small in proportion to similar habitats in adjacent areas 4.3-5

PVNGS-1,263 ER CONTENTS Pacae

5. l. EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF ~HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM 5. 1-1 5.1.1 CONSUMPTIVE WATER LOSSES ~ 5. 1-2 5.1.2 EFFECTS ON GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY 5.1-2 5.1.3 EFFECTS OF COOLING WATER RESERVOIR ON FAUNA 5.1-4

5. l."4 'EFFECTS ON ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS 5.1-6 5.1.4.1 Cooling Tower Plume Behavior 5.1-6 5.1.4.2 Parametric Study of Plume Rise 5.1-13 5.1.4'.3 Fogging and Humidity Effects 5.1-16 5.1.4.4 Chemical Discharge to Ambient Air 5.1-18 5.1.4. 5 Microorganisms and Viruses Dis-charged to Ambient Air 5.1-18 5.1.5 LAND 5.1-24 5.1.5.1 Land Amount Required 5.1-24 5.1.5.2 Cooling System Operation 5.1-24 5.1.5.3 Solids Discharged from Cooling System 5.1-25 5.2 RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON BIOTA OTHER THAN MAN 5. 2-1 5.2.1 EXPOSURE PATHWAYS 5.2-2 5.2.2 RADIOACTIVITY IN ENVIRONMENT 5.2-3 5.2. 3 DOSE RATE ESTIMATES 5.2-6 5.2. 3.1 Flora Dose Rate Estimates 5. 2-6 5.2.3.2 Fauna Dose Rate Estimates 5. 2-7

5.

2.4 REFERENCES

5.2-8

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER CONTENTS (cont)

Page 5.3 RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON MAN 5.3-1 5.3.1 EXPOSURE PATHWAYS 5.3-1 5.3.2 LIQUID EFFLUENTS 5.3-2 5.3.3 GASEOUS EFFLUENTS 5.3-3 5.3.4 DIRECT RADIATION 5.3-4

5. 3.4. 1 Radiation From Facility 5.3-4 5.3.4.2 Transportation of Radioactive Material's 5. 3-5 5.3.5

SUMMARY

OF ANNUAL RADIATION DOSES 5. 3-8 5.

3.6 REFERENCES

5.3-13 5.4 EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES 5.4-1 5.4.1 BLOWDOWN EFFECTS 5.4-1 5.4.2 EFFECTS OF COOLING TOWER DRIFT 5.4-1 5.4.2.1 Effects on Soil, Groundwater and Fresh Water Bodies 5,4-4 5.4.2.2 Effect on Indi enous and Culti-vated Ve etation 5.4-6 5.4.2.3 Effect on Wildlife and Domesti-cated Fauna 5.4-12 5.4.2. 4 Synergistic Effects of Cooling Tower Dirt 5. 4-14 5.

4.3 REFERENCES

5.4-15 5.5 EFFECTS OF SANITARY AND OTHER WASTE DISCHARGES 5.5-1 5.5.1 SANITARY WASTES 5.5-1 5.5.2 GASEOUS EFFLUENTS 5.5-1 5.6 EFFECTS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 5.6-1

5. 6.1 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM 5.6-1

PVNGS-1,263 ER CONTENTS (cont)

Page 5.6.1.1 Transmission System Impacts 5.6-1 5.6.1.2 Environmental Impacts 5.6-2 5.6.2 EFFECTS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE WASTEWATER CONVEYANCE PIPELINE 5. 6-3 5.6.2.1 General Maintenance 5. 6-3 5.6.2.2 Effects of Operation Maintenance 5. 6-4 5.7 OTHER EFFECTS I

5. 7-1 5.7.1 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF WATER DIVERSION 5.7-1 5.7.1.1 E

Su ortin Details 5.7-11

5. 7.2 PLANT OPERATION NOISE 5.7-18 5.

7.3 REFERENCES

5.7-22 5.7.4 BIBLIOGRAPHY 5.7-25 5.8 RESOURCES COMMITTED DUE TO PLANT OPERATION 5.8-1 5.8.1 REPLACEABLE COMPONENTS AND CONSUM-ABLE MATERIALS 5.8-1 5.8.2 CONSUMPTIVE WATER USE 5.8-5 5.8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL LOSSES 5.8-5 5.8.4 LAND RESOURCES 5.8-5 5.

8.5 REFERENCES

5.8-7 5.9 DECOMMISSIONING AND DISMANTLING 5.9-1

PVNGS-1,263 ER TABLES Pacae

5. 1-1 Average Cooling System Consumptive Water Losses, Cooling Tower System 5.1-3 5.1-2 Bird Species That May Use the Area After A Water Storage Reservoir Is Built At PVNGS 5.1-7 5.1-3 Relative Humidity Excess, At Ground Level; Caused by Operation of Cooling Tower System 5.1-14 5.2-1 Maximum Site Boundary Concentrations of Emitted Nuclides 5.2-5

5. 3-1 Calculated Maximum Individual and Popula-'ion Radiation Doses at PVNGS, Per Unit 5. 3-3

5. 3-2 Approximate Distances for Shipment of Radioactive Materials from PVNGS 5.3-7

5. 3-3 Distribution of X/Q Values Around PVNGS 5.3-11

5. 4-1 Offsite Solids Deposition from Cooling Towers 5. 4-3

5. 7-1 Water Flow Reported by USGS Gauging Stations 5. 7-2

5. 7-2 Sewage Effluent Availability and Usage in the Phoenix Area 5.7-3

5. 7-3 Uncommitted Wastewater Flow Projections PVNGS Requirements, and. Available Remainder 5.7-7

5. 7-4 Volume (Acre-Feet) of Wastewater Flows from the 23rd and 91st Avenue Treatment Plants of Phoenix, Arizona 5.7-12 Estimated Quantities of Materials Used in Reactor Core Replaceable Components of Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plants 5. 8-3 5-iy

PVNGS-1,263 ER .

FIGURES

5. 1-1 Expected Cooling Tower Performance Curve

5. 1-2 Reference System Layout 5.1-3 Plume Parameter Variations Average Winter Morning Conditions Wind Parallel to Towers 5.1-4 Plume Parameter Variations Average Summer Morning Conditions Wind Parallel to Towers 5.1-5 Excess Relative Humidity Average Winter e

Morning Conditions Wind Parallel to'Towers Excess Relative Humidity Average Winter Morning Conditions Wind Normal to Towers 5.1-7 Excess Relative Humidity Average Summer Morning Conditions Wind Parallel to Towers Excess Relative Humidity Average Summer Morning Conditions Wind Normal to Towers 5.1-9 Variation of Plume Height as a Function of Ambient Stability Condition Variation of Plume Height as a Function of Wind Speed 5.1-11 Onsite Increase in Ground Level Relative Humidity (Percent) 5.1-12 Offsite Increase in Ground Level Relative Humidity (Percent) 5.1-13 Visible Plumes (Hours per Year) 5.1-14 Onsite Solids Ground Deposition Dry Particles (Lb/Acre-Year) 5.1-15 Offsite Solids Ground Deposition Dry Particles (Lb/Acre-Year) 5.1-16 Onsite Solids Ground Deposition Droplets (Lb/Acre-Year) 5.1-17 Offsite Solids Ground Deposition Droplets (Lb/Acre-Year) 5-v

PVNGS-l,'263 ER FIGURES (cont)

'Onsite Solids'Ground Deposition Total (Lb/Acre-Year)

Offsite Solids Ground Deposition Total (Lb/Acre-Year)

Simplified Desert Scrub Food Chain. at PVNGS Site PVNGS Exposure Pathway Model Diagram of Major Water Sources and Diversions, 23rd Avenue Sewage Plant of Phoenix to Gillespie Dam A-Weighted Sound Level Contours for Plant

-5 2 Operations (dBA re 2 x 10 N/M )

5-vi

PVNGS-1,263 ER

5. ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS

)

Since PVNGS is a dry site, there are no intake or discharge structures in the context of Section 5.1 of Regulatory Guide 4.2 to interact with the biota of the water source or receiving waters. Wastewater is.'transported to the site by a pipeline, treated, and stored in the onsite reservoir. Water is lost.

from the site mainly via evaporation from the cooling towers.

Other losses of water include evaporation and seepage from the onsite reservoir, cooling tower drift, and a very small amount from the evaporation pond. The environmental effects of the operation of these three elements, heat dissipation system, reservoir, and evaporation pond, are presented in this section.

I The only, other system which dissipates heat to the environment is the Essential Spray Pond System (ESPS) . Heat is rejected to the ESPS.from the safety related auxiliary systems which reject it to the atmosphere via sprays. The ESPS is out of service during power generation and is in operation during reactor shutdown,and testing of the diesel generators. It is anticipated that the ESPS will be used approximately 3 times a year for periods of greater than one day, for reactor shutdown.

5.1 EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM The cooling, tower system selected for Units 1, 2, and 3 of, the Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station (PVNGS) is discussed in detail in section 3.4. Briefly, the system consists of V

three cooling towers per unit. Each tower is composed of 14 individual. cells, with a fan mounted on top of each cell to obtain the required cooling air flow. The fans draw air through the tower cells,, where it. contacts the circulating water. For the, design wet bulb temperature of 78F, cold water temperature of 89F, and cooling range of 30F, the exit plume temperature is 103F. This will necessitate a total evaporation

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM rate of 53,580 gallons per minute of wa ter at design conditions, with 750 gallons per minute of liquid water droplets (drift) entrained in the exit air flow.

Reference design parameters for the cooling towers for PVNGS are given in table 3.4-1 and the expected performance curve of cold water temperature versus ambient wet bulb temperature is shown in figure 5.1-1. Figure 5.1-2 illustrates the mechanical draft cooling tower arrangement used in these analyses.

5. 1. 1 CONSUMPTIVE WATER LOSSES For the cooling tower system at PVNGS, the major consumptive water loss will be through the evaporative cooling process.

The entrainment of droplets (as drift) in the effluent plume causes additional water losses. Blowdown from the cooling towers is treated and recovered with comparatively little residual water going to the evaporation pond. A summary of the average consumptive water losses by month is given in table 5.1-1. Calculations of the various water loss rates were based upon average monthly dry bulb temperature and relative humidity data for Buckeye, Arizona. (1) A water balance for the entire station is given in section 3.3.

5.1.2 EFFECTS ON GROUNDWATER HYDROLOGY Wastes from the blowdown treatment facility will be discharged to an evaporation pond .at an approximate average'ate of 50 gallons per minute for three operating units. The composi-tion of the discharge is given in table 3.6-1. This material will be discharged into the 200-acre evaporation pond. This pond will be lined to limit seepage. The nature of the material and the .low moisture 'content of the pond are likely to form a seal against se'epage. The'mount of rainfall in Arizona is too low to cause dilution and seepage of this material.

,5. 1-2

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM Table 5.1-1 AVERAGE COOLING SYSTEM CONSUMPTIVE WATER LOSSES'OOLING TOWER SYSTEM Total Month Evaporation Drift Consumptive Loss January 13,200 250 . 13,450 February 13,580 250 13, 830 March 13,950 250 14,200 April 14,510 250 14,760 May 15,260 250 15,510 June 16,000 250 16,250 July 16, 190 250 16,440 August 16, 000 250 16,250 September 15,630 250 15, 880 October 14,700 250 14,950 November 13,770 250 14,020 December 13,200 250 13,450 Annual Average 14,700 250 14,950 Design 17,860 250 18,110

a. All values in gal/min for one unit.

b. Does not include residual flow from the blowdown treat-ment facility.

5. 1-3

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM No significant effect on the groundwater system is expected to result from the evaporation pond.

The effect of infiltration from the storage reservoir was not extensively analyzed because the quality of the stored water is significantly better than the water quality of the mound under" the site area. Furthermore, using the reservoir lining design infiltration value of one acre-foot per year, the approximately 300-acre storage reservoir will have a seepage of about 300-acre-feet per year. Present infiltration due to agricultural activity in the area is estimated to be 20,000 acre-feet per year. This infiltration does not cause any noticeable fluctuations in the site area The effect of approximately 300 acre-feet per groundwater'levations.

year seepage into the groundwater system will be insignificant.

and not adverse.

5 ~ 1.3 EFFECTS OF COOLING WATER RESERVOIR ON FAUNA The cooling water makeup system of PVNGS will include a reservoir. Cooling water makeup will consist of .treated waste-water. This will be transported from the City of Phoenix 91st Avenue treatment plant to PVNGS. At the site, the effluent will undergo additional treatment described in section 3.6. Subsequently, the water will be delivered to the reservoir. The water in this reservoir will be of suffi-ciently high quality to make it desirable for wildlife use.

The amount of salt and other solids added to the reservoir from cooling tower drift (see figure 5.1-18) will not appre-ciably change the water quality for wildlife purposes. This large expanse of high quality water will probably attract numerous waterbirds. Other birds will probably also use the reservoir along with bats and small mammals.

Within a 50-mile radius of the site three areas have been used extensively by waterfowl (i.e., game species) over the past

5. 1-4

PVNGS-1, 2 6 3 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM few years. The area nearest to the plant site includes the ponds and cattail marshes of the green belt areas bordering the Gila River (refer to section 2.7). A large number of migratory waterfowl as well as resident species use this habitat,(2) and a number of species breed in the area.( This number would probably increase should a larger and more nearly II constant supply of comparable quality water become available in the general region.

The second area, once extensively used by waterbirds, consisted of two 20-acre evaporation ponds located near the 23rd Avenue sewage treatment plant. Fleming(4) reports that approximately 4000 to 5000 migratory waterfowl, including diving ducks, dabbling ducks, and shorebirds, used the area in a year.

Those evaporation ponds are no longer used.

The third major habitat in the vicinity of the plant site is the impoundment created by the Painted Rock Dam near Gila Bend.

Occasionally, high flows in the Salt and Gila Rivers form an extensive open water area which is visited by an estimated 10,000 to 20,000 waterfowl.

From observations on waterfowl use of water bodies in the area, it is estimated that several thousand migrating and wintering waterfowl might visit the PVNGS reservoir. The actual number of species and individuals will depend upon the amount of aquatic vegetation present, the abundance of aquatic invertebrates, depth of the water, angle of slope of the edges of the reservoir, and amount of noise and visual disturbance in the area. The reservoir will attract both dabbling ducks and diving ducks. The large open water area will be particularly attractive to pintail ducks and American greenwing teals. These two species will probably comprise, more than 60 percent of the total waterfowl population using the ponds, since both species prefer to rest in large open water habitats and both could feed on grain in nearby culti-vated fields.

5.1-5

P VNGS-1, 2 & 3 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM Table 5.1-2 lists 78 other species that may use the reservoir, and gives information on their occurrence in Maricopa County.

At present, nine of these bird species would not be expected to visit the plant site, due to lack of suitable habitat (see paragraph 2.7.2.3). The predicted use of the cooling-water reservoir by waterbirds can be considered a potential benefi-cial impact from the construction of PVNGS, since an important new wildlife resource will probably be created.

r 5.1.4 EFFECTS ON ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS'.1.4.1 Coolin Tower Plume Behavior 1I Upper air soundings taken at the Sky Harbor Municipal Airport, located in Phoenix, Arizona, approximately 4'8 miles east of PVNGS, were used by the NUS Corporation Computer code LVPM as basic states of meteorological conditions to investigate the general cooling tower plume behavior (refer to sec-tion 6.1.3.2.4). The reference or basic state at PVNGS is generally similar to that at Phoenix. Soundings were averaged I'

by month and hour of observation over the period July 1952 through May'1957. This period represents the latest 5 years of data on magnetic tape. Subsequent to this period the station no longer took'oundings. Behavior of the cooling tower plume predicted by the model represents the mean for a given month.

Average January and July soundings were used as representative winter and summer conditions, respectively. For an average winter morning (0800 mountain standard time), a strong ground V based inversion (12.1F per 1000 feet) with surface temperature at 42F existed to the first 850-foot level. Surface wind speed was 4.0 miles per hour from the east, increasing to 11.5 miles per hour at a height of about 2300 feet. Relative humidity was 75 percent at the surface, decreasing to 40 per-cent at the 2300-foot level.

5. 1-6

Table 5.l-2 BIRD SPECIES THAT MAY USE THE AREA AFTER A WATER STORAGE RESERVOIR IS BUILT AT PVNGS(5) (Sheet l of 5)

Present Abundance and Common Name Scientific Name Breeding Status in Maricopa County Common Loon . Gavia immer transient

.Horned Greb< ~Podice s auritus Casual transient Abundant winter visitor

.Eared. Grebe Grebe

'estern occidentalis

'asual Casual winter visitor, transient Pied-billed Grebe(a) Podil us odice s Rare summer resident, fairly common winter visitor Double-crested Cormorant Phalacrocorax Uncommon transient auratus Great Blue Heron (a) Ardea herodias B Common resident Green Heron Butorides virescens B Fairly common resident Little Blue Heron Elorida caerulea Casual, visitor Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Casual'isitor td Great Egret Casmerodius albus Uncommon 'transient Snowy Egret E~retta thule Fairly common transient ta O

Black-crowned Night Heron Uncommon transient nycticorax 0 Least Bittern B Rare local summer M H

-. resident 0 American Bittern Botaurus Rare transient H txj 0

M H M

0

a. Very likely to use the reservoir. 0

b. . B indicates species that presently breed in Maricopa County.

Table 5.1-2 BIRD SPECIES THAT MAY USE THE AREA AFTER A WATER STORAGE RESERVOIR IS BUILT AT PVNGS( (Sheet 2 of 5)

Present Abundance and Common Name Scientific Name Breeding '(b) Status in Maricopa County Wood Stork Mycteria Americana Casual summer visitor White-faced Ibis(a) Common transient Whistling Swan Olor columbianus Casual winter visitor Canada Goose Fairly common winter visitor White-fronted Goose Anser albifrons Rare fall transient, winter visitor Snow Goose Chen caerulescens Uncommon winter visitor Black-bellied Tree Duck Uncommon summer resident autumnalis Mallard ( Anas platyrhynchos ,Fairly common winter visitor Gadwal1 (a) Anas strepera Fairly common winter visitor Pintail(a) Anas acuta Abundant'winter visitor td td Green-winged Teal(a) Anas crecca Abundant winter visitor IzJ Cinnamon Teal(a) Fairly common winter and aH O summer visitor M American Wigeon(a) Anas americana Abundant winter visitor M 0 Shoveler(a) Anas ~cl cata Common winter visitor Wood Duck(a) Aix sponsa Uncommon winter visitor 0 Redhead(<) Aythya americana Fairly common winter visitor, transient 0 Ring-necked Puck( Aythya ccllaris Common winter visitor t3 H

Canvasback<a> ~~Ayt 1 a valrsrneria Fairly common winter M 0

visitor M 0

Z

Table 5.1-2 BIRD SPECIES THAT MAY USE THE AREA AFTER A WATER STORAGE RESERVOIR IS BUILT AT PVNGS(5)(Sheet 3 of 5)

Present Abundance and Common Name Scientific Name Breeding (b) Status in Maricop'a County

.(a)

Lesser Scaup Aythya affinis Fairly common winter visitor Common Goldeneye Irregular winter visitor Ruddy Duck(<) Oxyura jamaicensis Fairly common winter visitor, uncommon summer resident Hooded Merganser- Lophodytes cucullatus Casual winter visitor Common Merganser Mergus merganser Fairly common winter

-visitor Red-breasted Merganser Mergus serrator Casual winter visitor, transient Virginia Rail Rallus limicola Fairly common winter .

visitor Sora Porzana carolina Fairly common winter Gallinule visitor Common Gallinula chloro us B Common resident O American Coot(a) Fulica americana B Abundant resident a Semipalmated, Plover Charadrius Uncommon transient H N M

H 0

Snowy Plover Charadrius Rare transient alexandrinus 0 Killdeer(a) Charadrius vociferus B Common resident American Golden Plover Pluvialis dominico Casual transient f3 Ul 0

td 0 R

Table 5.1-2 BIRD SPECIES THAT MAY USE THE AREA AFTER A WATER STORAGE RESERVOIR IS BUILT AT.PVNGS( (Sheet 4 of 5)

Present Abundance and Common Name Scientific Name Breeding (b) Status in Maricopa County Black-bellied Plover Pluvialis s uatarola Uncommon fall transient Common Snipe Common winter visitor Long-billed Curlew Numenzus amerxcanus Rare transient Whimbrel Casual transient Spotted Sandpiper( Actitis macu arm.a Common fall transient, winter visitor Soli<ary Sandpiper ~rincra soliraria Uncommon transient Willet Rare transient.

Greater Yellowlegs Tringa melanoleuca Fairly common transient, winter visitor Lesser Yellowlegs (a) ~rrin a flavipes Fairly common transient, winter visitor Pectoral Sandpiper Calidris melanotos Uncommon fall transient, casual winter visitor Baird's Sandpiper Calidris bairdii Fairly common fall td O

transient v H

Short-billed Dowitcher Limnodromus griseus Casual transient Ul Long-billed Dowitcher(a) Limnodromus Fairly common transient,. M 0 winter visitor 0 Stilt Sandpiper( Common transient Western Sandpiper(a) alid Common transient, fairly common winter visitor M

0

Table 5.1-2 BIRD SPECIES THAT MAY USE THE AREA AFTER A WATER STORAGE RESERVOIR IS BUILT AT PVNGS(5)(Sheet 5 of 5)

Present Abundance and .

Common Name Scientific Name Breeding (b) Status in Maricopa County Marbled Godwit Limosa fedoo Casual transient Sanderling Calidris alba Casual fall transient American Avocet(>) Recurvirostra Common fall transient, americano fairly common spring transient Black-necked Stilt (a) Fairly common local resident,- common migran Red Phalarope Casual fall transient Wilson's Phalarope(a) Abundant transient Northern Phalarope Lobipes lobatus Fairly common fall transient Herring Gull Larus argentatus Casual transient Ring-billed Gull Larus deiawarensis Uncommon visitor Franklin's Gull Larus pipixcan Casual transient Bonaparte's Gull Larus hhzla e? hia Casual visitor Forster's Tern Casual transient Black Tern- . Chlidcnias nicier Uncommon transient Vermilion Flycatcher (a) Pyrocephalus rubinus B Fairly 'common resident U O

Long-billed Marsh Wren B Uncommon summer resident H M palustris M 0 Water Pipit Abundant winter visitor H Yellowthroat Fairly common local 0 summer resident Song Sparrow Melospiza melodia Locally common resident M H M

0 IrI 3l 0

PVNGS-1 g 263'R EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM The average summer morning sounding (0800 mountain standard time). reveals a constant temperature lapse rate of approxi-mately 4.2F per 1000 feet for the first 6560 feet. In the evening (2000 mountain standard time), the atmosphere is in neutral condition because of daytime surface heating. Average surface temperature is 88F in the summer morning, and 100.4F in the summer evening. Relative humidity during an average summer morning is about 49 percent. near the ground, decreasing to 45 percent at 2170 feet. A nearly constant, relative humidity was observed in the average summer evening sounding with a value near 32 percent in the lower 2170 feet.

The initial momentum and buoyancy of the effluent from the cooling towers are expected to raise the vapor plume to a height ranging from 490 to 820 feet during the average winter morning. The actual height of the plume will depend on the direction of the prevailing wind relative to the orientation of the towers. When the wind is from the southwest or north-east, the plume rise is highest, with maximum penetration at about 820 feet. Neutral buoyancy height is about 525 feet.

No major difference in plume rise was predicted between winter mornings and winter evenings. For all wind directions, a t

saturated plume extending through the maximum height of penetration was predicted.

During the average summer morning, a plume can penetrate through a height ranging from 1250 to 2130 feet. Plume buoy-ancy becomes neutral at. a height of 950 to 1300 feet, depending on prevailing wind 'direction. No saturated plume was pre-dicted for the average summertime condition for any hour of the day.

Figures 5.1-3 and 5.1-4 show some of the plume parameters as a function of height. for winter and summer mornings, respec-tively, when the prevailing wind is parallel to the long axis of the tower. ,The height of maximum penetration is determined by taking the height where the vertical velocity of the plume

5. 1-12

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM becomes zero. Neutral buoyancy height (equilibrium level of buoyancy) is defined as the level where the plume and ambient temperature are identical. No cloud water was computed during the average summertime condition, and a negligible amount of cloud water was formed during the average winter morning condition. Cloud water is condensed water droplets which have a negligible terminal velocity and are carried by the updraft in the plume.

The average visible plume length is estimated from 490 to I

660 feet during the winter morning depending on the wind direction; it is much shorter during the winter evening. No visible plume was predicted during the average summertime conditions. Ground level moisture excess over ambient in the vicinity of the cooling tower is estimated to be insignificant under normal weather conditions in the area as listed in table 5.1-3., Figures 5.1-5 through 5.1-8 'show the excess relative humidity profile at the plume centerline at various distances downwind from the cooling towers under average winter and summer morning conditions for different wind direc-'ions.

Significant, weather modification from the operation of the cooling tower system is not expected.

5.1.4.2 Parametric Stud of Plume Rise Plume rise from the cooling towers at PVNGS is a significant factor in determining potential adverse environmental effects.

To examine expected plume rise in the site area, a parametric analysis was performed for the average winter and summer morning conditions. The NUS Corporation computer code LVPM (refer to section 6.1.3.2.3) was used. Two major parameters influence the plume rise: the ambient temperature lapse rate, 5.1-13

Table 5.1-3 RELATIVE HUMID ITY EXCESS g AT GROUND LEVEL g CAUSED BY OPERATION OF COOLING TOWER SYSTEM Excess Relative Humidity At Ground Level

.(~)

Ambient Ambient Relative Prevailing 1 km 3; km 5 km 10 km Condition Humidity Wind Downwind Downwind Downwind Downwind Mean Winter 72 Northeast or 6.952 4.714 3.705 2. 481 Morning Southwest (0800 MST) Northwest or 0.439 2.339 3.344 3.700 Southeast Mean Winter 55 Northeast or 11..14 6.96 5.02 2.81 Afternoon Southwest (2000 MST) Northwest or 3.29 4.56 4.05 2.82 Southeast Mean Summer 49 Northeast or 0.25 0.21 0.19 0.15 Morning Southwest (0800 MST) Northwest or =0.. 00 0.00 0.01 0.05 Southeast Mean Summer 34 Northeast or 0.00 0.00 =- 0. 00- 0.00 U n

Afternoon Southwest H M (2000 MST) Northwest or 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 M 0 Southeast

'0 H

0 M H M

0 td 0 Z

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM and the ambient wind speed. Based upon these parameters, the following analysis was performed:

~ Examination of plume rise as a function of vertical temperature gradient, assuming the gradient is constant with height (see figure 5.1-9)

~ Examination of plume rise as a function of ambient wind speed at the tower top (see figure 5.1-10)

In the second analysis, the wind profile was assumed to vary according to the empirical power law:

z p (23) u = U H

(

H

)

Where u = wind speed at height z u = wind speed at tower height, H p = empirical constant which is 0.25 for the winter morning and 0.12 for the summer morning from Phoenix upper air soundings.

The average February and August morning soundings were used as representative winter and summer, morning reference states, respectively, when not defined in the above analysis. Under average wind speed, the plume height from the cooling tower system can be expected to exceed 230 feet for all seasons as shown in figure 5.1-9. Lowest plume rise is found under strong ground based inversions in the summer morning; however, this condition is unlikely to occur in this region.

The effect of wind speed on plume rise is pronounced. Very strong wind (on the order of 30 to 40 miles per hour at lower height) could limit the plume rise to less than 100 feet from the tower top as illustrated in -figure 5.1-10. Plume rise is generally low when the prevailing wind is normal to the tower. Under these circumstances, a slightly higher increase in ground level relative humidity from operation of the cooling

5. 1-15

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM towers is expected. Fortunately, because of the low relative hunidity, the plume is not expected to cause ground level visibility reduction at distances greater than 0.25 mile from the cooling towers.

5.1.4.3 Fogging and Humidity Effects Fogging may be caused or enhanced by evaporation and drift from evaporative cooling systems. Such fogging may affect transportation facilities and vegetation. A day or more of continuous subfreezing temperatures is necessary for ice to accumulate to significant levels. Since the maximum daily temperature

/

in the site vicinity has never been reported below 32F, icing impacts are not considered. (1 i 6 7 i

~

The NUS Corporation computer program FOG (refer to sec-tion 6.1.3.2.3) is the analytical model used to estimate environmental impacts from cooling tower systems. These analyses were based upon Gila Bend, Arizona, weather data (refer to section 2.6.2) . The visibility criterion used to determine the number of hours that the visibility would be reduced to 1000 meters or less, is a liquid water content of 0.0147 gram of liquid water per cubic meter of dry air.

Selectiqn of this criterion is based on the definition of fog as visibility reduction to less than 1 kilometer (0.62 mile).

The mean annual increases of ground level relative humidity beneath the plume from the cooling system were calculated on a polar grid centered on the cooling system. These values are the mean predicted increases of ground level relative humidity above ambient when the cooling system plume is overhead. The isopleth diagram of onsite and nearsite annual mean relative humidity increases at ground level for the cooling tower system is shown in figure 5.1-11. . The offsite values are shown in figure 5.1-12. As can be Iseen, these 5.1-16

PVNGS-1~2&3 ER EFFECTS OF, OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM annual ground level relative humidity increases are minimal and would be difficult to detect.

5.1.4.3.1 Ground Transportation Cooling system moisture emissions may affect local driving conditions due to visibility reductions. Figure 2.2-10 indicates the highways in the vicinity of the plant site. The closest roadway is Buckeye Salome Road, which passes approxi-mately 2 miles north of the site at its closest approach. The Buckeye Salome Road is presently used as an access road between U.S. Route 80 and Interstate 10 while the latter is under construction. A detailed discussion of roadways in the vicinity of the site is provided in section 2.2.

Calculations indicate that the cooling tower system would reduce ground level visibility below 1 kilometer (0.62 mile) within 0.25 mile of the towers for not more than 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> per year, for any given direction. These negligible visibility effects may be attributed to the arid climate prevalent at the site. It is predicted that the cooling tower system will not reduce the ground level visibility below 1 kilometer over any of the nearby roadways.

5.1.4.3.2 Air Transportation The nearest commercial airport to the plant site is the Sky Harbor Municipal Airport, located near downtown Phoenix, approximately 48 miles'ast of the site. At this distance, the cooling tower system would not affect airport facilities.

t

5. l. 4. 3. 3 Water Transportation The plant site is in a dry, sparsely populated region to the west of Phoenix, Arizona. There are no major waterways'in the vicinity of the site; therefore, the cooling tower system would not affect water transportation.

5.1-17

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM 5.1.4.3.4 Vegetation No detectable effects on vegetation are expected from the minimal increases in relative humidity due to cooling tower operation.

5.1.4.4 Chemcial'Dischar e to Ambient Air 5.1.4.4.1 Air Quality, Chemical The emission, atmospheric transport, and deposition of solid materials from the cooling system are discussed in sec-tion 5. l. 5. 3.

5. l. 4. 4. 2 Air Quality, Odor Several potential odor causing substances can be identified in treated wastewater, such as ammonia and hydrogen sulfide. The treatment process for reclaiming wastewater, which may in-corporate breakpoint chlorination, will convert both of these compounds, by oxidation, to odorless materials. In addition, impoundment of the reclaimed wastewater will aid in stabiliz-ation and removal of 'odor causing substances. Further control of biological fouling and potential odor causing byproducts will be effected by chlorination of the circulating water.

Oxidation of odoriferous materials in the pretreatment phase of the cooling makeup water system should also eliminate sub-sequent odor emissions from the evaporation pond.

5.1.4.5 Microorganisms and Viruses Discharged to Ambient Air The extent and effect of viruses and other microorganisms that might be discharged into and persist in the air due to the (11) operation of the cooling system will depend on the following:

~ Quality of the influent water

~ Physical and chemical changes which the circulating water will undergo during plant operation

5. 1-18

PVNGS-lg 2S(3 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM

~ Amount of cooling tower drift loss

~ Ambient meteorological parameters

~ Demographic considerations.

5.1.4.5.1 Water Quality The quality of the wastewater with respect to its pathogenic microorganism load depends on the following:(>>->>)

~ Degree o f treatment o f the was tewater

~ Socioeconomic and hygienic level of the population from which the raw sewage is obtained

~ Physical and chemical nature of the wastewater (e.g.,

pH and temperature)

~ Season of the year.

Treatment procedures planned for the influent water are described in section 3.6. The treated wastewater effluent will be chlorinated to minimize biogrowth and odor problems before passage by underground pipeline from the City of Phoenix 91st Avenue Wastewater Treatment, Plant to the water reclamation plant at PVNGS. However, this water may still

)

contain low levels of microorganisms, especially enteric viruses.

Water reclamation will consist of biological nitrification using trickling filters followed by lime-soda treatment, fil-tration, and breakpoint chlorination. Breakpoint chlorination, however, may not be required. Because of the thoroughness of these treatment processes, it is expected that most of the microorganisms and viruses in the influent water will be (14,16,-40) destroyed before entering the reservoir.

The impurities in the water will be concentrated approximately 15 times due to the evaporation of water from the cooling tower. The temperature increase across the condenser is 30F, from 89F to 119F.

5.1-19

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM It is assumed that residual virus and microorganism ~

concentrations will increase as a function of the number of concentrations of the water.. However, the temperature rise of circulating water will cause an increase in the rate of virus inactivation. Generally speaking, the half-life of most viruses (the time in which one-half become inactivated) can be measured in seconds at 60C (140F), minutes at 37C (98.6F),

hours at 30C (68F), and days at 4C (39F).('40) Although the rate of virus inactivation may be significantly increased during plant operation, the overall degree of virus inactiva-tion may be small due to insufficient contact time at the elevated temperature.

Chemicals to be added to the circulating water to control biological growth, corrosion, and scale are discussed in section 3.6. These chemicals, particularly chlorine, will further inactivate microbes.(13i34i42 45) Thus, the small concentration of microbes and viruses that could be concen-trated in the circulating water are expected to be largely inactivated due to the thermal and chemical effects of plant operation. The microbial concentration in the circulating water would probably be much less than that of the makeup water.

5.1.4.5.2 Cooling Tower Drift Loss Since the concentration of infective microorganisms in the circulating water is expected to be quite low, and drift is maintained at 0.04 percent of the circulating water flow,'he likelihood of potential detrimental impact of operating the cooling towers is further minimized. If any infective micro-organisms were present in the drift,. the location of relative amounts deposited would perhaps be similar to those of solids deposition (see figures 5. 1-18 and 5. 1-19), but with very minor amounts deposited.

5.1-20

PVNGS-1, 2 & 3 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM In addition to the meteorological factors which affect the distribution of the cooling tower drift, a variety of ambient air environmental factors may influence the 'survival and fate of aerosolized microorganisms including relative humidity, temperature and solar radiation. In general, the low humidi-ties, high temperatures, and high ultraviolet radiation at the site will further inactivate any viruses or other micro-organisms that survive the circulating water temperatures and treatment chemicals. ~

5. l. 4. 5. 3 Demographic Considerations Demographic considerations decrease even further the likeli-hood of negative human impact of the potential microorganisms and viruses in the cooling tower drift. Presently, there is a low population density in the Palo Verde Hills area, and although this density will probably increase over the next 50 years, it is expected to remain quite low (refer to sec-tion 2. 2) .

Although no data have been published on the nature of micro-bial aerosols from cooling towers, a number of studies have been reported on bacterial aerosols from sewage treatment plants. In a recent analysis of wastewater effluent used for power plant cooling, no mention was made of pathogenic microorganisms.

1

~ ~

Kenline and Scarpino ~ ~

studied both the total and coliform bacteria emitted from activated sludge and extended aeration sewage treatment plants. Airborne bacteria concentrations were depleted primarily by atmospheric diffusion and dieoff and, to a lesser extent, by deposition to the ground.

The average bacterial halflife was 14 seconds, and bacteria concentrations were reduced by 90 percent at 100 feet downwind from the source. Only 5 percent of the total bacteria collected were coliforms. At distances of 50, 100 and 150 feet downwind from the aeration tank, the average total bacteria levels above background were 20, 8, and 5 organisms per cubic foot, respectively. If the ratio of enteric viruses to 5.1-21

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM total bacteria is estimated at one infectious virus unit (IU) per 105 bacteria, then the virus levels at 50, 100, and 150 feet downwind from the aeration tank would be 2 x 10 8 x 10 , and 5 x 10 IU per cubic feet, respectively.

Randall and Ledbetter( !52) studied bacterial aerosols from an activated sludge plant. The total bacteria concentration above the background (immediately adjacent to and downwind 3

from the aeration tank) was 1.6 x 10,per cubic foot. Assuming a ratio of one IU per 10 total bacteria,,the virus concentra-tion at the same point would be 1.16 x 10 'IU per cubic foot/

or one IU per 86 cubic feet of air.

Adams and Spendlove( sampled for airborne bacteria at various distances downwind from trickling filter plants. The average total bacteria concentration at 50 feet downwind from the trickling filter was 3.3 x 102 per cubic foot. Although bacteria concentrations decreased with increasing distance downwind from the filters, coliform bacteria were still detectable 0.8,'ile downwind. Using the hypothetical, but not unreasonable, relationship of. one IU per cubic foot or one IU per 10 tot'al. bacteria, the virus concentration at 50 feet downwind is 3.3 x 10 IU per'ubic foot or~one IU per 3.3 x 10 cubic feet.

Aerosol virus concentration in the vicinity of a sewage treat-ment plant would be quite small, even immediately downwind from the aerosol source. This assumption is based on the available data on bacterial aerosols from sewage treatment plants, and an assumed relationship of one virus unit per 105 total bacteria. Theoretically,

~

it is possible under laboratory conditions l

for as little as one IU of a virus to initiate tissue infection in a susceptible individual although only a I

small percentage of infected individuals would be expected to become diseased.(5 According to the Arizona Department of Health Services, there have been no reports of adverse effects upon human health from 5.1-22

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM the effluent from the 91st Avenue Wastewater treatment plant in Phoenix.~56~ Thus, it appears that aerosol density released by cooling towers would have to be great in order to achieve even a nominal virus or microbial concentration in the air near the tower.

5.1.4.5.4 Summary and Conclusions There is a very little likelihood of viral or microbial hazards to human health originating from cooling tower drift.

This conclusion is based on the following:

~ The makeup water to the cooling towers will undergo a high degree of treatment

~ Although virus and microorganism concentrations will

. increase due to evaporative losses and recirculation of the cooling water, thermal effects and chemical disinfections during plant operation will decrease their numbers

~ The drift loss rate (0.04 percent. of circulating water flow) is low

~ A variety of meteorological parameters such as low humidities and high ultraviolet radiation will tend to inactivate microbes and viruses

~ The population density in the site vicinity is currently low, and is expected to remain relatively low over the next 50 years compared to metropolitan areas

~ There have been no demonstrated virus hazards to per-sons working or living in the vicinity of Wastewater treatment plants, including the 91st Avenue plant in Phoenix.

To confirm the above conclusion, the program to be conducted to monitor water quality will include a parameter for 5.1-23

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM bacteriological water quality, e.g., fecal colifoims (refer to section 6.2). This parameter will also serve as an approxi-mate indicator of virus content.

5. l. 5 LAND 5.1.5.1 Land Amount Required The PVNGS exclusion area presently includes sufficient land on the existing site to accommodate the cooling towers. The tower facilities would eliminate 350 acres of land from its .

present use as natural wildlife habitat.

5.1.5.2 Cooling System Operation 5.1.5.2.1 People (Amenities)

Noise associated with operation of the cooling tower system is discussed in section 5.7.

5.1.5.2.2 People (Aesthetics)

The cooling tower structures are about 60 feet high. This low profile permits landscaping and visual screening of the equipment. Figure 5.1-13 shows the isopleth for the predicted annual visible plume occurrence from the cooling tower system.

5.1.5.2.3 Wildlife Tall, brilliantly lighted structures, or those requiring guy wires, are known hazards to migratirig birds, especially under adverse meteorological conditions.( ) However, bird mortality resulting from the cooling tower structures at PVNGS is expected to be minor for the following reasons:

o The cooling towers will be fairly low, approximately 60 feet high (refer to section 10.1)

~ Although the reservoir will probably attract several waterfowl species, PVNGS is not, located in any major 5.1-24

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM migratory flyway. In addition, waterfowl appear to be far less prone to colliding with cooling towers than songbirds,~ and there appears to be little tunneling effect of songbirds migrating over open desertscrub habitat such as that at PVNGS~6

~ Adverse meteorological conditions which could inter-fere with navigation of those bird species which do migrate over the area rarely occur in the region of the site.

5.1.5.3 Solids Dischar ed from Coolin S stem In the operation of the heat dissipation system, dissolved solids tend to concentrate in the circulating water through evaporation of large quantities of water. Solids will be held at a constant concentration level by the blowdown of a portion of the circulating water to the blowdown treatment facility for recycling. The system is simultaneously replenished by water from the reservoir. This makeup water rate will equal the water loss rate incurred through evaporation, drift and blowdown.

The drift, small liquid droplets that become entrained in the exiting air flow, is carried upward by the plume. These liquid droplets, having a solids concentration equal to that of the circulating water and of the blowdown, are subsequently dispersed into the atmosphere and are deposited downwind of the source. The emission, atmospheric transport, and deposi-tion of dissolved solids from cooling towers have been inves-tigated to estimate annual deposition patterns.

5.1.5.3.1 Deposition Patterns The dissolved solids deposition routine within the NUS Corporation computer code FOG (refer to section 6.1.3.2.4) was used to predict the solids deposition patterns for the 5 '-25

PVNGS-1,2Sr3 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM cooling towers. These analyses were based upon Gila Bend meteorological data as discussed in section 2.6.2. The iso-pleths in figures 5.1-14 through 5.1-19 give the drift deposi-tion rates in terms of pounds of solids per acre-year.

The concentration of the drift material was assumed to be at the same level as in the circulating water. These values are given in table 3.6-1 where the total dissolved solids are approximately 14,500 parts per million. For this concentration level, the solids emission rate for the cooling tower system will be about 48 million pounds per year. This is based upon a drift loss rate of 0.04 percent of the 620,000 gallons per minute circulating water flowrate for each unit's cooling system. The composition of the deposited material will be the same as that given in table 3.6-1.

To evaluate the environmental effects associated with solids deposition, they were separated into deposition as dry particles, droplets, and total. Figure 5.1-14 shows the onsite/

nearsite solids deposition patterns deposited as dry particles from the cooling tower system. Figure 5.1-15 shows the offsite solids deposition patterns. Figures 5.1-16 and 5.1-17 show the deposition patterns for solids deposited in droplet form for onsite/nearsite and offsite areas, r'espectively. Finally, the total solids deposition patterns, including solid materials deposited as dry particles as well as in droplet form, are shown in figure 5.1-18 for'onsite/nearsite areas, and in figure 5.1-19 for offsite areas.

5.1.5.3.2 Groundwater The deposition of drift material from cooling towers will not present an intrusion upon the groundwater supply. Because of the low rainfall in the site vicinity, solids deposition from the cooling towers are expected to remain within several feet of the earth's surface.

5.1-26

PVNGS-1,2S3 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM 5.1.5.3.3 Vegetation and Animals Solids deposition impacts, as they may affect vegetation and animals in the site vicinity, are discussed in section 5.4.

5.1.5.3.4 Property Resources The nearest local community (Buckeye) is 18 miles east of the plant site. At this distance, the solids deposition rate represents only a small fraction of the rate predicted for onsite and nearsite areas. The area within a 5-mile radius of the plant is sparsely populated.

It is believed that due to the arid climate and accompanying reduced corrosive effect of the salt, along with the sparse distribution of developed property, the effect of deposition of salt will be insignificant.

5. 1-27

PVNGS-1, 2 & 3 ER EFFECTS. OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM REFERENCES

l. Environmental Data Service, Phoenix Arizona, 1972. Local Climatological Data, Annual Summary with Comparative Data, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Asheville, North Carolina, 1972.

2. Fleming, W.B., "Migratory Waterfowl in Arizona." Ariz.

Game and Fish Dept. Wild, Bull'. No. 5, 1959.

3. Haase, E.F., "Draft Environmental Study: Gila River From the Confluence of the Salt River Downstream to the Confluence of Gillespie Dam." submitted to U.S. Army Eng. Dist., Los Angeles, California, 1973.

4. Fleming, W.B., Arizona Game and Fish Department, Glove, Arizona, Personal Communication with Bland, M.K., NUS Corp., December 1973.

5. Demaree, S.R., Radke, E.L., Witzeman, J.L., Birds of Maricopa County, Arizona. Annotated Field List.

Maricopa Audubon Society. 1972.

6. Environmental Science Services Administration, "Buckeye, Arizona, 1893-1957, Climatological Summary."

Climatography of the United States, No. 20-2, 1975.

7. Environmental Science Service Administration. "Gila Bend, Arizona, 1893-1957, Climatological Summary,"

Climatography of the United States, No. 20-2, 1975.

8. Environmental Science Services Administration, Litchfield Park, Arizona, 1918-1957, Climatological Sum-mary," Climatography of the United States, No. 20-2, 1957.

9. Petterssen, S., "Weather Analysis and Forecasting,"

Vol II, Weather and Weather Systems, 2nd ed., McGraw-Hill/

New York, pp 103-132, 1956.

10. Huscnke, R.E., Glossar of Meteorolo , American Meteorological Society, Boston, pp 227-228, 1959.

5. 1-28

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM Sobsey, M.D., Asst. Professor of Environmental Virology, Dept. of Virology and Epideriology, Baylor College of Medicine, Texas Medical Center, Houston, Texas, Personal Communication with Bland, M.K., NUS Corp., March 1974.

12. Bloom, H.H., et. al.,-. "Identification of Ent'eroviruses in Sewage," Journal Infectious Disease, 105:61-68, 1959.

J

13. Clarke, N.A. and Kabler, P.W., "The Inactivation of Purified Coxackievirus in Water by Chlorine," American Journal Hygiene, 59:119-127, 1954.

14. Clarke, N.A., et al'., "Human Enteric Viruses in Water:

Source, Survival and Removability," Advances in Water Pollution Research, Vol 2, Eckenfelder, W.W. -(ed.)g Pergamon Press, New York, pp 523-536, 1964.

15. Shuval, H.I., "Detection and Control of Enterovirus in the Water Environment," Develo ments in Water Qualit Research, Shuyal, H.I. (ed.), Ann Arbor Humphry Science Publishers, Ann Arbor, Michigan, pp 47-71, 1970.

16. Kelly, S. and Sanderson, W.W., "Density of Enteroviruses in Sewage," Journal Water Pollution Control Federation, 32:1269-1273, 1960.

17. Kelly, S.M. and Sanderson, W.W., "The Effect of Chlorine in Water, on Enteric Viruses, II; The Effect of Combined Chlorine on Poliomyelitis and Coxsackieviruses,"

American Journal Public Health, 50:14-20, 1960.

18. Nupen, E.W., "Virus Studies on the Windhoek Wastewater Reclamation Plant (South-West Africa)," Water Research, 4:-661-672, 1970.

19. Kelly,. S.M., Sanderson', W.W., 'and Neidl, C., "Removal of Enteroviruses from Sewage by Activated Sludge,"

Journal Water Pollution Control Federation, 33:1056-1062, 1961.

5.1-29

PVNGS-l, 2 6 3 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM

20. Kelly, S. and Sanderson, W.W., "The Effect of Sewage Treatment on Enteric Viruses," Sewa e and Industrial Wastes, 31:683-689, 1959.

21. Malherbe, H.H. and Strickland-Cholmley, M., "Quantitative Studies on Viral Survival in Sewage Purification Processes," Transmission of Viruses' the Water Route Berg, G., (ed.), Interscience Publishers, New York, pp 379-389, 1967-

22. Mack, W.N., et. al., "Enterovirus Removal by Activated Sludge Treatment," Journal Water Pollution Control Federation, 34:1133-1139, 1962.

23. Theios, E.P., et. al., "Effeet of Sewage Treatment on Recovery of Poliovirus Following Mass Oral Immunization,"

American Journal of Public Health, 57: 295-300, 1967.

24. Lund, E., Hedstrom, C.E., and Jantzen, N., "Occurrence of Enteric Viruses in Wastewater After Activated Sludge Treatment," Journal Water Pollution Control Federation.

41: 169-174,, 1969.-.

25. England, B., et al., "Virologic Assessment of at Santee, California," Transmission of Viruses Sewage'reatment b the Water Route, Berg. G., (ed.), Interscience Publishers, New York, pp 401-417, 1967.

26. Sobsey, M.D. and Cooper, R.C., "Enteric Virus Survival in Algal-Bacterial Wastewater Treatment Systems I."

Laboratory Studies, Water Research, 7:669-685, 1973.

27. Robeck, G.G., Clarke, N.A., and Dostal, K.A.i Effectiveness of Water Treatment Processes in Virus Removal, Journal American Water Works Association, 54:1275-1292, 1962.

28. Berg, G., Dean, R.B., and Dahling, D.R., "Removal of Poliovirus from Secondary Effluents by Lime Flocculation and Rapid Sand Filtration," Journal American Water Works Association, 60:193-198, 1968.

5.1-30

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM

29. Sproul, O.J., et. al., "Virus Removal by Absorption in Waste Water Treatment, Processes," Advances in Water Pollution Research, pp 541-547, 1967.

30. Sobsey, M.D., etc. al., "Virus Removal and Inactivation by Physical-Chemical Waste Treatment," Journal of the Environmental En ineerin Division, Proc. of the American Society of Civil Engineers, 99:245-252, 1973.

31. Culp, R.L., "Virus and Bacteria Removal in Advanced Wastewater Treatment," Public Works, 102:84-88, 1971.

32. Nuper, E.M., and'Stander, G.J., "The Virus Problem in the Windhoek Wastewater Reclamation Project," Proc. of the 6th International Conference on Water Pollution Research,- Pergamon, Oxford, 1972.

33. Liu, O.C., et. al., "Relative Resistance of Twenty Human Enteric Viruses to Free Chlorine in Potomas Water."

Proceedin s of the 13th Water Qualit Conference University of Illinois, Urbana, pp 171-194, 1971.

34. Kelly, S., and Sanderson, W,.W., "The Ef feet of Chlorine in Water on Enteric Viruses," American Journal Public Health, 48:1323-1334, 1958.

35. Shuval, H.I., "Advances in Water Pollution Research,"

Water Pollution Control Federation, Washington, D.C.,

2:37-51, 1967.

36. Kruse, C.W., Olivieri, V.P., and Kawata, K., "The Enhancement of Viral Inactivati:on by Halogene," Water and Sewage Works, pp 187-193, June 1971.

37. Burns, R., and Sproul, O.J., "Virucidal Effects of Chlorine in Wastewater," Journal Water Pollution Control Federation,- 39:1834-1849; 1967.

~

tl e g ~

5.1-31

PVNGS-1,263 ER

'FFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM

38. Lothrop, T.L., and Sproul, O.J., "High-Level Inactivation of Viruses in Wastewater by Chlorination,"

Journal Water Pollution Control Federation, 41:567-575, 1969.

39. Olivieri, V.P., Donovan, T.K., and Kawata, K.,

"Inactivation of Virus in Sewage," Proceedings National Specialty Conference on Disinfection, American Society Civil Engineers, New York, pp 365-384, 1970.

40. Warriner, T.R., "Field Tests on Chlorination of Poliovirus in Sewage," Journal Sanita En ineerin Division American Societ Civil Engineers, 93 (SA5):

51-65, 1967.

41. Ginoza, W., "Inactivation of Viruses by Ionizing Radia-tion and by Heat," Methods In Virolo , Vol IV, Maramorosch, K. and Koprowski, H. (eds.), Academic Press, New York, pp 139-209, 1968.

42. Clarke, N.A., Stevenson, R.E., and Kabler, P.W., "The Inactivation of Purified Type 3 Adenovirus in Water by Chlorine," American Journal Hygiene, 64:314-319, 1956.

43. Weidenkopf, S.J., "Inactivation of Type I Poliomyelitis Virus with Chlorine," Virology, 5:56-67, 1958.

44. Scarpino,. P.V., "A Comparative Study of the Inactivation of Viruses in Water by Chlorine." Water Research, 6:959-965, 1972.

45. Hettche, O., and Schulz-Ehlbeck, H.W., "Epidemiologie and Prophylaxe der Poliomyelitis im Hinblick auf die Rolle des Wassers bei der Ubertragung," Archiv fur

~ ~

Hyg. und Bakt., 37:440-449, 1953.

46. Akers, T., "Some Aspects of the Airborne Inactivation of Viruses," Airborne Transmission and Airborne Infection.

Ners, J.F., and Winkler, K.C., (eds.), Halsted Press Book Division of John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp 73-81, 1973.

5.1-32

PVNGS- 1, 2 6 3 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM

47. Dejong, J.C., Trouwborst, T., and Winkler, K.C.,

"Mechanism of Inactivation of Viruses and Macromolecules in Air," Airborne Transmission and Airborne Infection Ners, J.F., and Winkler, K.C., (eds.), Halsted Press Book Division of John Wiley and Sons, New York, pp 124-130, 1973.

48. Horstall, F., Jr., and Tamm, I., Viral and Rickettsial Infections of Man 4th ed., J.B., Lippincott Co.,

Philadelphia, 1965.

49. Rhodes, A.J., and Van Rooyen, C.E., Textbook of Virology, 5th ed., Williams and Wilkins Co., Baltimore, 1968.

50. Humenick, N.J., Morgan, W.E., and Fruh, E.G., "Wastewater Effluent for'Power Plant Cooling," CRWR Re t. No. 95, Environmental Health Engineering Laboratories, University of Texas, Austin, Texas, 1972.

51. Kenline, P.A., and Scarpino, P.V., "Bacterial Air Pollution from. Sewage Treatment Plants." Journal American Industrial Hygiene Association, 33:346-352, I 1972.

52. Randall, C.W.:, and Ledbetter, J.O., "Bacterial- Air' Pollution fro'm Activated Sludge Units," Journal American Industrial Hygiene Association, 27:506-519, 1966.

53. -

Adams, A.P., and Spendlove, J.C., "Coliform Aerosols Emitted by Sewage Treatment'Plants,"

1970.

Science,'69:1218-1220,

54. -

Katz, M., Plotkin, S.A., "Minimal Effective. Dosage of Attenuated Polio Virus for Men," American Journal Public Health, Vol. 57, p 1837*, 1967.

55. Plotkin, S.A., Katz, M., "Infective Doses of Viruses for Man by the Oral Route,." Transmission of Virus'y the Wa'ter Route, Berg,,Gerald, (ed.),. Interscience Publica-tions, New York, 1967.

5.1-33

PVNGS-l, 263 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM

56. Groff, J., Asst. Director, Division of Environmental Health Services, Arizona State Department of Health, Personal Communication with Bland, M.K., NUS Corp.,

April 22, 1974.

57. Brewer, R., and Ellis, J.A., "An Analysis of Migrating Birds Killed at a Television Tower in East Central Illinois, September 1955-May 1957," Auk, 75:4:400-415, 1958.

58. Kemper, C.A., Raveling, D.G., and Warner, D.W., "A Comparison of the Species Composition of Two TV Tower Killed Samples from the Same Night of Migration,"

Wilson Bull., 78:26-30, 1966.

59. Stoddard, H.L., Sr., and Norris, R.A., "Bird Casualties in a Leon County, Florida TV Tower: An Eleven-year Study," Bulletin of Tall Timbers Research Station 8:1-104, 1967.

60. Crawford, R.L., "Predation on Birds Killed at TV Tower."

Oriole 36:4:33-35, 1971.

61. Taylor, W.K., and Anderson, B.H., "Nocturnal Migrants, Killed at Central Florida TV Tower: Autumns 1969-71,"

Wilson Bulletin, 85:1:42-51, 1973.

62. Springer, P.R., and Avery, M., "Investigations of Bird Migration and Bird Mortality at the OMEGA Navigational Station, Lamoure, North Dakota Summation of Progress,"

Proc. Sixth Bird Control Seminar, Bowling Green State University, November 1973.

63. Rybak, E.J., Jackson, W.G., and Vessey, S.H., "Impact of Cooling Towers on Bird Migration," Proc. Sixth Bird Control Seminar Bowling Green State University, November 1973.

64. Smith, E.L., Department of Zoology, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona, Personal Communication with Bland, M.K., NUS Corp., April 24, 1974.

5.1-34

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION OF HEAT DISSIPATION SYSTEM BIBLIOGRAPHY Akers, .T.G., "Survival of Airborne Virus, Phage and Other Minute Microbes," An Introduction to Ex erimental Aerobiology, Dimmick, R.L., and Akers, A.G., Wiley Interscience, New York, pp 296-339, 1969.

2. Anderson, E.S., "The Relations of Bacteriophages to Bacterial Ecology," Microbial Ecolo , Proc., Seventh Symposium of the Society for General Microbiology, Cambridge University Press, pp 189-217, 1957.

3. Benbough, J.E., "Some Factors Affecting the Survival of Airborne Viruses, " Journal General Virology, 10: 209-220, 1971.

4 ~ Crin, T. D.Y., et. al., "Detection of Enteric Viruses in Sewage and Water; Relative Sensitivity of the Method,"

Transmission of Viruses b the Water Route, Berg, G.,

(ed.), Interscience Publishers, New York, pp 205-209, 1967.

5. Clarke, N.A., and Kapler, P.W., "Human Enteric Viruses in Sewage," Health Laborator Science, 1: 44-50, 1964.

6. Clarke, N.A., et. al., "Removal of Enteric Viruses from Sewage by Activated Sludge Treatment," American Journal Public Health, 51:1118-1129, 1961.

7. Lund E., "The Oxidation Potential Concept of Inactivation of Poliovirus in Sewage," American Journal Epidemiology, 81:141-145, 1965.

5. 1-35

90 88 86 84 D

I S 82 I

CC I

O 8 80 78 76 74 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 WET BULB TEMPERATURE ( F)

Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1,2@ 3 EXPECTED COOLING TOWER PERFORMANCE CURVE Figure S.l-l 10407 22A 22MY4 138

f% ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~o J

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

PROPERTY LINE e

I I

I i

COOLING i TOWERS (TYP) i i

I l

I l

I UNIT 1 l

I l

l l.

1 UNIT 3 I SPRAY PONDS (TYP) i I

I INTAKE STRUCTURE I (TYP)

Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 & 3 NORTH REFERENCE SYSTEM LAYOUT 500 0 500 1000 1500 FT. Figure 5.1-2 KR SCALE

AMBIENTTEMPERATURE 250 ~s PLUME TEMPERATURE MAXIMUMPENETRATION HEIGHT VERTICAL VELOCITY 750 ~

200 O

K D

NEUTRAL BUOYANCY HEIGHT 150 500 I-X U

x \

100 0 I

CLOUD WATER 250 I

50

+oog 50 60 70 80

( F)

TEMPERATURE 5

0 10 10 15 I,o20 30

( C)

(FT/SEC) VERTICAL (M/SFC) VELOCITY 6 10 I

CLOUD WATER (g/kg) 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units l, 2 & 8 PLUME PARAMETER VARIATIONS AVERAGE WINTER MORNING CONDITIONS WIND PAIKLLEL TO TOWERS Pigux'e 5.1-3 ER

AMBl E NT TEMP E RATUR E MAXIMUMPENETRATION HEIGHT VERTICALVELOCITY 1500 NEUTRAL BUOYANCY HEIGHT O

PLUME TEMPERATURE C

D 1000 300 0

4 I- 4 xU x

500 100 4

+o

+o 1t

~o 10 ~

80 85 "~85

('F)

TEMPERATURE 30 32 34 ( C) 26 28 10 30 VERTICAL (FT/SEC)

(MISEC) VELOCITY 10 Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units l,2& 3 PLUME PARAMETER VARIATIONS AVERAGE SUMMER MORNING CONDITIONS WIND PARALLEL TO TOWERS Pigure 5.1-4

CC LU I

400 1250

\

350 ~ i

.\ \

1000 1 KM DOWNWIND s

~

l &~3 KM DOWNWIND 5 KM DOWNWIND

~ 10 KM DOWNWIND 250 750 0

I-200 x

150 500 I

)

I I

I

'//

250 50

(

( /

/

/

( /

( /

30 37.5 52.5 67.5 75 0 15 30 AMBIENTRELATIVEHUMIDITY{%) EXCESS RELATIVE HUMIDITYI%)

AT PLUME CENTE R LINE Arizona Nuclear Power Project

,:"p'c; Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 & 3 EXCESS RELATIVE HUMIDITY AVERAGE WINTER MORNING CONDITIONS WIND PARALLEL TO TOWERS Figure 5.1-5

400 1250 350 1000 300 O

< 250 CC D

750 0

I- 200 K

U x

150 500 1 KM DOWNWIND 3 KM DOWNWIND 5 KM DOWNWIND 100 10 KM DOWNWIND 250 50 30 40 50 50 70 0 10 20 30 AMBIENTRELATIVE HUMIDITYt%) EXCESS RELATIVE HUMIDITY(%)

AT PLUME CENTERLINE Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 & 3 EXCESS RELATIVE HUMIDITY AVERAGE WINTER MORNING CONDITIONS WIND NORMAL TO TOWERS Figure 5.1-6

700 l.

\'.

\:.

~ 1 KM OOWNWINO 3 KM DOWNWIND 5 KM DOWNWIND 10 KM DOWNWIND 2000 600

~ 500 CC D

\

1500 0 l zU 400 I I

x I

I::t I 300 1000 l

, ]

I

~

I I

200 I t I 500 t I I /

100 I:I l."I lj l~

44 46 48 50 0 1 2 3 4 AMBIENTRELATIVE HUMIDITY(%) EXCESS RELATIVE HUMIDITY()o)

AT PLUME CENTERLINE Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 4 3 EXCESS RELATIVE HUMIDITY AVERAGE SUMMER MORNING CONDITIONS WIND PARALLEL TO TOWERS Figure 5.1-7

2000 600 500 1500 Cl K

D 400 0

1 KM DOWNWIND I

xU 3 KM DOWNWIND x

1000 5 KM DOWNWIND 10 KM DOWNWIND 200 500 100 44 46 50 0' 2 3 4 AMBIENTRELATIVE HUMIDITY(%) EXCESS RELATIVE HUMIDITY(%)

AT PLUME CENTERLINE Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 & 3 EXCESS RELATIVE HUMIDITY AVERAGE SUMMER MORNING CONDITIONS WIND NORMAL TO TOWERS Figure 5.1-8

M K

uj I 600 ~ ~~~ ~, ~, ~, PLUME NEUTRAL BUOYANCY HEIGHT WITH WIND PARALLELTO THE LONG AXIS OF THE TOWER PLUME NEUTRAL BUOYANCY HEIGHT WITH WINO NORMAL TO THE LONG AXIS OF THE TOWER 500 1500 0

~ 400 CC D

300 1000

~0 G

~0

~

~

400 0

SUMMER 000~ 0 gaeaF 000 I- F 00 xU 0 F 00

~ eaaa, ae ~ 000000 WINTER 0 ~ F 0000 F 000 0 ~

200 'e ee ~ 00

~ 00 00 ~ 00000

~0 ~~0~~ 000 ~ 0 ~ E

~0 F0 ' 000 F 000 500 0 ~ 00 '

00 ~ ~ 0 ~ ~0 ~ ~ 0 100 ~ 0 ~ ~ 00 ~ 0 ~

( F/1000FT)

-6 -2 2 10 12 14

-0.8 -0.4 0 0,4 "

0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 I C/100M)

VERTICAL TEMPERATURE GRADIENT Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 & 3 VARIATION OF PLUME HEIGHT AS A FUNCTION OF AMBIENT STABILITY CONDITION Figure 5.l-9

K III I

Ul 400 PLUME NEUTRAL BOUYANCY HEIGHT WITH WIND PARALLEL TO THE LONG AXIS OF THE TOWER PLUME NEUTRAL BUOYANCY HEIGHT WITH WIND NORMAL TO THE LONG AXIS OF THE TOWER 1000 1

1 1

O 1

K SUMMER tI 0 1' I- ~

200 I 1

1 1

1 1 1

500

~1 11 11 ~ 11 1~ 1 1

~1

~

11 1 11

~1

~1

~ 11 100 ~1

~11

~11 WINTER 10 20 30 40 (MPH) 0 (M/SEC) 0 10 15 20 AMBIENTWIND SPEED AT TOWER TOP Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 A 3 VARIATION OF PLUME HEIGHT AS A FUNCTION OF WIND SPEED Figure 5.1-10

NNW, N NNE II NE q II

, p II II II w',) II NW .! 0.01 0.01 980 *::

ENE I'O 0.1 Oy WNW 26 rr ~/004 ell ll II 0.001 II II II 954 Well 949 966 W

'4/ '.1 ll '>

I Labor Camp i

II II

'6 II //

//

II

>I

//

II ~

//

II QI258 I l el //

g/

WSW PALO VERDE NU EA R GENE RATING STATION

) II 1 ll ESE Jl I

926 /48 I 'll ll I

,Hl II If- 1 ~/~

ISW  ;~-. // II I '/

I

+92/, 0.01 II II 3 //

II /I II //

~Q II // 2

• II /

y e,

/i II

//

/

II I

+9/ / 29

~i'r n E

'eel( '~/~ II

/I 9/7 /0 5/i 0

//

// ... 0 II ,I 9 10 3 Mi.

Well II SSW '80/ II 2g7'g - SSE II II

'(,"..-.'--'.~a, / II II 0 89/

II 897 WARo ~ II r

VABM 904 ell II II Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station

/ Units 1, 2 & 3 NORTH ONSITE INCREASE IN GROUND LEVEL 0 RELATIVE HUMIDITY (PERCENT)

SCALE Figure 5.1-11 RR

n .INNWg" .

g o.", in-'N .

n n~ "n ~

hl ~ ICIttt~ A I 1L I I

n A

'l ngCA

~ A t

" ~ .1 I NE M I, M M

'"o. NW

~ A t'

'I L

~/

I

\ 0.001

~

i

~ ~'%I%>> Vrt 4~ t l

~r

. ~ .IAI' .C P Arl n ~

I' r ~

.~C lt M, = t t I 1

) I I.

n

'rl il ~ n ENE WNW 0 f

'l I 0 01 n ~ \ I' r n I

C. S P.

n

'(.

W I E

0.1 \

.AAIO VIAOt M I

0.001 Wl / /~tt*IIOR AVCltAA Ottt Atttn

. 0.01

/I trt

,tA a WSW

~ I~ M 3 ;ESEA' 001'

'/n,l r

I.t! r I 4 Il; lt M ,I, lt

~ n ) "C trCC 5

n; I II / lt It

~ t 0.001 'A 0.001 r

'E r

'I2 -+ ~~( ~ AI ', M

' I '~~ItA V

I 9>>

SSW -SSEI

~

>r.j' I Arizona Nuclear Power Project

,,iPgI'r'nits Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station 1, 2 & 3 OFFSITE INCREASE IN GROUND LEVEL NORTH RELATIVE HUMIDITY (PERCENT) 0 'I 2 3 4MI Figure 5.1-12 SCALE

I 1

l

2 22 tl '

.NNW.

ts IS

" r-.:: ".N 22

.::I. '..:...'..-- NNE~.

,Lg&

O 7 I n ls ~ n

,~ - ~ ~

(, '

I r f,

~ NE';~

II t 21 fl S>

ls ll j I

~ I

'I v

t I O s ll r I ON~

rg Vov vg IO ~ 2, n 2

l2, I

I r; -> I WNW I

s I~

2Se LI O

I'

> IS

~ sv

~ I ls n ENEp

~I ls 2I

's I 2 1 H I t. 5 10

()'" t n ls ll W

II l2 ALO TLACC

?

~ ~

//

OAnLIAA CLIILOATOSO STATIC

10 IISI W IIII

~ \SI VI I !i s

WSW

~ s ll 3 ESEC n

4 O I~ I IS ls I~ II I~

r 5 v

Ltssl 'v.

r n

~ r IS ',

~SW Is r t f ls yl'E

~

erg s SSW, I n IW,

,w; ls

--SSE I

+

~ '

I I

n I

"I y-!"- nv v

v I

Arizona Nuclear. Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 8t 3 NORTH VISIBLE PLUMES (HOURS PER YEAR)

S 0 3 4MI 1

Figure 5.1-13 SCALE

j II N NNE ~

I LI 50 II 50 II 0

'll. "'NW II II II II II I

~

I  :/004 980 50 100 ENE

~J Ir II WNW 26 V rr /004 tl W

94/'L 954 Jl II II II

'll Il Well 949 I/

9 6 E

tt.'> Labor ~O()

,'I Camp ll ll )) iON

//

II // r~.

50 I', I II II

~

p II II I II /I ell II rr Q/258; WSW," PALO VERDE ~ 5 D'UCLEAR GENERATING STATION

~ II 1 .II ESE II JL 926 100 48 I

II II

~// II-II II t I~I 50'9 V

//

92/,

fl II 3 //

II /I h II //

II I/ 2 I

II /

10, II /

I II

//

I

+9/ /

ell 2/

rr rr 9/7

// Il

// 0

,I II

.,: Well

'0/ Il 'r -.,'. 10 3 Mi.

II SSW. -. 227'g SSE II II II II ll II II II I//ARo r 89/ ~yVABM 897 s 904 ell II II a

Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station

/

Units 1, 2 & 3 NORTH ONSXTE SOLXDS GROUND DEPOSXTXON 0 1 Mi.

DRY PARTXCLES (LB/ACRE-YEAR)

SCALE Figure 5.1-14 RR

.NNW0'a X r ~ .I -Ssas ,I tl

/ I rs f Its ~ > =tl I t ,tS,I; sit '

~ I I t NE

~ rr s IS ls A'1st NW ~

I NS

<<s

~I I I

s I

~ <<S~ V~s I

rt aa I '

-r j 'i

~

50 I

'NW IS sl I I

t/ Sl ENEy sP p sr

~ I ls o/ ~

tl I

,~ I T. 3 v I lr

"',. 100 50 W E s

~I I NSISSIAN SINIAATNNI STATION 10 4 50' 2 \

SS 4I WSW

~ . ~

IESEN 50

~

II 11 s

IS a h

)" 5' sa sassa 5 I tas

' ll njI ll

'I ~ r. ~ 6

-;SW s II 'E 9 rs

'- Mi.

i SS W SS E

~ sl I Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station a

Units 1,2 & 3 NORTH OFFSITE SOLIDS GROUND DEPOSITION DRY PARTICLES (LB/ACRE-YEAR) 1 'Itt 0 2 3 4MI Figure 5.1-15 SCALE

NNW. N NNE II NE II 10 II II II II I!

10 NW 10 980 ".

ENE (r

50 (I WNW rr 26

/004

//

Well, n lI I

II II

'l00 , Ii 94/ 954 966 W Well'abor I/ ., E II 00%0 Camp II I) 50 I II //

II //

! a II s II II II ell 3 /I gi258 WSW '*

ALO VER NUCLEAR GENERATING STATION

~ I I

ESE 926 48 h

\ tl

'll 10 II I If

.'l Il /I

. ~// II II 'I I

(/

'2/, (I II II 3 //

//

//

I II //

II // 2 II / 'I II /

II

//

/

9//

//

//

Wef(

ir 9/7 2'. 'lI SE 29

//

ll 10 1

~ 'i '"'SW- :Well II

(( i ~

3 (

II

~

80/ SSE II II II Il II II II II q/ARo r Ki 89/ ~yVABM 897 a 904 ell II P

Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 & 3 NORTH ONSITE SOLIDS GROUND DEPOSITION 0

DROPLETS (LB//ACRE-YEAR)

SCALE Figure 5.1-16

NNW~,:" '~'-"--' ,...:--:TV NNE1".', V "I ~

S J li ll II, l' ~ 11 101 hlN ~ I tII A 1

.1lAN~

I II N

I ll ~ 'l ITS t;/

~ i'

';I

~T

NE I ll 1 I ll Ih 11 II II ~ I T

L NN

'I I,.

'rh NW 11 ~ ArN 1

T II~, I I,'rrl ~ I 8 ~ r ~

A :..J ~

~

I~ ~ NIT ~

'NEi WNW 0

O II ~I T. S I }

I

'SI g

~W TALO VINES 111 ll II NVOISAN SINIAATWO STATION

~ w , S

~

N

! ~

~

rrN IIN+h, I

~,,I

~ N~ I 4

2 A WSW A jN SEN I~ \ I 1~

\ 11, NP

%10 j }

T I" ~ )II ~ II ll I r h

'TIIS h

II I*

~

I W 1 JSW S SE J

. N

~ I h

Fr

~I I

h~ 9>>

H I SSW, = SSE Mi.

Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1,2 & 3 NORTH OFFSITE SOLIDS GROUND DEPOSITION DROPLETS (LB/ACRE-YEAR) 1 S 0 3 4MI Figure 5.1-17 SCALE

NNW. NNE II NE n,P, Ii 50 II II 100

) II a II NW 100 L. 980"

/ ENE

'0 If'I rO WNW 26

//

r ~/004 Well II ll ff 100 II II 4/" 954 Well 949 966 W 'I

'I Labor II ff

+oox

~ ~ 'L Camp Il "

fl 4n ))

//

'A //

I a 50 500 ff I ff ff Q/258 ell 3 /I WSW '

PALO VERDE R G ENE RAT I NG STATION

'CLEA

~ II 1 II ESE JL---

II 4

48 I

I If 100 Wf

// 50

//

92/

Il II 3 //

II /I s //

II /I 2 I II I

~

/ II I/

I 4 I 1(

ff 9// '4 29 r S 2~8 Il Wet(

ir 9/7 /0 5$)' O

'll 7

//

// ~ ~.

II I II 9 10

,. Well ll 3 M' a II SSW '801 2379 SSE II II / II II 10 II II II II ytARo r 0 89/ ~yVABM 897 / 904 ell II II Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1,2& 3 NORTH ONSITE SOLIDS GROUND DEPOSITION 0 1MI TOTAL (LB/ACRE-YEAR)

SCALE Figure 5.1-18

}

V

~ I II II II, ~ I Il '

~ I I VA I

h SS

~I "o. NW

'L C

T' I

50 I.

~1

'ISS VA Sl I

rl- i I'NEp I I~

'P I ~

WNW TT C TT I~

I, II

~ 50 H I T. 5 0

W li E I I TASO VlAOT 7 ~

IIVCITAAOIIITAATIOO ATATOVI 50 I

l ~

A BI w WSW 10

~ II I ~

11 3

ESE':

I~

)I V I~

'10 I

~ I ~ I ~

. 6 I'

~ ~ I 7

~ \ cl SE

)- '

1

~ ,- 11

'V

~ I C A. ~

9 SSE I

r---- l Ml.

SSW 'S "I T I

' ~

Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 4 3 NORTH OPPSIgE SOLIDS GROUND DEPOSITION TOTAL (LB/ACRE-YEAR) 1 Vi 0 1 2 3 4MI SCALE Figure 5.1-19 KR

E PVNGS-l.g263 ER 5.2 RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON BIOTA OTHER THAN MAN Because the plant is located on a dry site (i.e., no nearby bodies of water), the liquid radwaste system is designed so that during normal operation no offsite releases of radioactive liquids originate from the plant. Thus, only exposures to biota due to radioactive gaseous effluents are analyzed. Table 3.5-9 lists the annual releases of gases expected for each unit.

Section 2.7 contains a description of the local biota.

The northern part of the site and adjacent areas are comprised of Saltbush Plains and Creosote Saltbush Plains. The southern part of the site and adjacent areas are comprised primarily of Creosote Plains. Creosote-Cacti Hills are interspersed among both types of plains.

Of the vascular plant species identified in the area, approxi-mately one-third of the species are annual herbs which bloom in the spring after the winter rains. One-fourth of the species are perennial trees and shrubs, and approximately one-tenth of the species are cacti, one-tenth are grasses, and one-tenth are perennial herbs. The remainder are biennial herbs and perennial vines.

About 10 percent of the land within 10 miles of the site is used for agricultural purposes; cotton, is the major crop.

Sugar beets are raised as a cash crop and alfalfa, barley, and wheat are grown as fodder for dairy herds. Much of the agri-cultural area not under cultivation is irrigated grassland, grazed by beef cattle.

Dairy herds are never grazed on pasture, but are fed on feed lots. About 50 to 60 percent of the stored feed is shipped in from elsewhere. Individual cows, however, may feed on pas-ture grass. The nearest cow has been observed 2.5 miles north of the site; the nearest goat is 2 miles north of the site. "

About 60 vertebrate species of fauna, including reptiles, birds, and mammals, have been observed in. the area of the site.

5. 2-1

PVNGS- 1,'2 Sr 3 ER'ADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON BIOTA OTHER THAN MAN Figure 5.2-1 shows a simplified food chain at the site, including examples of the four basic trophic levels (producer, primary consumer, secondary consumer, and tertiary consumer). The decomposers, parasites, and transformers (e.g., ni'trogen-fixing bacteria) have not been included in the figure.

Most animal species actually feed at more than one trophic level depending on the availability of food and the season, as well as several other environmental stresses. Examples in figure 5.2-1 have been chosen because they typically have a more

(

restricted diet than omnivores, and because most are fairly com-mon at the site. Feeders at one trophic level would be expected to accumulate greater amounts of radioactivity than those feed-ing at more than one trophic level.

5. 2. 1 EXPOSURE PATHWAYS The gaseous activity releases are expected to be comprised of noble gasses, tritiu'm and iodines. No particulates have been estimated to be released.

Gaseous effluent transport to local flora and fauna is shown in figure 5.2-2. For flora, a dose resulting from direct radiation from ground deposition of iodines and external cloud exposure from all emissions is calculated. Little uptake of iodines is expected through roots since rainfall is sparse. When rainfall does occur, it usually results in surface runoff to washes, which would carry. most of the ground deposition with it. For fauna the calculated dose results from the inhalation of iodines from passing clouds, external cloud immersion, direct radiation from ground deposition of iodines, and ingestion of other biota containing iodines.

Exposure through ingestion requires the physical transport of radioactive materials through a food chain. In this regard, only iodines are expected to be of concern. Since noble gases do not react chemically with other substances under normal

5. 2-2

PVNGS-lg263 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON BIOTA OTHER THAN MAN conditions, there is no physical basis for their transport, through food chains or for their reconcentration.

5.2.2 'RADIOACTIVITY IN ENVIRONMENT The distribution of radioactivity in the environment .(excluding biota) due to gaseous releases from nuclear units in terms of atmospheric concentrations can'be'de-'cribed.

and, ground concentrations. Atmospheric concentrations are calculated using the release estimates of section 3.5 and the atmospheric disper-sion parameters of section 2.'6. For the continuous release model, used to estimate longterm effects, the annual average X/Q is used. The atmospheric concentrations (C ) are estimated a

simply as C (r) =

T X/Q (r) '1)

Where C

ai.(r) = curies/m 3 at position r of isotope i

= curies of isotope i released per year T 3.15 (+7) seconds per year, and X/Q (r) = annual average atmospheric dispersion parameter at position of interest (r), seconds/m This model predicts highest concentrations nearest -r the emission source because of the ground level release model used for deter-mination of X/Q's. In reality, the maximum ground level con-centrations may be at some more distant point because of elevated release points and possibility of plume rise. This maximum value would be smaller than that predicted by the ground level release model due to the dispersion before the plume reaches ground level. In the analyses that follow, doses to ground level biota are calculated on the basis of the maximum

5. 2-3

PVNGS-1,263 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON BIOTA OTHER THAN MAN atmospheric concentrations at the site boundary due to a ground level release., The maximum site boundary concentrations due to emissions predicted from one unit are shown in table 5.2-1.

Concentrations predicted for more than one unit are assumed to be multiples of these numbers.

Ground concentrations are calculated on the basis of equilibrium values resulting from continuous deposition and continuous radiological decay (except for I-129, for which the 40-year value is used). No correction or adjustment is made for the effects of periodic rains which would tend to wash most of the deposition away or cause source penetration into the soil. Such effects would be meaningful only for long lived isotopes because of the low frequency of such rains in the site area. The only isotope in this category which is expected to be released is I-129. The expression for equilibrium ground concentrations (Cg) is (2)

Where curries at position r of isotope i m

Q.i = curies of isotope i released per year X/Q(r) = annual average atmospheric dispersion parameter at position of interest (r), seconds/m

= deposition velocity of isotope i, m/sec, taken to be 0.015 m/sec for iodines

= radiologi'cal decay constant of isotope i, hr 8766 = hours per year.

The assumption that, the ground surface is covered with a grassy growth is implicit in the use of the specified deposition 5.2-4

PVNGS l i 263 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON BIOTA OTHER THAN MAN Table 5.2-1 MAXIMUM SITE BOUNDARY CONCENTRATIONS OF EMITTED NUCLIDES Maximum Site Boundary Maximum Site Boundary Ground Level Ground Surface Emitted Air Concentration( .) Concentration Nuclides (pCi/m 3

) (pCi/m 2 )

I-129 3. 46 6.59,(-11)

I-131 3. 74 6. 61 (-6)

I I-132 9.63 1-74 (-8)

I-,133 5.46 8.92 (~7)

I-134 5. 65 3. 84 . (-8)

I-135 2. 96 1. 55 (-7)

Kr-85m 2. 26 Kr-85 1.42 Kr-87 1.43 Kr-88 4.00 Xe-131m 1.43 (-5)

Xe-'133 (-4)

Xe-135 8.74 (-6)

Xe-138 1.01 (-6)

H- 1. 87 -4)

a. Maximum Site Boundary Annual Average y/Q = 6.2(-6) sec/m 3 k

5. 2-5

PVNGS-1,263 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON BIOTA OTHER THAN MAN velocity. Inasmuch as the local vegetation growth is largely a desert type, this assumption results in an overestimate for most local areas.

As with air concentrations, the maximum site boundary ground A

level concentrations due to a ground level release were used for the dose estimates of section 5;2.3. These values, for one unit, are shown in table 5.2-1 There are no long-lived isotopes (except I-129) which are sub-ject to ground deposition that are expected to be released. As a result of this and the infrequency of rain, no rain related phenomena such as concentration of ground deposited iodine in runoff are expected to be significant in estimating doses to biota.

5. 2.3 DOSE RATE ESTIMATES Calculations have been performed to determine maximum dose rates to biota due to operation of one and three nuclear units.

Results are quoted for one unit. and three unit operations.

Calculations are performed for unspecified flora, due to ground deposition and cloud immersion, and for two species of fauna, the blacktailed jackrabbit and the kit fox.

5.2.3.1 Flora Dose Rate Estimates Using the maximum site boundary concentrations shown in table 5.2-1, gro'und level dose rates to flora were calculated according to the methods of appendix 5A:

1 Unit 3 Units Beta dose rate (mrad/yr) 0.83 2.5 Gamma dose rate (mrad/yr) 0.42

'No observable effects are expected at these dose rates.

5. 2-6

PVNGS-1,263 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON BIOTA OTHER THAN MAN 5.2.3.2 Fauna Dose Rate Estimates Doses are calculated for the kit fox (locally regarded as a possibly endangered species) and for the blacktailed jack-rabbit, which makes up most of the diet of the kit fox and which consumes vegetation upon which radioiodines may be deposited. It is assumed that the jackrabbits are living at the location of maximum site boundary ground deposition and that':the kit fox obtains 100 percent of his diet from these jackrabbits. External doses are also considered due to ground deposition and cloud immersion.

Methods of calculation, and the data and sources used for the parameters used are given in appendix 5A.

Blacktailed Jackrabbit 1'nit 3 Units External Beta Dose Rate (mrad/yr) 0.42 1.3 External Gamma Dose Rate (mrad/yr) g. 14 0.42 Thyroid Dose Rate (rad/yr) 0.6 1.8 Kit Fox External Beta Dose Rate (mrad/yr) 0.42 1.3 External Gamma Dose Rate (mrad/yr) 0.14 0.42 Thyroid Dose Rate (rad/yr) 0.5 1.4 No observable effects are expected at these dose rates.

5. 2-7

PVNGS-1,263 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON BIOTA OTHER THAN MAN 5.

2.4 REFERENCES

1. Personal Communication, Englehart, R.W., NUS, and Loughead, H., Maricopa County Agricultural Extension Service, March 1, 1974.

5. 2-8

TERTIARY CONSUMER CARNIVORES TROPHI C LEVEL BIRDS MAMMALS TURKEY VULTURE COYOTE GREAT HORNED OWL 'BOBCAT SECONDARY CONSUMER CARNIVORES AND INSECTIVORES TROPHIC LEVEL REPTILES BIRDS MAMMALS DESERT SPINY LIZARD SPARROW HAWK STRIPED SKUNK SIDEWINDER GILA WOODPECKER GRAY FOX KIT FOX PRIMARY CONSUMER HERBIVORES AND GRANIVORES TROPHIC LEVEL INSECTS AND OTHER INVERTEBRATES REPTI LES BIRDS MAMMALS DESERT IGUANA MOURNING DOVE DESERT COTTONTAIL WHITE WINGED DOVE CATTLE BLACK-TAILED JACK R AB B IT GREEN PLANTS PRODUCER TROPHIC LEVEL ANNUAL GRASSES PERENNIAL GRASSES CROPS AND HERBS AND HERBS PERENNIAL SUCCULENTS PERFNNIAL SHRUBS PERENNIAL TREES ALFALFA SIXWEEKS THREEAWN BIG GALLETA SAGUARO FOURWING MESQUITE SMALL GRAIN INDIAN WHEAT BUCKHORN CHOLLA DESERT SALTBUSH IRONWOOD CREOSOTE PALO VERDE Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station P

Units 1,2 & 3 SIMPLIFIED DESERT SCRUB FOOD CHAIN AT PVNGS SITE Figure 5.2-1

AlRBOUR N E EFFLUENT SOURCE TERM ATMOSPHERIC TRANSPORT EXTERNAL GROUND OR INHALATION CLOUD VEGETATION DOSE IMMERSION DEPOSITION (IODINES) BETA AND (IODINES),

GAMMA DOSE (ALL GASES)

EXTERNAL FLORA DOSE FROM CONTAMINATION GROUND AND DOSE DEPOSITION TOTAL INGESTION EXTERNAL MODEL DOSE INTERNAI INGESTION DOSE Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 & 8 RELATE DOSE TO POPULATION PVNGS EXPOSURE AFFECTED PATHWAY MODEL Figure 5.2-2

N PVNGS-1,263 ER 5.3 RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON MAN The PVNGS site, located approximately 40 miles west of the nearest boundary of Phoenix, is in a rural setting character-ized mostly by desert scrub growth. About 10 percent of the land within 10 miles of the site is used for agricultural purposes. A more detailed description of the local population distribution and land use patterns is presented in section 2.2.

The radiological impact on the human population living in the region of the site is examined in this section. The maximum possible radiological exposure to a member of the public will be calculated, as'ell as estimates of total population exposure within 50 miles of the site.

For calculations of this type it is a general practice to hypothesize conditions that result in overestimations of the dose. In this section an individual assumed to receive the maximum dose calculated is characterized by the following:

~ He resides on the site boundary at the location of highest predicted concentrations of plant effluents (west boundary)

~ He wears little or no clothing and spends all year'ut-'of-doors

~ He grows vegetables in a garden at his location and consumes 18 kilograms of these vegetables per year 5.3.1 EXPOSURE PATHWAYS Because the plant is located on a dry site (i.e., no nearby bodies of water), the liquid radwaste system is designed so that during normal operation there are no offsite releases of radioactive liquids of plant origin. Therefore, only pathways 5.3-1

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON MAN of gaseous releases need to be considered; figure 5.2-2 shows these pathways. Since the gases expected to be released are noble gases, tritium and iodines, the only significant internal dose is expected to be to the thyroid which is the organ accumulating the greatest amount of ingested iodine per unit mass. Noble gases do not react chemically with other sub-stances under normal conditions; therefore, there is no basis for considering an internal dose due to these gases.

", For the individual receiving the maximum dose, external exposure due to gaseous cloud immersion, contaminated ground surface exposure, and direct radiation from PVNGS (not shown in figure 5.2-2) are considered. Those internal exposures to the thyroid considered are due to the inhalation of gaseous iodine and ingestion of vegetables onto which iodines have been deposited. Also reported are infant thyroid doses due to gaseous inhalation and milk ingestion. Population exposures are calculated on the basis of external gaseous 'cloud immersion and direct radiation only.

5.3.2 LIQUID EFFLUENTS No radioactive liquid effluents of plant origin will be released from PVNGS during normal operation.

5.3.3 GASEOUS EFFLUENTS Doses to an individual assumed to receive the maximum exposure from the pathways described in section 5.3-1 are given in table 5.3-1. Dose calculation models are given in appendix 5B.

The expected annual gaseous releases, per nuclear unit, are given in table 3.5-9.

The atmospheric dispersion parameters used for population doses are based on a ground level release at a location on the outer edge of an area'ontaining all three nuclear units. The point of release for each direction is considered the extreme

.direction point on the area. The dispersion value used for Supplement No. 3 5.3-2 February 3, 1975

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON MAN Table 5.3-1 CALCULATED MAXIMUM INDIVIDUALAND POPULATION RADIATION DOSES AT PVNGS, PER UNIT Gamma Dose Beta Dose Thyroid Dose Dose Type (mrem/yr ) (mrem/yr) (mrem/yr)

External individual dose Cloud immersion 0.14 0. 41 Contaminated 0.0005 land surface 0. 0011 Direct radiation 0.0000946 0.0 Total 0.14 0. 41 person- person-rem/year rem/year External population dose, Cloud immersion 1980 0.211 0.626 2000 0.426 1.267 2020 0.804 2.390 Internal individual dose, i'nfant Gaseous inhalation 0. 008 Milk ingestion (nearest cow) 0. 096 (nearest goat) 0. 671 Infant Total 0. 679.

Internal individual dose, adult Gaseous inhalation 0. 006 Leafy vegetable 0.026 ingestion Adult Total 0. 032

5. 3-3

PVNGS-1,263 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON MAN individual dose calculations (X/Q =. 6.2(-6) sec/m ) is the maximum site boundary, value determined in this fashion. In the case of the infant milk ingestion thyroid dose, values are calculated assuming consumption of milk from cows 2.5 miles north of the station and from goats 2 miles north of the sta-tion. The atmospheric dispersion parameters at those locations

'have been calculated to be 4.3(-7) sec/m and 6.9(-7) sec/m The actual, points of release locations of gaseous effluents 3 are presented in section 3.5.2.6.

5.3.4 DIRECT RADIATION.

5. 3. 4. 1 Radiation From Facilit The annual individual external dose and the total population

'xternal dose received by individuals outside the facility from direct radiation have been estimated. The doses were calculated using the method given in T. Rockwell's Reactor Shielding Design Manual, section I-6.((]) This method calcu-lates the gamma dose rate external to a homogeneous cylindri-cal source through a laminated shield. It uses a line source approximation to determine the dose rate to the side of the source.

The direct radiation from containment, auxiliary, and radwaste buildings. are negligible compared to those from refueling water tank, holdup tank, and condensate tank. The large distances to the receptor, locations allows the refueling water tank and holdup tank to be summed together and represented as a single cylindrical source.

When calculating doses to the population within 50 miles, the total population was grouped into concentric zones of 0 to 5 miles, and 10'o 50 miles. For the population within 5 miles, the dose rate at the site boundary was assumed. For the population in the 5 to 10-mile annulus, the dose rate at 5 miles was used; for the 10 to 50-mile annulus, the dose rate at 20 miles was used.

Supplement No. 3 5.3-4 February 3, 1975

PVNGS-1,263 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON MAN An individual at the nearest boundary would receive an. external

-5 millirem dose of approximately 9.46 x 10 per year per unit from direct radiation. Dose rates at the nearest school and hospital which are approximately 16 miles from the plant are negligible.

Using the 1970 population data, the population dose from direct 4

radiation within 50 miles has been projected to be approxi-mately 9.6 x 10 5 person-rem/year for 3 units in 1980. Based on further population projections, the population dose in 2020 is estimated to increase to 3.7 x 10 4 person-rem/year.

5.3.4.2 Trans ortation of Radioactive Materials The information supplied in this paragraph is used by the AEC to estimate radiation doses to the public due to transportation of radioactive materials to and from PVNGS. This estimate may (2) which has shown be based on a generic assessment by the AEC that this impact is expected to be minimal.

5.3.4.2.1 New Fuel Shipments Combustion Engineering of Windsor, Connecticut, will fabricate the 241 fuel assemblies that will be delivered to PVNGS as the initial fuel loading for each unit. The distance from Windsor, Connecticut, to the reactor site is approximately 2750 miles.

The proposed truck route, which is subject to revision due to road conditions and/or regulations at the time of shipment, is expected to be as follows

Windsor Site to Connecticut 75 Connecticut 75 East to I-91.

I-91 South to I-84, Hartford I-84 West to US-209 US-209 South to I-80 I-80 West, to I-76 5.3-5

PVNGS-1,263 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON MAN I-76 West to I-71 I-71 South to I-270 Columbus I-270 South to I-70 I-70 West to I-465 Indianapolis Bypass I-465 West to- I-70 I-70 West to I-270 I-270 West to I-244 St. Louis Bypass I-244 South to I-44 I-44 West to I-40 Oklahoma City I-40 West to I-25 (East of Albuquerque)

I-25 South to New Mexico 26 West (Deming)

New Mexico 26 West to US-70 US-70 West to I-10 I-10 West to I-8 I-8 West to US-80 US-80 to Destination The 241 fuel bundles will be shipped, two per shipping con-tainer (DOT-SP-6078 or equivalent), up to six containers per exclusive use shipment for at least 21 shipments. The fre-quency of shipments and duration will depend on the manufac-turing facilities schedule, the site capability to receive the shipment and economic conditions. During the life of the facility, several different fuel fabricators will probably be used. A total of about 21 shipments per year will be required for refueling the three units.

5.3.4.2.2 Irradiated Fuel Shipments Definite plans have not yet been formalized with respect to the spent fuel reprocessor. The commercial reprocessing industry today consists of two plants not yet operating and one shutdown for modification and expansion; located in Morris, Illinois, Barnwell, South Carolina, and West Valley, New York, re-spectively. (3) For the purposes of this evaluation it is

5. 3-6

PVNGS-1, 263 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON MAN assumed that one of these locations will be the shipping destination of irradiated fuel from PVNGS. Approximate distances from PVNGS to the above locations are listed in table 5.3-2.

Spent fuel shipping casks. are presently designed in three categories:

~ Legal weight truck casks, generally designed for only one PWR fuel assembly

~ Overweight truck casks, designed for up to three PWR fuel assemblies

~ Rail shipping casks, designed for seven to twelve PWR fuel assemblies Table 5.".3-2 APPROXIMATE DISTANCES FOR SHIPMENT OF RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS FROM PVNGS Receivers of Distance Radioactive Materials .(miles)

Fuel Reprocessors Morris, Illinois 1900 Barnwell, South Carolina 2100 West Valley, New York 2300 Low Level Solid Waste Burial Sites Richland, Washington 1300 Beatty, Nevada 500 Sheffield, Illinois 1900 Morehead, Kentucky 1800 Barnwell, South Carolina 2100 West Valley, New York 2300 5.3-7

PVNGS-1, 263 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON MAN Thus, truck shipments could range from 80 to 241 per year from PVNGS, or rail shipments could range from 20 to 35 per year.

Inasmuch as the sh3.pping mode and spent fuel reprocessor have not. yet been chosen, details of the cask design which will be used for PVNGS irradiated fuel shipments cannot be specified at this time'. Nevertheless, the shipping casks used will require .

design approval from the USAEC under the provisions of 10CFR71.

The Department of Transporation also regulates the safe packaging and transport of radioactive materials under 49CFR 170-189 and 397.

5.3.4.2.3 Shipment of Other Radioactive Wastes As with shipments of new and irradiated fuel, the location of the low-level waste burial site has not yet been selected.

Present burial sites for low-level wastes in the U.S. are in Richland, Washington; Beatty, Nevada; Sheffield, Illinois; Morehead, Kentucky; Barnwell, South Carolina; and West Valley, New York. Approximate distances from PVNGS to these locations are listed in table 5.3-2. Quantities of the various types of material expected to be shipped are presented in table 3.5-11.

For analysis purposes an estimated 1650 55-gallon drums of high I

level radioactive wastes and 250 55-gallon drums of very low level wastes are assumed to be shipped from the site per year.

This would involve 40 to 50 shipments per year to one of the burial sites previously identified.

5.3.5

SUMMARY

OF ANNUAL RADIATION DOSES The calculated maximum individual radiation doses are summarized in table 5.3-1. These calculated values are compared with radiation doses received from other sources and with applicable AEC regulations or guides. The calculated maximum total body dose to an individual from the three-unit 5.3-8

PVNGS-li 263 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON MAN operation of PVNGS is 0'.42 millirem per year (external gamma .

dose). The skin dose (external gamma plus external beta dose) is 1.7 millirem per year from the three-unit operation.

The AEC, in its concluding statement( ) on the proposed Appendix I to 10CFR50 stated that calculated dose levels as 5 millirems per year total body and 15 millirems per as'igh year to the skin are acceptable in demonstrating compliance with the guidance to keep releases as low as practicable.. ~

In terms of total body dose, the following is the average e'x-(5,6) posure to' member of the U.S. Population in the:year 1970:,

~ 130 millirems per year from natural'sources

,4 millirems per year from nuclear weapons fallout e 72 millirems per year from diagnostic x-rays

~ 0.1 millirems per year from television receivers

~ 1.9 millirems per year from commercial products f

For skin dose, the beta contribution as calculated for this report, has been overestimated since the shielding effect of

.clothes was neglected. In addition, it is not realistic to suppose that an individual would spend all of his time out-of-doors in one location at the site boundary. Thus, the calculated doses from the estimated effluents represent an upper limit to that which actually might be experienced.

Furthermore, in comparison to doses received from other sources, those from PVNGS are negligible.

The only significant organ dose to an individual from release of radioiodines is that to the thyroid. Because of the con-centration of iodine in the cow/goat-milk-infant food chain, the infant thyroid is usually the critical organ. The maximum k

infant thyroid dose from all postulated sources has been estimated at 2.04 millirems per year, 'assuming the infant lives at the site boundary and drinks all his milk from the nearest

5. 3-9

PVNGS-1 g 263 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON MAN goat. The adult thyroid dose, due to inhalation and ingestion of green leafy vegetables is estimated to be 0.10 millirems per year. Thus, the thyroid dose from PVNGS will not exceed the 15 millirems per year design objective of Regulatory Guide 1.42, Revision l.

The total radiation exposure to the population within 50 miles =

of PVNGS from cloud immersion.due to gaseous, releases has been calculated for the years 1980, 2000, and 2020 using the estimated populations for these years.

The total population and distribution of permanent residents living within 50 miles of the station is given in section 2.2.

The segment average dose rate has been taken to be the dose rate at the point midway between the radial and circumferential boundaries of the segment. The values of the atmospheric dispersion parameter (X/Q) used in this analysis are presented in table 5.3-3.

The total exposure occurring within any one segment is the product of the average dose rate for the segment and the segment population. The total population exposure within 50 miles of the site is then the sum of the population exposures within each of the 160 population segments.

The results of the analyses for three unit operations are:

Total Bod Skin 1980 0.63 person-rem/yr 2.62 person-'rem/yr 2000 1.28 person-rem/yr 5.31 person-rem/yr 2020 2.41 person-rem/yr 10.01 person-rem/yr where total body dose is due to gammas only and skin dose is due to gammas plus betas.

5. 3-10

Table 5.3-3 DISTRIBUTION OF X/Q VALUES AROUND PVNGS Distance From PVNGS Direction 0-1 1-2 2-3 3-4 4-5 5-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 From PVNGS Miles Hiles Miles Miles Miles Hi les- Hiles Miles Miles Hiles 4.1861E-06 7.6443E-07 3.8131E-07 2.4286E-07 1. 7398E-07 8. 8194E-08 3.5542-08 1.8554E-08 1.2168E-08 8.8684E-09 NE 4.6182E-06 8.6556E-07 4.3236E-07 2.7485E-07 1.9684E-07 9.956E-08 4.0102E-08 2 '934E-08 1 ~ 3729E-08 1.0010E-08 ENE 3.8186E-06 6.9810E-07 3.5052E-07 2.2432E-07 1.6129E-07 8.2252E-08 3.3461E-08 1.7554E-08 1.1547E-08 8.4315E-09 4.5591E-06 8.0536E-07 4.0816E-07 2.6380E-07 1.9085E-07 1.9085E-07 9.8490E-08 2.1463E-08 1.4184E-08 1.0378E-08 ESE 4.1659E-06 7.3318E-07 3.7570E-07 2.4471E-07 1.7803E-07 9.2806E-08 3.8692E-08 2.0581E-08 1.3655E-08 1.0612E-08 SE 6.3500E-06 1.1176E-06 5.7281E-07 3.7329E-07 2.7185E-07 1.4171E-07 5.9139E-08 3.1467E-08 2.0882E-08 1.5312E-08 SSE 8.5558E-06 1.4691E-06 4.9672E-07 3.628-E-07 1.9052E-07 8.0066E-08 5.2766E-08 2.8448E-08 2.0880E-08 7.5763E-07'.3105E-06 1.4421E-05 2.5338E-06 8.6167E-07 6.3045E-07 3.3212E-07 1.4003E-07 7.4928E-08 4.9897E-08 3.6638E-08 SSW 1.2256E-05 2.0885E-06 1.0798E-06 7.1104E-07 5.2077E-07 2.7488E-07 1.1617E-07 6.2227E-08 4.1466E-08 3.0480E-08 SW 9.4417E-06 1.5941E-06 8.2557E-07 5.4349E-07 3.9800E-07 2.0999E-07 8.8683E-08 4.7501E-08 3.1654E-08 2.3249E-08 WSW 5.5858E-06 9.5175E-07 4.8779E-07 3.1867E-07 2.3210E-07 1.2129E-07 5 '709E-07 2.6999E-08 1.7925E-08 1.3141E-08 7.4553E-06 1.2846E-07 6.5137E-07 4.2225E-07 3.0591E-07 1.5835E-07 6.5524E-08 3.4682E-08 2.2943E-08 1.6788E-08 4.4896E-06 8.1646E-07 4.0319E-07 2.5527E-07 1.8198E-07 9.1367E-08 3.6519E-08 1.8941E-08 1.2370E-08 8 '960E-09 NW 4.9675E-06 8.8066E-07 4.3576E-07 2.7688E-07 1.9778E-07 9.9681E-08 2.0803E-08 1.3610E-08 9 '007E-09 NNW 3.6949E-06 6.7622E-07 3.3402E-07 2.1127E-07 1.5059E-07 7.5558E-08 3.0171E-08 1.5649E-08 1.0221E-08 7.4339E-09 aM 4.7841E-06 8.7420E-07 4.2903E-07 2.7025E-07 1.9198E%07 9.5735E-08 3.7960E-08 1.9595E-08 1.2759E-08 9.2635E-09 0

a. Values are appropriate for a release height of 0 meters.

g 0 H

PVNGS-1, 263 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON MAN The comparable values for radiation exposure from the other sources listed previously (e.g., natural source, diagnostic x-rays) are:

Total Bod 1980 166800 person-.rem/yr 2000 337650 person-rem/yr 2020 636970 person-rem/yr The additional population dose contribution and effect due to the operation of PVNGS, therefore, is negligible.

5.3-12

PVNGS-1, 2 &3 ER RADIOLOGICAL IMPACT ON MAN 5.

3.6 REFERENCES

Rockwell, T., Reactor Shieldin Desi n Manual

2. Environmental Survey of Transportation of Radioactive Materials to and from Nuclear Power Plants, USAEC, Directorate of Regulatory Standards, December 1972.

3- U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, WASH 1174-73, The Nuclear

4. U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, Docket No. RM-50-2, "Concluding Statement of the Position of the Regulatory Staff, Numerical Guides for Design Objectives and Limiting Conditions for Operation to Meet the Criterion As Low as Practicable for Radioactive Material in Light.-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors", February 20, 1974.

5. U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, WASH 1250, The Safet of Nuclear Power Reactors and Related Facilities, July 1973.

6 ~ Environmental Protection Agency, ORP/CSD 72-1, Estimates of Ionizin Radiation Doses in the United States 1960-2000, August 1972.

5.3-13

PVNGS-1,263 ER 5.4 EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES 5.4.1 BLOWDOWN EFFECTS The blowdown disposal system consists of a series of multi-stage flash evaporators and an evaporation pond of approxi-mately 200 acres within a fenced area (refer to section 3.6) .

No natural surface waters will be affected by the discharge of chemical wastes from the plant.

The waste material discharged into the evaporation pond (refer to table 3.6-3.) will be a crystalline solid containing about 20 percent water. Because of the nature of the material, it is not expected to attract animals.

h No detectable contamination is expected to occur in the water-table, since the evaporation pond will be lined with a suit-able material to limit seepage (section 3.6). Test wells will be drilled in the water table down gradient and adjacent to the evaporation pond for chemi.cal monitoring to detect seepage (section 6.1.2). Vegetation along Winters Wash west of the evaporation pond will also be monitored to detect potential adverse environmental effects (section 6.2.5).

3

5. 4. 2 EFFECTS OF COOLING TOWER DRIFT After approximately 15 cycles of concentration, the circulat-ing water will contain roughly one-third'the salt content of sea water. The salt will be primarily sodium chloride with substantial amounts of magnesium and calcium chlorides and sulfates (table 3.6-1). Less than 0.1 percent by weight of the solids will be biocides and heavy metals. Drift from the.

cooling towers will be controlled to 0.04 percent loss of the circulating water flow (section 5.1).

The predicted distribution and amounts of drift from the cool-I ing towers are shown in figures 5.1-14 through 5.1-19. The model employed to determine these distributions is presented in section 6.1.3.

5. 4-1

PVNGS-'1,263 ER EFFECTS. OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES Table 5.4-1 indicates the estimated number of acres beyond the site boundary receiving 50 pounds per acre per year or more of droplet and total (wet and dry) salt deposition by the cooling towers. The highest offsite deposition of wet salt, 100 to 500 pounds per acre per year, is predicated to fall on only 70 acres of land, 30 acres of which are creosotebush plain and 40 acres of which are saltbush plain. The total area to receive droplet deposition in excess of 50 pounds per acre per year is 2,160 acres. Approximately 6 percent of this area (130 acres) is cultivated. Almost 70 percent of the wet salt will fall on creosotebush plains.

The highest offsite predicted total (wet and dry) deposition is also 100 to 500 pounds per acre per year. This is pre-dicted to fall on 5,610 acres, approximately 60 percent of which is creosotebush plain. Less than 15 percent will be deposited 'on cultivated areas.

Over the year design lift of PVNGS, the maximum possible cumulative deposition is calculated to be 20,000 pounds per acre for the 5,610 acres receiving the highest deposition rates, and 4,000 pounds per acre for the 21,360 acres receiv-ing 50 to 100 pounds per acre per year.

A total of 26,970 acres offsite is predicted to receive a total of 50 pounds per acre per year, or more. More than one-half of this area will be creosotebush plain; less than 15 percent will be cultivated land.

Except in irrigated areas where leaching salts out of the field is a common practice, only a small amount of the salt is expected to be leached down to the groundwater, due to the low precipitation and high evaporation rates in the region (refer to section 2.7.1.1.1). The intensity as well as the total amount of precipitation must be taken into consideration to determine the effect of rainfall on salt distribution for 5.4-2

Table 5.4-1.

f OFFSITE SOLIDS DEPOSITION FROM COOLING TOWERS

))p Vegetation -Creosotebush Creosotebush- Saltbush Mesquite Total Type -

Plain 'Cultivated Cacti Hill Plain Hash Acres Droplet Deposition (lb/arcre/year) 100 6o 500. = 3.0 '0 0 40 0 70

'- 50 to 100- -1,440 130 210- 80, 230 2,090 Total > 50 1,,470 130 210- 120 ., 230 2,160

~ )

Total Deposition -=-

(lb/acre/year),

..100 to 50'0 . 3 j260 260- 850 670 5, 610 50 to 100 3.1,'400 3,590 2,770' ,930 2,670 21.,360 Total A

p 50 14;660 3,850 3,620'70 t 50,0 ,3,340 26,970 a

H 0

nH n ap -'ppioximate offsite -acieage. receiving- > -,50- lb/acre/year of. droplet (wet) .

and. total atd m

,(wet and,, dzy)'olids deposit).on. '. 0

~,l

• H M n

'La pp I',t n

! t

'I) p t) pt H t

a n

,'h 0 p r' rn L

'I t

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES short duration precipitation estimates in Arizona. (1) Surface flushing, such as might result from sheet floods (section 2.7.1.1.1), removes only a small amount of salt. Turbulence in the flowing water causes some mixing, but the water at the soil surface that contacts and dissolves the salt largely moves directly into the dry soil during the initial wetting process when- the infiltration rate is highest. (2)

Predicted levels of salt drift deposition from the cooling towers are low compared to existing conditions. Therefore, adverse'nvironmental impacts on soil, groundwater, surface water, wildlife, and domestic animals in the region of the site are predicted to be negligible, while the potential adverse effects on vegetation due to foliar deposition are expected to be low.

To evaluate actual cooling tower drift effects, information on the salt concentration in the ambient atmosphere and the existing sodium,and chlorine concentrations in the vegetation of the area will be obtained prior to and .during operation of the cooling towers (section 6.2.5).

5.4.2.1 Effects on Soil, Groundwater and Fresh Water Bodies Water quality data are available for the Buckeye Irrigation District. located approximately 10 miles west of the site. (3)

In 1961, 17,700 acres of land were farmed by the Buckeye Irrigation Company, using 98,948 acre-feet of water, 88 percent of which had an average total dissolved solid (TDS) content of 4.64 tons per acre-foot (3,414 parts per million). TDS is the

++ ++ Na +

sum of the major ionic constituents: Ca , Mg g , S04, HCO3, CO3 F NO3, and Cl The remaining 12 percent of the water was surface water of similar quality. The TDS content of the groundwater used by the Buckeye Irrigation Company had increased from 1,200 parts

5. 4-4

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES per million (1.7 tons per acre-foot) in the early 1930's to over 3,500 (4.8 ton's per acre-foot) by 1967. The surface water had also become increasingly salty. By 1943 each acre-foot of surface water used contained nearly twice as much salt as in 1900 (3,500 versus 1,950 parts per million). Since 1962, when wastewater effluent with a much lower TDS became available, an increasingly greater amount of better quality surface flow has been used, and less'roundwater has been required.

Based on this information, one can calculate a 1961 average water use of 5.6 acre-feet per acre of irrigated land, with TDS of approximately 25 tons. However, the amount of salt from the water (or from the drift) is not cumulative in the cultivated soils. Much of the irrigation water leaches the salts out of the soils into the groundwater, thereby diluting the salt concentration. Nonetheless, ii, it is apparent that current salt loads in the irrigation water are quite high.

The irrigation water used in the Palo Verde Hills region also contains, substantially high loads of salt. Chemical analyses have been compiled from the files of the Water Resources Division, USGS, Phoenix. These show that groundwater used for irrigation in the Lower Hassayampa-Centennial drainage basin which includes the site area (figure 2.5-1), has a TDS range from approximately 400 to 1,200 parts per million, or 0.5 to 1.6 tons per acre-foot (section 2.5). However, groundwater analyses of irrigation wells at, the site in 1973 showed a maximum TDS of more than 5,000 parts per million (more than 6.8 tons per acre-foot, as in well 24acc, section 2.5).

The total concentration of dissolved solids .in irrigation water in the United States generally varies from 150 to 1,500 parts per million, (4) although some of the more salt resistant plants can withstand considerably high concentrations. Most, crop plants are known to be intolerant of salt concentrations 5.'-"5

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES exceeding 2,100 parts per 'owever, water with million. (2i4) an even higher TDS concentration is currently used for irrigation in the region of the site.

Due to the lack of leaching of salts in the nonirrigated areas of the site area, a slight increase in salt on the soil sur-face is predicted. However, this increase is not expected to have a significant adverse effect 'on the biota. Electrical conductivity of the top 6 inches of soil at or near the site (section 2.7) currently ranges from 0.3 mmhos/cm (no signifi-cant effect on crops) to 16.5 mmhos/cm (most crops affected) .

Most of the soil readings in the region, however, currently range between 4.0 and 8.0 mmhos/cm, a range in which many crop plants are affected. (5)

Considering both long and short term effects, the cooling tower drift, which will be controlled at 0.04 percent loss of the circulating water, appears unlikely to have substantial adverse effects on nearby soil and irrigation water, since the incremental increase over'he existing high salinities are predicted to be low.. A recent state-of-the-art report on seawater cooling towers, which presents mathematical formulas for calculating incremental increases in irrigation water and soil salinity, is in general agreement with this conclusion. (6) 5.4.2.2 Effect on Indigenous and Cultivated Vegetation There is substantial evidence that salt can be injurious to vegetation. (7) Plants can obtain salt through the root sys-tern, stomata (pores), and openings caused by leaf or twig injury. (8) Soluble salts can produce harmful effects to plants by

~ Increasing the salt content of the soil solution Increasing the degree of saturation of the exchange materials in the soil with exchangeable sodium Foliar accumulation of airborne salt.

5.4-6

PVNGS-l, 263 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES Many different methods have been developed to assess the degree of salt tolerance of plants, including survival ability, abso-lute and relative yields, (12) and for ornamental crops, general appearance. (13) The probable effect of salt drift from cooling E

towers on soil salinity and alkalinity is considered negligible (section 5.4.2.1). Among the more salt sensitive species will probably be cultivated plants growing where salt is period-ically leached from the soil by irrigation water.

The native plant species show a wide range of tolerances to soil salinity with several classified as highly salt tolerant.

Foliar absorption, however, appears to be a more serious poten-tial concern.

The amount of damage due to the accumulation of airborne salt on or within leaf and twig tissue is related to biotic factors such as the type of plant; degree of maturity, and foliar diseases; and to abiotic factors such as the degree of deposi-tion and the moisture present on the leaf surface.

5.4.2.2.1 Biotic Factors Different species of plants respond variously to salinity ranges. The term halophytic refers to highly tolerant plants, while glycophytic is used for more sensitive plants. Halo-phytes have evolved various mechanisms for salt elimination (e.g., salt glands) or resistance (salt induced succu-lence). 'any desert plants have greatly reduced leaf surfaces and are partially or wholly dependent on, stems for above ground gaseous exchange and moisture absorption.

The vegetation at and near the site is described in section 2.7.

The native plant species are those typical of the Sonoran Desert of the Southwest. Several, such as saltbush (Atriplex spp.) are halophytic while others, such as hurrohush (Fran seria dumosa) are much less tolerant, of salty soils (sec-( 2 F 1 7 F 1 8, 1 9 )

5.4-7

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES The estimated relative salt tolerances of existing vegetation "

types in the site region, starting with the least sensitive",

are saltbush plain, creosotebush-cacti hills, creosotebush plains, mesquite wash, and cultivated ar'ea. None of these are thought to be extremely salt sensitive. Although most crop plants exhibit a medium salt tolerance, and may be termed glycophytes, those grown. within a 10-mile radius of the site are among the more salt tolerant. These include cotton, sugar least salt tolerant. 'ew beets, wheat, barley, and alfalfa, with alfalfa being 'the ornamenta'1 plants, other than native species, are grown in the site region.

The tolerance of a given plant species is also related to its stage of maturation. .Some species which are very salt tolerant during the later stages of growth are quite sensitive to high salinity during germination (e.g., sugar beets). Other species such as cotton have high salt tolerances during all stages of growth or, as typified by corn, are more sensitive during later stages of maturation. 'oliar injury due to disease or insect damage may also increase the degree of foliar uptake of salts.

5.4.2.2.2 Abiotic Factors Factors influencing the rate of foliar deposition. by impaction include the near-ground air concentration of salt, wind speed and duration. Humidity and the amount and frequency of precip-itation directly affect the amount of salt buildup on foli- ~

age.( i

• The amount of soluble salt entering the plant tissue versus total salt buildup on the leaves has biological significance.

With low levels of rainfall in the site region (section 2.6) a detectable buildup on the foliage would be expected. However, the low humidities and infrequent occurrence of dew in the region of the site would reduce the magnitude of the potential 5.4-8

PVNGS-1, 2 6 3 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES salt effects on the surrounding vegetation. Dew very rarely occurs during most of the year, including the major growing season for warm season crops. However, some dew may occur during the winter months.

Information on the existing natural background levels, of air concentrations of salt in the region of the site is not avail-able. However, limited ambient air quality data are available from Sun City, Arizona, located approximately 35 miles north-east of the site. The average chloride concentration in the air from July 1973 to December 1973 was 3.33 micrograms per cubic meter, with average monthly data ranging from 2.87 to 4.06 micrograms of chloride per cubic meter.

Although data evidently were not collected at Sun City during January through June, 1973,. they are available for one month in 1972 (August). The latter show a monthly average of 9.89 micrograms chloride per cubic meter with a range of 8.98 to 11.18 micrograms per cubic meter.

5.4.2.2.3 Case Studies Very little information is available on the effects of aerosol salt spray on vegetation, particularly for the arid South-S th t 8'24'25'26 The minimum longterm average level of background airborne salt concentrations needed to affect the distribution of vegetation in eastern coastal areas is approximately 10 micrograms per cubic meter per month. Acute injury to deciduous vegetation (generally salt sensitive) may result if airborne levels exceed (27) 100 micrograms per cubic meter for several hours.

Most of the information available on salt damage to vegetation involves soil salinity and its subsequent, effects on plant growth. The actual amount of salt deposition necessary to cause foliar irijury to specific species of plants probably has 5.4 9

PVNGS-1,263, ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES little relation to the amounts determined by most techniques that have been used, (6) although new ones are currently being developed. Correlations relating different methods of (6) measuring salt concentration and deposition are also unclear, although the relationship between air concentration and ground deposition has been discussed. (29)

No adverse environmental effects have been detected at a sea-water cooling tower which has been operating in Fleetwood, England for several years. (29) In addition, cooling towers 0

associated with oil refineries in Texas .and New Jersey have been operated'n seawater for some time without objectionable adverse environmental effects." Environmental conditions, how-ever,, are quite different in the site region as compared to those localities.

Ongoing studies on the effects of cooling tower salt drift on vegetation include those't the Chalk Point. power plant in Maryland, 22 ' 30 31)'he Bacliff plant near Houston, Texas, (32)

(27) and at the Forked River nuclear power plant in New Jersey.

In the Forked River study, it has been reported that the short term peak near-ground air concentration of salt from the natural draft cooling tower is 10 micrograms per cubic meter.

This is a factor of six below the lower concentration which causes visible damage to principal indigenous species. No significant incremental effects due to tower salt were pre-'icted.

However, differences in climatic conditions and the surrounding vegetation, as well as cooling tower type and amount of salt drift, must be taken into consideration before proper compara-tive evaluations can be made among the ongoing studies. For example, in New Jersey the humidity is much higher (and thus the likelihood of salt entering the leaf is much greater) than in the arid'outhwest, but the leaves are periodically washed off by rainfall. In Phoenix, humidity is very low and dew

5. 4-10

PVNGS-1, 2&3 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES is quite uncommon, but several months may pass before any rain falls.

The only location known in the inland southwest where mechanical draft cooling towers have been operating for more than a year is the Mohave Generating Station on the Colorado River in southern Nevada. Since 1970 a 1,500-MWe fossil fuel electric generating station has been operating using water with salin-ities up to 16,000 parts per million. Two cooling towers are in operation, each with 270,000 gallons per minute of circu-

'his lating water flow. (6) compares with the three towers at PVNGS each with 650,000 gallons per minute of circulating water flow. The towers have been operated both with and without drift eliminators.

Although no intensive studies have been carried out, no adverse effects on the offs'ite desertscrub vegetation of the region have been reported. Cultivated crops are not grown in the immediate region of the Mohave Generating Station. (33)

Cooling towers are also being used at the Navajo Generating Station 4 miles east of Page, Arizona. The first unit. of this fossil fuel generating, station went on line in, the spring of 1974, and the completion of the final (third) unit is not scheduled until 1976. An environmental impact analysis is currently in progress at the Navajo Generating Station. (34)

In an effort to simulate the effects of salt spray from cool-ing towers on corn and soybean crops, plots of each crop were subjected to various levels of application rates from 0 to 14.56 kilograms per hectare per week (equivalent to 0 to 674 pounds per acre per year) of salt.,spray for 8 weeks. Extensive leaf damage was induced by the 7.28 and 14.56 kilogram per hectare per week treatment'(equivalent to 337,and 674 pounds per acre per year) in"both crops: Young.,soybean, plants appeared more sensitive than young. corn plants, although the reverse was apparentfoi'ol'der~or mature'lants.,

5.4-11

PVNGS-l, 2S 3 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES Reduction in soybean yield occurred with the 7.28 kilogram per hectare per week treatment (equivalent to 337 pounds per acre per year), whereas corn yields tended to be reduced at 1.82 and 3.64 kilogram per hectare per week treatments (equivalent to 84 and 168 pounds per.acre per year). Both crops showed significant reduction in yields with increased salt spray treatments. Neither, however, is grown in the region of the site, largely due to low salinity tolerance (section 2.2).

Cotton, the most commonly grown crop near the site, has been reported to suffer appreciable reductions in yield when irri-gated with a sprinkler system in Arizona using water with an average salt content of 3,000 parts per million. (35) However, flood irrigation is practiced in the region of the site. Dew very rarely occurs during, the cotton growing season.

It is possible that small amounts of salt spray may actually have a beneficial effect on vegetation. Some quantities of salt may supply needed nutrients and stimulate growth. (26) 5.4.2.3 Effect on Wildlife and Domesticated Fauna Salinity may affect animals either directly through changing body processes, or indirectly by altering the environment.

Wildlife and domesticated animal species at and near the site are discussed in section 2.7.

Similar to plants, animals show a wide range of salinity I

tolerances. Animals feeding on desert halophytes have likewise evolved mechanisms for salt excretion (e.g. salt glands of some desert, reptiles and birds) . ( 15) However, most land birds must rely on their kidneys for salt excretion in the absence of salt-secreting-glands. (37) Studies haveshown that one of the most common birds at the 'site, Brewer' Sparrow, has evolved'n efficient system to conserve water and maintain body weight on salinities equaling seawater. (38) The physiological mechanism allowing this is thought to be an efficient renal syste'.

, 5.4-12

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES In addition, certain desert animals, such as a kangaroo rat species (Dipodomys microps), are known to selectively avoid high salinities. The kangaroo rat climbs into shrubs and harvests leaves of saltbush (Atriplex confertifolia). The lower incisors of this species of kangaroo rat are broad, flattened anteriorly, and chisel-shaped (unlike other kangaroo rat incisors,'hich are rounded and awl-shaped). The incisors are used to shave off the hypersaline peripheral tissue of leaves so that the inner tissue can be eaten. (39)

Salt poisoning in animals due to excessive amounts of sodium chloride is uncommon, although it has been reported to occur among domestic swine, (40) poultry, (11) and certain wildlife species (rabbits and game birds) in Wisconsin. (41) The source of salt for the domestic animals is usually brine used in curing processes which is either fed or carelessly left avail-able to susceptible animals. Poisoning may also occur that do not have access to salt for a period, but in'nimals are suddenly provided with salt in large quantities. The wildlife mortalities in Wisconsin were attributed to sodium chloride used for deicing highways. However, predicted salt concentrations in the site vicinity are substantially lower than those found in Wisconsin.

The incremental effects of cooling tower salt drift on animal species in the region of the site are expected to be negligible.

The maximum predicted average yearly rate is only 500 pounds per acre. Jt is possible that the salt deposition may effect some vegetational changes, and thus change wildlife habitat.

If, in time, more salt tolerant shrubs invade the region due

'to drift effects, wildlife habitat might actually improve.

The saltbushes of the area (Atriplex canescens and A. polycarpa),

have exceptional value for grazing, much more so than the less salt tolerant creosotebush. (42) In fact, A. polycarpa is sometimes called cattle spinach. Due to the low levels of 5.4-13

PVNGS-l, 263 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES salt deposition predicted, however, such vegetational succes-sional patterns appear unlikely.

5.4.2.4 Synergistic Effects of Cooling Tower Drift No detrimental impacts are expected to occur from possible synergistic effects, of the salt drift with other pollutants in the air. Except for local dust; the region of the site is considered relatively free from air pollution (section 2.7).

-5. 4-'l4

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES 5.

4.3 REFERENCES

Kangieser, P. C., "Estimated Return Periods for Short-Duration Precipitation in Arizona," Western Region Tech, Memo. No. 44, U.S. Depart of Commerce, Environmental Sciences Admin. Weather Bureau, Salt Lake City, Utah, 1969.

2. Richards, L. A., (ed.), "Diagnosis and Improvement of Saline and Alkali Soils," U.S. Dept. of Agr'. Handbook No. 60, 1969.

3. Halpenny, L. C., "Utilization of Sewage Effluent for Agricultural Purposes," Unpublished Manuscript, 1973.

4. McKee, J. E. and Wolf, H. W., Water Quality Criteria, Pub. No. 3-A, 2nd ed., Resources Agency of California, State Water Resources Control Board, 1963.

5. Information based on data from USDA Soil Conservation Service soil survey interpretations for the Palo Verde

'ills region, obtained from the Buckeye Soil Conservation Service District, 1974.

6. Roffman, A., (ed.), The State-of-the-Art of Saltwater Cooling Towers for Steam Electric Generating Plants, Prep. for USAEC by Westinghouse Electric Corp., Environ-mental Systems Dept., NTIS. Wash. 1244, UC-12, 1973.

7. Fisher, G. E. and Gottshall, T., Evaluation of Environ-mental Effects from Alternative Heat Dissipation Systems

.at the Anclote Site, Prep. for Florida Power Corp.,

St. Petersburg, Florida by NUS Corp., 1973.

8.

24:29-67, 1954.

9. Hayward, H. E., Long, E. M., and Ulvitis, R., "Effect of Chloride and Sulfate Salts on the Growth and Development of the Elberta Peach on Shalil and Lovell Rootstocks,"

USDA Tech. Bull. 922, 1946.

5.4-15

'VNGS-1,2&3 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES

10. Monk, R. W. and Peterson, H. B., "Tolerance of Some Trees and Shrubs to Saline Conditions," Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort.

Sci., 81:556-561, 1962.

11. Federal Water Pollution Control Administration, Water Quality Criteria, Rept. of the National Technical Advisory Committee to the Secretary of the Interior, April 1, 1968, U.S. Dept. of the Interior, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C., 1968.

12. Hayward, H. E. and Bernstein, L., "Plant Growth Relation-

'ships on Salt-Affected Soils," Botanical Review, Vol 24F 584, 1958.

13. Bernstein, L., Francois, L. E., and Clark, R. A., "Salt Tolerance of Ornamental Shrubs and Ground Covers," Amer.

Soc. Hort. Sci., 97:521-556, 1972.

14. Bland, M. K , NUS Corporation, and Bernstein, L., U.S.

Salinity Laboratory, Agricultural Research Service, U.S.

Department of Agriculture, Riverside, California, Personal Communication, February 4, 1974.

15. Hadley, N.F., "Desert Species and Adaptation," American Scientist, 60:338-347, 1972.

16. Waisel, Y., Biology of Halophytes, New York, Academic Press, 1972.

17. Shantz, H. L. and Piemeisel, R. L., "Types o8 Vegetation in Escalante Valley, Utah, As Indicators of Soil Condi-tions,"

n USDA Tech. Bull. No. 713, 1940.

18. Branson, F. A., Miller, R. F. and McQueen, I. S.,

"Geographic Distribution and Factors Affecting the Distribution of Salt Desert Shrubs in the United States,"

J. Range Mgmt., 29:287-296, 1967.

5.4-16

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES

19. Wallace, A. and Romney, E. M., "Salt Tolerance of Some Desert Shrub Species," pp. 358-362, In "Radioecology and Ecophysiology of Desert Plants at the Neveda Test Site,"

USAEC Office of Infor. Services, TID-25954, 1972.

20.

Info. Bull. No. 283, USDA, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C., 1964.

21. Pearson, G. A., "Tolerance of Crops to Exchangeable Sodium," Agriculture Info. Bull. No. 216, Agricultural Research Service, USDA, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D.C. 1960.

22. Mulchi, C. L. and Armbruster, J. A., "Effect's of Salt Sprays on the Yield and Nutritional Balance of Corn (Zea mays, L.) and Soybeans (Glycine max, L.)," Paper presented at Cooling Tower Environment 1974 Symposium, Univ. of-Maryland, College Park, Maryland, March 5, 1974.

23. Bland, M. K., NUS Corporation, and Hodgell, D. E.g District Conservationist, Soil Conservation Society, Buckeye, Arizona, Personal Communication, June 6, 1974.

24. Eldin, H. L., "Saltburn Following a Summer Gale in Southwest England," Quarterly J. of Forestry, Vol. 51, p46, 1957.

25. Ogden, G. and Wales, B., Dept Biol. Sci., Univ. of Calif.,

Santa Barbara, California, Unpublished Manuscript, January, 1973.

26. Edwards, R. S., and Holmes, G. D., "Studies of Airborne Salt Deposition in Some North Wales Forests," Forestry, Vol. 41, pl55, 1968.

27. U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, "Program to Investigate Feasibility of Natural-Draft Salt Water Cooling Towers,"

Appendix to Applicant Environmental Report for Forked River Unit 1, prepared by GPU Service Corp., Parsippanyg N.J., 1972.

5.4-17

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES

28. -Moser, B. C., "Airborne Sea Salt--Techniques for Experi-mentation. and Its Effects on Vegetation," Paper presented at Cooling. Tower Environment - 1974 Symposium, Univ. of t

Maryland, College Park, Maryland, March 5, 1974.

29. U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, "Draft Environmental Statement Related to,the Forked River Nuclear Station, Unit 1, Jersey Central Power and Lighting Company,"

Docket Number 50-363 Directorate of Licensing, Washington, D.C., October 1972.

30. Niebo, R. J. "Brackish-Water Cooling Towers Studied,"

Electrical World, pp 56-59, 1973.

31. Curtis, C. R., Gauch, H. G., and Sik, R., "Sodium and Chloride, Concentration in Native Vegetation Near Chalk Point, Maryland," Paper presented at Cooling, Tower Environment 1974 Symposium, Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, March 5, 1974.

32. Bland, M. K., NUS Corporation, and McWilliams, E. L.,

Dept. of Soil and Crop Sciences, Texas ASM University, College Station, Texas, Personal Communication, February 19, 1974.

33. Bland, M. K., NUS Corporation, and Fraser, G. L.,

Superintendent, Mohave Generating Station, Nevada, Personal Communication, June 6, 1974.

34. Salt River Project, "Environmental Impact of the Navajo Generating Station and Black Mesa-Lake Powell Railroad,"

Research Proposal submitted by Brigham Young University and Northern Arizona University to Salt River Project, Phoenix, Arizona, January 1, 1971.

35. Busch, C. D. and Turner, F. T., Jr., "Sprinkling Cotton with Saline Water," Progressive A riculture in Arizona, 17:27-28, 1965.

5.4-18

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES

36. Woodbury, A. M., "Animals and Salinity in the Great Basin," American Naturalist, 82:171-187, 1948.

37. Bartholomew, G. A. and Cade, T. J., "The Water Economy of Land Birds," Auk, 80:504-539, 1963.

38. Ohmart, R. D. and Smith, E. L., "Use of Sodium Chloride Solutions by the Brewer's Sparrow and Tree Sparrow,"

Auk I 87 329 34 1 i 1970 ~

39. Kenagy, G. J., "Saltbush Leaves: Excision of Hypersaline Tissue by a Kangaroo Rat," ~ci nce, 178=1094-1096, 1972.

40. Bohstedt, G. and Grummer, R. H., "Salt Poisoning in Pigs/"

J. Anim. Sci., Vol. 13, p933, 1954.

41. Trainer, D. O. and Karstad,- L., "Salt Poisoning in Wisconsin Wildlife," J. Amer. Vet. Med. Assoc.,

136:14-17, 1960.

42. Jaeger, E. C., Deserts Wild .Flowers, Stanford Univ.

Press, Stanford, California, 1941.

5. 4-19

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL AND BIOCIDE DISCHARGES BIBLIOGRAPHY Compton, K. G., "Factors Influencing the Measurement of Corrosion in Marine Atmosphere," Materials Protection, pl3, December 1965.

2. Edwards, R. S., "The Effects of Airborne Sodium Chloride and Other Salts of Marine Origin on Plants in Wales,"

Proc. of the First European Congress on the Influence of Air Pollution on Plants and Animals, Wageningen, 1969.

5- 4-20

PVNGS-lg263 ER 5.5 EFFECTS OF SANITARY AND OTHER WASTE DISCHARGES 5.5.1 SANITARY WASTES The plant sanitary waste system has been described in section 3.7.1. During plant operation treated effluent from the package sewage treatment plant will be delivered to the water reclamation plant. No adverse environmental impact from this process is anticipated and a small benefit'in the form of 13,500 gallons per day of additional water for cooling system makeup is ob-tained. When the reclamation plant is temporarily not operating, chlorinated effluent from the package sewage treatment plant will be delivered to the onsite evaporation pond at a maximum rate of about 50,000 gallons per day. No major adverse environ-mental impact is anticipated from this operation, since there will be no direct discharge from the evaporation pond to a receiving stream. Loss of most of the water through evaporation is a minor impact. Lining of the evaporation pond will limit any seepage of the impounded effluent into local ground water aquifers and therefore would not contribute any effect in the form of recharge to the aquifers.

Solid waste ('ludge) produced by the package sewage treatment, plant will be disposed of in the solid waste disposal area. No adverse environmental impact is anticipated from this operation.

5.5.2 GASEOUS EFFLUENTS Emissions from the diesel generators, auxiliary boilers and lime recalciner are described in section 3.7.3. These sources produce a total of about 324,900 pounds per year of sulfur oxi-des, 600,700 pounds per year of nitrogen oxides, 93,100 pounds per year of particulates, and 21,000 pounds per year of hydro-carbons (see section 3.7.3). Based on the annual average X/Q for a ground level release at the nearest site boundry (6.2 x

-6 seconds 10 per cubic meter), corresponding annual average 5.5-1

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF SANITARY AND OTHER WASTE DISCHARGES ground level concentrations would be about 29 micrograms per cubic meter of S02, 54 micrograms per cubic meter of NO , 8.3 micrograms per cubic meter of particulates, and 1.87 micrograms per cubic meter of hydrocarbons. These are well below ambient air quality standards and will have no adverse impact on the environment.

5.5-2

PVNGS-1,263 ER 5.6 EFFECTS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 5.6.1 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM 5.6.1.1 Transmission S stem Im acts 5.6.1.1.1 Effects of Maintenance Program No significant environmental effects are expected as a result of maintenance programs. When present, effects of mainte-nance will be of short-term consequence. Transmission line construction practices will yield stable open field associations resulting in minimal right-of-way maintenance. Where mainte-nance clearing is required, a few individual plants and animals will be lost, but the biotic association as a whole will not be adversely affected.

5.6.1.1.2 Maintenance of Transmission Lines Maintenance will be performed on an "as required" basis. On the basis of experience, frequent access to the transmission lines for maintenance purposes will not be required. On occasions that require access for nonemergency maintenance and repairs, the same environmental precautions will be taken as during the original construction. The comfort and safety of local residents will be provided for by limiting noise, dust, and the physical danger created by excessive maintenance vehicle traffic.

5.6.1.1.3 Maintenance of Access Roads Access roads constructed during the construction phase of the transmission line ordinarily will not be maintained.

5.6.1.1.4 Herbicides and Pesticides Herbicides and pesticides will not be used for maintenance of transmission line corridors. Soil sterilants may be used within the confines of substations to control weed growth.

5.6-1

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 5.6.1.1.5 Electrical Effects Electrical effects of operation are those identified in sec-tion 3.9. No adverse effects due to corona noise, ozone, ground currents, etc., are expected. Standard procedures will be followed to eliminate interference with communication or rail-road systems. Protective equipment will be installed to handle line and ground currents that occur under fault conditions.

5.6.1.2 Environmental Im acts This section summarizes the long-term effects that will result from operation of the transmission facility.

5.6.1.2.1 Biological Impacts The effects of transmission line operation and maintenance relate primarily to the existence of access roads which create increased access to areas previously difficult to reach. The operation and maintenance activities will have very little, if any, adverse effects on terrestrial and aquatic systems once construction activities have been completed.

No changes of long term significance to the mammalian and avian fauna are expected to result from the increased access hunting pressure will result. although'ncreased 5.6.1.2.2 Land Use Impacts Land usage can be affected in two ways by a transmission line.

The presence of the transmission line can change current practi-ces and/or alter future flexibility in land use. These effects will vary depending on existing land usage. Data on current land usage for the preferred routes is presented in section 3.9.

Land used for grazing will not be impaired by the transmission line. Normal grazing practices will be maintained as cattle will be able to graze under the line.

5.6-2

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS Cultivation practices on agricultural lands may be slightly modified due to the presence of a transmission line. The aerial application of seed, herbicides, 'and other materials to the crops may be impeded by the transmission lines. From a safety standpoint, transmission lines are viewed as a potential ob-struction and danger to crop dusters. The proper placement of lines has a vital bearing on the impact to aerial applicators.

For those crops which require frequent applications, the impact of the line will be greatest. The magnitude of this impact cannot be precisely defined because of crop rotation.

5.6.1.2.3 Archaeological and Historical Impacts The impact on archaeological features occurs primarily at the construction stage as described in section 4.2. As noted in section 4.2.1.6, however, construction roads normally will be cl'osed following the construction phase inhibiting the access to archaeologic sites by, relic hunters. As described in sec-tion 2.3, no historically significant structures presently exist within the corridor system nor does the line routing cross the site of any significant historical events.

5.6.2 EFFECTS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE WASTEWATER CONVEYANCE PIPELINE 5.6.2.1 General Maintenance Pipeline maintenance will be minimal, The pipeline will be underground, and the land above will revert to its original state which is either agricultural or natural desert..

service roads and highways will be used for the minimal The'xisting maintenance access that may be required. APS will maintain the right-of-way and pipeline.

5,6-3

PVNGS-1,263 ER EFFECTS OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE TRANSMISSION AND CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS 5.6.2.2 Effects of 0 eration Maintenance No significant environmental effects are expected as a result of the operation and maintenance programs. No herbicides or chemicals will be used to retard regrowth of vegetation; there-fore, the ecological impact would be minimal. Adverse archae-ological and ecological effects of the maintenance of the waste-water pipeline, once installed, should be minimal since additional maintenance roads are not required.

5.6-4

PVNGS-1 ~ 263 ER 5 ' OTHER EFFECTS 5.7.1 ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF WATER DIVERSION The primary water source for PVNGS is the wastewater effluent from the City of Phoenix 91st Avenue Sewage Treatment Plant (section 3.3). Presently, nearly all of the 65,100 acre-feet of secondary treated effluent from this plant is discharged directly into the bed of the Salt River. The effluent then infiltrates into the ground, evaporates, or flows down the river channel past the confluence of the Gila and Salt rivers to the diversion dain of the Buckeye Canal heading, 6 miles down-,

stream (see figure 5.7-1 and tables 5.7-1 and 5.7-2). (1-6) At the dam, practically all of the surface water is diverted for agricultural purposes during the most active growing season (April to September), while lesser amounts are diverted for winter irrigated crops (e.g., small grains). '(7) After being used for irrigation, some of the diverted wastewater effluent becomes tailing water and enters the Gila .River through the South Extension Canal to Hassayampa River (see figure 5.7-1).

An older sewage treatment plant with a smaller capacity at 23rd Avenue is currently discharging approximately 38,300 acre-feet per year of effluent into the Salt River 9 miles upstream from the 91st Avenue Sewage Treatment Plant (see figure 5.7-1 for the major sources and diversions along'the Salt and Gila rivers from the 23rd Avenue Plant to Gillespie Dam).

Currently, an excellent wildlife habitat is developing along a 6-mile stretch from the confluence of the Salt and Gila rivers downstream to the Buckeye Canal heading (refer to section 2.7). This area has been recommended as a natural area by the Arizona Academy of Science to the Department of Economic Planning and Development (DEPAD) of the State of Arizona. The proposed natural area 'has been primarily depend-ent on wastewater effluent from the City of Phoenix 91st Avenue Sewage Treatment Plant and from periodic flood flows for its

5. 7-1

PVNGS-1,2S(3 ER OTHER EFFECTS Table 5.7-1 WATER FLOW REPORTED BY USGS GAUGING STATIONS Gauging Station Average Annual Period of Volume No. Location Sampling (103 acre-ft) 4795 Gila River, 1940 to 1946,,

At Laveen 1948 to 1972 15.4 4890 Santa Cruz River, 1940 to 1946, Near Laveen 1948 to 1972 14 7 5139 Aqua Fria River (a)

At Avondale 1967'o 1972 0 5140 Buckeye Canal, Near Avondale 1971 -64.9 ( )

5175 Centennial Wash, Near Arlington 1961 to 1972 2.2( )

5195 Gila River, Below Gillespie Dam 1941 to 1971 31 9 5195 Gila Bend Canal, At Gil,lespie Dam 1971 -6.3 5195 Enterprise Canal, At Gillespie Dam 1971 -9.1 No flow recorded for most of the year.

b. The Buckeye Canal diverts from the north bank of the Gila River. Record includes wastewater and flows from canals of the Salt River Project delivered through the Buckeye Feeder Ditch to the Gila River Channel near the mouth of the'qua Fria River. In 1971, this amounted to 9,600 acre feet. Figures also include pumpage of water into the Buckeye Canal between the canal intake and measuring flume. In 1971 this amounted to 450 acre feet.

5. 7-2

Table 5.7-2 SEWAGE EFFLUENT AVAILABILITYAND USAGE IN THE PHOENIX AREA (Sheet '1 of 2) 91st Ave Pumping Effluent Effluent.-

Activity Discharge Commitment Irrigation . Drainage Year (acre-ft/yr) (acre-ft/yr) (acre-ft/yr) (acre-ft/yr)

Tolleson Sewage Plant 1972 1,400 23rd Ave Sewage Plant 1973 38,290 91st Ave Sewage Plant 1973 65,101 Ariz. Game 6 Fish Dept. 7,300 U.S. Water Conservation Laboratory 1,200 Buckeye Irrigation .

District 1973 (a) 30 000(b) 43,100 (b) 10,000 (b)

a. The year 1973 applies to the pumping figures.

b. Estimated.

Table 5.7=2 SEWAGE EFFLUENT AVAILABILITYAND USAGE IN THE PHOENIX AREA (Sheet 2 of 2) 91st Ave Pumping Effluent Effluent Discharge Commitment Irrigation Drainage Activity Year (acre-ft/yr) (acre-ft/yr) (acre-ft/yr) (acre-ft/yr)

Arlington Canal Co. 1972 25,000 St. John' Canal Co. 1972 9,900

PVNGS-1,263 ER OTHER EFFECTS maintenance over the last 8 years. Riparian areas downstream from the Buckeye Canal heading have been primarily dependent on irrigation return water and natural, high groundwater tables.

Since one of the major potential environmental impacts of operating PVNGS relates to the consumptive use of water, a.

number of water conservation practices in plant design have been implemented. These include the use of cooling towers .

rather than cooling ponds (section 10.1), minimizing seepage and evaporative losses from the reservoir (section 3.2), and treating the blowdown for further recycling (section 3.6).

As a result of these design considerations, as estimated average yearly demand of approximately 75,800 acre-feet is presently projected to be required from the 91st Avenue r

plant to operate the three units (refer to section 3.3).

Presently, the following amount of effluent is committed by contract from the 91st Avenue plant:

Contractor Acre-feet/year Buckeye Irrigation Company 30,000 Arizona Game and Fish Department 7,300 U.S. Water Conservation Laboratory 1,200 Total 38,500 No effluent from the 23rd Avenue plant is presently committed by contract. (2) The PVNGS participants have an option for the uncommitted portion of the effluent from these two plants (required for the operation of Units 1, 2, and 3) up to an aggregate maximum of 140,000 acre-feet per year. This option can be exercised at any time up to the year 2000. According to wastewater flow projections, this total amount will not be ava'ilable until 1986.

5.7-5

PVNGS-lg 263 ER OTHER EFFECTS Assuming that the existing riparian areas downstream from the Salt-Gila confluence to the Buckeye diversion dam continue to develop at a similar rate compared with that of today, the uncommitted wastewater flow projections are correct; and none of the water PVNGS participants have optioned is contracted by other parties by 1985, when all three units are scheduled to be in operation, a minimum total of 60,200 acre-feet of wastewater effluent would continue to be available to the habitats downstream from the treatment plants (refer

'iparian to column VII of table 5.7-3).

Approximately 75 percent of this wastewater effluent would be coming from the 23rd Avenue plant with the remaining amount from the 91st Avenue plant. Based on existing conditions (1974) this minimum total amount, of 60,200 acre-feet per year available in 1985 would represent a 10 percent reduction.

Although the proposed Salt River natural area and adjacent habitats downstream have been primarily dependent on the wastewater effluent from 91st Avenue, appreciable amounts are now reaching 91st Avenue from the 23rd Avenue plant.

Depending on water and land use practices oyer the next 10 years in this area, the trend of greater flows reaching 91st Avenue plant may continue. In addition, small amounts of effluent may be available from the Tolleson and Avondale-Goodyear plants. If no other parties contracted for the water, only a slight decrease in the rate of ecological improvement of these areas would be expected. This temporary halt in the improvement of riparian habitats would have rela-tively short term impact, and would probably not greatly endanger any wildlife species, although small reductions in populations might occur.

If one assumes, however, that all of the remaining effluent not used by PVNGS is contracted by other parties (including that unused portion of the 140,000 acre-feet PVNGS partici-pants have optioned), and is diverted before being discharged 5.7-6

Table 5.7-3 UNCOMMITTED WASTEWATER FLOW PROJECTIONS'VNGS REQUIREMENTS, AND AVAILABLE REMAINDER (Sheet 1 of 2)

Potential Total Available Wastewater Flow Projections~ ~

Amount Zf All Zf All

. Recgxired Remaining Remaining 23rd Ave. 91st Ave. by Effluent Effluent Year Plant Plant Total PVNGS (c) Uncontracted Contracted~

I lI ZIZ IV V VI

~

1974 38,000 >~/gr 28,700)K/g< 66,700k))p 66,700 66,700 1975 44,300 28,700 73,000 73,000 73,000 1976 25,200 54,100 79,300 79,300 79,300 1977 28,000 57,600 85,600 85,600 85,600 1978 33g600 58,300 91,900 0 91,900 91,900

'979 39,200 59,000 98 i200 98,200 98,200

. 1980 44,800 59,700 104,500 104,500 104,500 1981 44,800 66,000 110,800 16,800 94,000 94,000

'982 44,800 72,200 117,000 27,400 89,600 89,600 1983 44,800 -78,500 123,300 50,500 72,800 72,800 a~ This table treats the effect of PVNGS operation on the amount of Phoenix sewage treatment wastewater available to the Salt River. All numbers represent acre-feet per year.

b. Source: City of Phoenix, Arizona, Water and Sewers Department, November 21, 1973.

co Assuming Unit I-will begin operating in 1981, Unit II in 1983, and Unit ZII in 1985.

d0 Excluding that for which applicant has an option.

Table 5.7-3 UNCOMMITTED WASTEWATER FLOW PROJECTIONS PVNGS REQUIREMENTS, AND AVAILABLE REMAINDER (Sheet 2 of 2)

Potential Total Available Amount Zf All Zf All Wastewater Flow Projections (b) Required Remaining Remaining 23rd Ave; 91st Ave. by Effluent Effluent Year Plant Plant Total PVNGS (c) Uncontracted Contracted(<)

I IZ IIZ IV *V VI 1984 44,800 84,800 129,600 67,300 62,300 62,300 1985 44,800 91,200 136,000 75,800 60,200 60,200 1986 44,800 97,400 142,200 75i800 66,400 64,200 1987. 44,800 103,700 148i500 75i800 72,700 64,200 Vl 1988 44,800 110,000 154,800 75,800 79,000 64,200 I

CO 1989 44,800 116,300 161,100 75',800 85,300 64,200 1990 44,800 122,600= 167,400 75,800 91,600 64,200 1991 44,800 128,900 173,700 75,800 97,900 64,200 1992 44,800 135,200 180,000 75,800 104,200 64,200 1993 44,800 141,400 186,200 75,800 110,400 64,200 1994 44,800 147,700 192,500 75,800 116,700 64,200 1995 44,800 154,000 198,800 75,800 123,000 64,200

. 1996 44,800 160 i 300 205,100 75,800 129,300 64,200 1997 44,800 166,600 211,400 75,800 135,600 ,64,200 1998 44,800 172,900 217,700 75,800 141,900 64,200 1999 44,800 179,200 224,000 75,800 148,200 64,200 2000 44,800 185,500 230,300 75;800 154,500 64,200

PVNGS-1, 2 63 ER OTHER EFFECTS into the river,. the riparian habitats that are immediately downstream of the 91st Avenue plant would'robably be greatly reduced in size and quality. A zero flow from the wastewater effluent into the Salt River would probably not occur even".if

,the Tolleson effluent were committed by contract, since the Arizona Game and Fish Department has contracted for 7300 acre-feet of- the effluent to enhance riparian wildlife habitat.

Some water could also be expected from periodic flood flows.

However, the combined amounts from the Arizona Game and Fish Department effluent and flood flows would probably only be able to support a much reduced wildlife habitat compared to what exists today. (7)

It is possible that if amounts of water similar to those of today once again became available after such a great reduc-tion of flow, good riparian habitats could become reestab-lished in approximately 8 years as evidenced by the'ength of time the existing vegetation has been present. This is assuming that no species has become extinct meanwhile.

Nonetheless, because of the rareness of riparian communities in Arizona, and because of their biological importance to the Sonoran desert ecosystem, the relative impact of the probable, adverse ecological changes resulting from habitat degradation of the proposed natural area would be substantial.

The level of adverse impact on those portions of the green

. belt further downstream, where the water tables have been high over the past few decad'es and where only small amounts of wastewater effluent have reached, would probably be fairly low 1

(section 2. 7) .

With water demands becoming greater as population increases in the Pheonix area, it appears that much of the wastewater effluent may eventually be used for consumptive purposes. (3)

Under the current contract with PVNGS participants, the City, of Phoenix Water and Sewers Department could, at any time, 5.7-9

PVNGS-1,2S(3 ER OTHER EFFECTS temporarily sell all the uncontracted effluent to other parties.

Thus, even before PVNGS begins operating, the wastewater flows that have been of great importance to the revegetation of the proposed Salt River natural area, could be sold by the City of Phoenix.

The City of Phoenix, however, is obligated to supply PVNGS participants up to an aggregate amount of 140,000 acre-feet, per year whenever this need is realized. Any other party who contracts for water before 1986, when the projected amount of uncontracted wastewater exceeds 140,000 acre-feet per year, would not be guaranteed a constant supply of water. This would appear to decrease the likelihood of. significant addi-tional effluent being contracted until 1986. Xt would also increase the likelihood of the total potential available to Salt River being that shown in column VZ of table 5.7-1, until additional amounts are required by PVNGS participants.

Thus the impact of using wastewater effluent on riparian habitats downstream largely depends on what. happens to the uncontracted portion of the effluent. This factor is currently unknown, and not under the control of PVNGS,participants. With water conservation practices taken into consideration in plant design, potentially there is sufficient additional effluent available in. excess of that required by the three units of PVNGS to allow the continual improvement of riparian habitats downstream.

Some time in the future, PVNGS participants anticipate a need for additional effluent for other projects beyond the 75,800 acre-feet per year presently projected to be r'ecjuired to operate the three units of PVNGS. Therefore, they have

\

optioned to take an aggregate maximum of 140,000 acre-feet per year. When and if the need for additional effluent arises, environmental considerations will be reviewed in light of the I

then existing conditions.

-5 '-10

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER OTHER EFFECTS 5.7.1.1 Supporting Details The potential environmental impacts due to use of wastewater effluent by PVNGS are dependent on'everal interrelated variables of uncertain magnitude. The major variables include

~ Stage and type of ecological development of riparian biotic communities located downstream on the Salt and Gila rivers

~ Amount, season, and periodicity of water sources including

/

effluent discharged by sewage treatment plants into the rivers irrigation tailing water discharged into the rivers natural surface flow

~ Amount of effluent committed to consumptive uses and the location of these diversions

~ Amount of groundwater in the river channels

~ Water quality of the rivers

~ Land and water use practices in Maricopa County and management practices of the river'hannels.

Since these variables are quite interrelated,* they are dis-cussed in connection with each other rather than as separate factors.

The nature of the riparian b'iotic communities between 23rd Avenue and Gillespie Dam (variable No. one). is, dependent on all the other variable's. Xn the late 1950's the perennial flow of the Salt River at the confluence with the .Gila ceased, largely due to flood control and irrigation projects upstream. (4) Since 1959, the largest source of water has been wastewater effluent flows (refer to table 5.7-2).

5. 7-11

PVNGS-1,263 ER OTHER EFFECTS Table 5.7-4 VOLUME (ACRE-FEED) OF WASTEWATER FLOWS FROM THE 23RD AND 91ST AVENUE TREATMENT PLANTS OF PHOENIX, ARIZONA 23rd Plant 91st Plant Total Year (af/yr).. (a f/yr) (a f/yr) 1964 29,529 5,841 35,370 1965 15,660 25,607 41,267 1966 13,442 35,609 49,051 1967 13,352 43,641 56,993 1968 18,398 45,569 63,967 1969 23,288 50,183 73,471 1970 24,518 55,683 80,201 1971 25,422 60,645 86,067 1972 28,375 65,427 93i802 1973 38,290 65,101 103,391 Unmeasured amounts of water deriving from pumped groundwater have also been added directly as irrigation tailing water from several canal systems, or indirectly through the tailing water first being discharged into a natural tributary of the Gila.

The natural surface flow from the Upper Gila, Santa Cruz, Agua Fria, and Hassayampa rivers, and from the major washes (see figure 5.7-1) are almost entirely limited to intermittent floods, their channels being dry most the year. The flood flows are highly unpredictable as to amount and year of occurrence. Heavy flooding occurred in December, 1965 and January, 1966, when approximately 120,000 cubic feet per second 4

of water was released from the Granite Reef Diversion Dam, immediately upstream from Gillespie Dam. During such flooding, wastewater effluent contributes a very small percentage of the total amount of water flow.

5. 7-12

PVNGS- 1 q 2 & 3 ER OTHER EFFECTS Currently four general areas,, each representing different biotic community development, can be identified along the 40-mile stretch of the Salt and Gila Rivers from 23rd Avenue to Gillespie Dam (see figure 5.7-1).

Section I, a 9-mile stretch. between 23rd and 91st Avenuesg represents an area where little streamside vegetation exists, but where native deciduous trees and tamarisks are being established. Since 1958, most of the flow of water 'in this stretch has been effluent from the 23rd Avenue plant and periodic flood flows. From 1958 until recently, largely due to a large depression in the groundwater table between 23rd and 91st Avenues, the effluent discharged from the 23rd Avenue plant has flowed a short, distance before most of (9) it has infil-trated into the riverbed. By 1972, the 23rd Avenue plant was discharging approximately 28,300 acre-feet. By the spring of 1974 a considerable amount of the 23rd.Avenue sewage plant effluent was reaching 91st Avenue.

Section II, a 6-mile stretch, lies between 91st Avenue and the Buckeye Canal heading. This area includes the proposed natural area along the Salt River and segments of the Fred J.

Weiler Greenbelt described in section 2.7. These riparian habitats provide refuge, shelter, breeding grounds, food, and water to a wide diversity and high population density of wild-life in the lower Sonoran desertscrub region.

~

In the 1940's and 1950's a great thicket of phreatophytes (plants which depend on groundwater) had grown up along the river bottom in this section. By 1960 most of these phreatophytes had died, owinq to the decline in the water table. A new sewage treatment plant was constructed in 1958 on 91st Avenue to accommodate the urban spread in Phoenix.

Initial capacity of the plant was only 5 million gallons per day (5600 acre-feet per year). This effluent followed the low flow channel of the river system and sank into -the dry 5.7-13

PVNGS-1,263 ER OTHER EFFECTS riverbed after flowing a short distance. Plant enlargement increased this capacity,=and by early 1962 effluent flowing in the river had reached present location of the Buckeye Canal heading'6 miles downstream.

In 1962 the Buckeye Canal Company diverted 800 acre-feet of this water. Percolation losses along this channel of the river system provide a new source of water for phreatophytes, and. they again began to thrive. The flood, flows of December 31 through January 2, 1965/1966, washed out the lowflow channel and -these newly started phreatophytes.

A continuous channel was reestablished after the flood flows ceased. However, the recharge from periodic floods (partic-ularly those of 1965 and 1966, 1970, and 1972/1973) and from continuous effluent flows, had raised the water table suffi-ciently so that extensive stands of riparian vegetation have grown back. Although sensitive to lowering of water tables, riparian vegetation grows rapidly, especially when compared to desert perennials (refer to section 2.7). Mesquite takes approximately 10 years to reach 16 feet, (10) while cottonwoods and salt cedars are known to grow even more rapidly.

(ll)

Groundwater levels in Section II declined between 20 and 40 feet primarily due to groundwater pumping between 1952 and 1964. From 1964 to 1972 these levels did not decline, pro-bably due to decreased groundwater pumping. In some places water level has actually shown a 20-foot increase during these years. (12) Approximately 30 percent of the surface stream flow along this stretch infiltrates from the river channel today. (")

It is evident that the reversal of the biological degradation in Section II over the last 8 years can be attributed to

'he sewage effluent flows, largely from the 91st Avenue plant, and from flood flows. (1,9) Tolleson Sewage Treatment Plant, constructed in 1968, also discharges into the Salt 5.7-14

PVNGS-1,263 ER River near 91st Avenue. 't OTHER EFFECTS has a design capacity of only 2800 acre-feet per year, and is currently operating at 50 per-cent capacity. The combined wastewater 'effluent from Avondale and Goodyear adds a small amount of water (approximately 0.56 acre-feet) 6 miles downstream (see figure 5.7-1).

One unique feature of this area is that rather than being dominated by the introduced salt cedar, native cottonwood and willow spe'cies have come in. In addition, several marshlike cattail ponds have formed which are particularly attractive to wildlife.( 14) The only area similar to this stretch in Maricopa County is the marsh and deciduous forest riparian vegetation above Granite Reef Dam along the Verde River where it converges with the Salt. Except for a 5-mile stretch, this latter area may be inundated if (15-3,7) the Central Arizona Project Orme Dam is constructed.

The availability of water in a particular season strongly influences the type of vegetation that becomes established in riparian areas of the Sonoran Desert. The winter floods of 1965/1966 are considered an important factor in the initial establishment of native deciduous trees in the proposed natural area along the Salt River. Germination of these species appears to be vernally adapted, while the holding back of winter-spring runoff and the regular release of water dur-ing the long summer months apparently favors the establishment of salt cedars at the expense of native riparian communities.

With the advent. of storage facilities, the latter pattern of water release has become the normal case. (1,18-23)

Water quality, particulary salinity levels, also strongly influences the vegetation type present. For example, unlike freshwater species, various species of Tamarix spp. have the ability to germinate in high saline solutions. Salt cedar (Tamarix pentandra) is known to germinate in salt solutions up to 4 percent sodi'um chloride. In addition, mature salt 5.'-15

PVNGS-1, 2 63 ER OTHER EFFECTS cedars contain salt glands which allow for the excretion of excess salt, a common phenomenon in various halophytic plant genera. (24) From 1965 to 1971, the maximum total disso1ved solids (TDS) at the gauging station immediately below Gillespie Dam has ranged from 5500 to 7500 parts per million and the t

minimum TDS extreme has been as high as 3050 parts -per mil-lion. (25) Most of this water is irrigation wastewater. These amounts of. TDS are considerably higher than the 1140 parts per million TDS of the wastewater effluent measured at the 91st Avenue treatment plant.

Section III is a 9-mile stretch between the Buckeye heading and the discharge point of the South Extension Canal. Largely due to the diversion of almost all of the water flowing down the Gila during the most, active growing seasons by the Buckeye.

Irrigation Company, this area is only beginning to revegetate.

Two small areas of the Fred J. Weiler Greenbelt are located in this stretch. Undiverted wastewater effluent, along with flood water and irrigation tail water have probably recharged the water table in the area over the last few years. As in section II, the groundwater table in this area over the last decade has not declined.

Section IV, a 17-mile stretch from the South Extension Canal

~

to Gillespie Dam, is characterized by extensive phreatophyte growth. In much of this area, the groundwater level is on the average only 5 feet below ground level near the Gila River. In fact local farmers along this stretch of the river (7) must pump out water to lower the water table in their fields.

In this section, the bedrock of the valley troughs form constricted passages that impede the movement of groundwater sufficiently to force it to the land surface. (1) The water table has remained high in this section despite the periodic cessation of surface flow. Currently, there are extensive thickets of Salt Cedars.. The entire stretch is a part of the Fred J. Weiler Greenbelt, highly prized by the Arizona Game 5.'-16

PVNGS-1,263 ER OTHER EFFECTS and Fish Department as a white-winged dove nesting area. Two areas, Robbins Butte and Arlington Wildlife Area, are 'under intensive wildlife management.

It appears that the naturally high groundwater levels and the irrigation tail water discharged into the river are the primary factors in the maintenance of salt cedar in Section IV. Some 1

of the wastewater effluent diverted. by the Buckeye Canal is currently returned to the Gila by the South Extension Canal or the Hassayampa River as irrigation return.

Water and land use practices in the county will largely deter-mine the future of the 'riparian areas along the Salt and II Gila rivers. Table 5.7-3 presents data on wastewater flow projections from the 23rd and 91st Avenue treatment plans from II 1974 to 2000 . These 'projects closely correspond to the I

population projects in the region (refer to section 2.2) . The potential total flow available to the river systems will depend to' large extent on how much'f the remaining uncom-mitted effluent is used for consumptive purposes. The loca-tion of the diversion of the '.effluent,'also relates directly to the potential level of impact. Currently the largest amount committed is flowing downstream before diversion.

Large quantities of wastewater are being diverted by the Buckeye Irrigation Company (see figure 5.7-1). If sufficient effluent is not available from wastewater, irrigation districts downstream will probably find it necessary to pump more groundwater.

Increased pumping for agricultural 'urposes would probably lower the existing groundwater table along the upper (eastern) portions of the irrigation district. Little effect is expected in the lower (western) portions where during the last few decades the water table has always been high. In the latter areas, irrigation water is primarily used to leach out salts that have accumulated in the soils. In general, the 5.7-17

PVNGS-1,263 ER OTHER EFFECTS groundwater used for irrigation would probably be more saline than the wastewater effluent. The relative amounts of ground-water and wastewater effluent in the irrigation tailings could possibly affect the salinity levels of the water at canal dis-charge points along the stream, although all of the irrigation wastewater is fairly salty compared with wastewater effluent or fresh water.

S'everal other water and land use practices may influence the nature of riparian communities along the Salt and Gila rivers over the next few decades. For example, future land use plans may involve urban development along the rivers, especially between 23rd and 91st Avenues in Phoenix. In addition, future management. practices along the river channel remain uncertain. For example, growth of salt cedar in drainage ways leads to siltation and presents-a flood hazard. Channeliza-tion programs are often initiated to remove phreatophytes (see section 2.7). Programs have been proposed periodically for the Gila River from the convergence of the Salt River to Gillespie Dam. Recent proposals for the clearing of the Gi'la River west of Phoenix have been defeated partly due to the objectives of the Arizona Game and Fish Department. (11) 5.7.2 PLANT OPERATION NOISE The present environmental sound levels of the site and its environs will be affected by the operation of the plant. The principal sources of noise. associated with the operation of the the plant include the cooling towers, the transformers and related electrical equipment in the switchyard, the turbines, motors and pumps of each unit, and the reclamation plant motors and pumps.

The dominant noise source will be the cooling tower system.

The noise generated by the cooling tower system will be caused by rotating forces of fans, vortex shedding, turbulence, 5.7-18

PVNGS-1,263 ER OTHER EFFECTS airflow over fins, bearing rumble, and resonance in the plenum.

The principal noise will result from the vortex shedding and turbulence from the fan blades. This noise will be propor-tional to fan .tip speed and the pressure rise across the fan.

The noise contributed by the 'circulating water pumps and motors will be minor compared to that of the other sources.

Additional noise will be caused by water falling into the pond which covers the area of the base and the packing of the tower.

The noise due to the operation of Units 1, 2, and 3 has been predicted using the methods described in section 6.1.6. A total of 14 point sources were considered in this analysis, including the three cooling towers and the equipment within each unit, the switchyard, and the reclamation plant. The sound power level of each cooling tower, a function of the fan horsepower, is based upon both published data (26) and manufacturer's data. (27) 'he sound power level of each of the other sources is based upon published source term data for turbines, transformers, pumps and motors appropriately scaled to the size of the equipment, specific to PVNGS

~

The contribution of each noise source to the present environ-mental sound levels (refer to section 2.9), has been calculated on a grid with the NUS computer code SOCON, using as inputs the sound power level and grid coordinates of each noise source. Assuming hemispherical radiation of sound waves and attentuation, the resultant grid point values for 'tmospheric the site have been used to construct A-weighted sound pressure level contours on a site map shown in figure 5.7-2.

The highest predicted sound pressure level along the site boundary is 69 dBa, which, will occur along the west boundary closest to the draft cooling towers of Unit 3. The offsite area in which the noise levels due to plant operation alone is predicted to exceed the HUD acceptable noise criterion of 5.7-19

PVNGS-1,263 ER OTHER EFFECTS 45 dBa is 5208 acres. Of this area, 5188 acres will be within the HUD normally acceptable noise criterion af 45 to 65 dBa. The predicted noise levels in the remaining 20 acres located along the west and north boundaries closest to the cooling towers will correspond to the HUD normally unacceptable noise criterion greater than 65 dBa.

Along Buckeye-Salome Road the noise levels, due primarily to traffic, are within the HUD normally acceptable noise criterion. Noise levels due to traffic will tend to mask the noise. of plant operation along Buckeye Road. As a result of plant operation, the noise levels at three residences are predicted to increase from acceptable to the normally acceptable. Noise levels due to plant operation in the projected community of Phoenix Valley West will be below 35 dBa in the acceptable range.

Meteorological conditions will affect the noise levels at any location, tending to reduce the predicted noise levels and the noise 'impact due 'to plant operation. Vertical tempera-ture and wind gradients will affect the directivity of the noise source, due to the variation of the speed of sound with height, which tends to refract sound waves. Under such condi-tions it is possible to have a shadow zone into which no sound can penetrate. A shadow zone is most commonly encoun-tered upwind from the source, where the wind, gradient refracts the sound waves upward.

Downwind, the wind gradient" refracts the sound waves downward, and no shadow- zone is produced. Crosswind there is 'a transition. On a sunny day with moderate winds, the'ound level inside. the shadow zone, is typically 20 to 30 dBa lower than for the same. distance downwind of the source. Temperature induced sound refraction tends to be symmetrical about the source. A shadow zone may completely encircle a source during unstable conditions with a, strong positive temperature 5.7-20

PVNGS-1,263 ER OTHER EFFECTS gradient and low wind speeds, as on a clear, calm night.

When sound is propagated through the atmosphere during moderate winds or precipitation, background noi'se levels at the recep-tor may increase appreciably due to sound generated by the wind or rain. All these factors will mask or. reduce plant operation noise levels from 'the level predicted.

.5.7-21'

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER OTHER EFFECTS 5.

7.3 REFERENCES

USGS Gauging Stations, "Water Resource Data for Arizona,"

Part 1, Surface Water Records, Water Resource Division, USGS, Tucson, Arizona, 1971 1972.

2. Bland, M.K., NUS Corporation, and Ash, J., Sewer Super-intendent, City of Phoenix Water and Sewers Department, Division of Sewers, personal communications, April 3, 1974.

3. Bland, M.K., NUS Corporation, and Vondrick, F., Water and Sewers Director, City of Phoenix Water and Sewers Department, personal communications, November 21, 1973.

4. Halpenny, L. C., Utilization of Sewa e Effluent for Agricultural Purposes, Phoenix, Arizona, unpublished manuscript, 1973.

5. Bland, M.K., NUS Corporation, and Weigold, W.W.,

Buckeye Irrigation District, personal communication, March 27, 1974.

6. Bland, M.K., NUS Corporation, and Arlington Canal Company and St. John's Canal Company, personal communi-cation, November, 1973.

7. Weigold, W.W., Buckeye Irrigation Company, personal interview with Bland, M.K. and Crandell, J.T.,

March 27, 1974.

8. Bland, M.K., NUS Corporation, and Wilson, T., Salt River Project, Phoenix Arizona, personal communication, May 1973.

9. Halpenny, L.C., Consulting Hydrologist, Tucson, Arizona, Utilization of Sewage Effluent for Agricultureal Pur-poses, Phoenix, Arizona, Unpublished mimeograph, 1973.

5.7-22

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER OTHER EFFECTS

10. 'lson, C.E., "Forests in Arizona Desert," J. For.,

38:956-959, 1940.

ll. Wigal, D., "Nesting Habitats of the White-winged Dove in Arizona," Arizona Game and Fish Department Special Report No. 2., 1972.

12. U.S. Geological Survey, "Annual Report on Groundwater in Arizona, Spring 1971 to Spring 1972," Arizona Water Commission Bulletin '5, Phoenix, Arizona, 1973.

13. Harshbarger, J.W., Consultant in Hydrogeology, letter to Langley, W., January 17, 1974.

14. Smith, E.L. and Bender, G. L., "Proposed Natural Areas:

Salt River Between 91st and 115th Avenues," Report No. 7, Prepared for Planning Division, DEPAD, State of Arizona, 1973.

15. Brown, D., Arizona Game and Fish Department, personal interview with Bland, M.K. and Crandell, J.T.,

March 29, 1974.

16. Smith, E.L., Arizona. Academy of Science, personal interview with Bland, M.K., March 21, 1974.'7.

Witzeman, R.A., Maricopa Audubon Society, personal interview with Bland, M.K. and Crandell, J.T.,

March 28, 1974.

18. Brown, D.E. and Lowe, C.H. Southwestern Riparian Communities, (In Press), 1974.

19. Horton, J.S., "The Problem of Phreatophytes," Symposium of Hannoversch Munden, Internat'1. Sci. Hydrol. Assoc.

Pub., 48:76-83, 1959.

20. Horton, J.S., Ecology of Saltcedar, 4th Annual Arizona Watershed Symposium, Rocky Mt. Forest and Range Exper.

Station, Arizona State Univ., Tempe,, Arizona, 1960.

5. 7-23

PVNGS-1,263 ER OTHER EFFECTS

21. Horton, J.S., "Management Problems in Phreatophyte and Riparian Zones," J. of Soil and Water Conservation, 27:57-61, 1972.

22. Horton, J.S., Mounts, F.C., and Kraft, J.M., Seed Germination and Seedling Establishment of Phreatophyte Species, Rocky Mt. Forest and Range Exper. Sta., Fort Collins, Colorado, 1960.

23. Warren, D.K. and Turner, R.M., "The Ecology of Seedling Establishment in Saltcedar (Tamarix pentandra)

(Abstract)", J. Arizona Acad. Sci., 5:12, 1969.

24. Waisel, Yoav., Biology of Haloph tes, Academic Press, New York, 1972.

25. U.S. Geological Survey, "Water Resource Data for Arizona,"

Part 2, Water Quality Records, Water Resource Division, USGS, Tucson, Arizona, 1965-1971.

26 'eelbach, H. and Oran, F., "Control of Cooling Tower Noise," IAC Bulletin No. 1.0401.0, (1970).

27. Bland, M.K., NUS Corporation, and Dickey, J.B., Marley Company, personal communication, May 3, 1973.

Processing, December 1968.

29. Harris, C.M., Handbook of Noise Control, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1957.

30. Berger, B., et. al., "Transformer Noise," Phil. Trans.

of Royal Society, Series A, Vol. 263, pp 381-411, 1968.

5.7-24

PVNGS-1,263 ER OTHER EFFECTS 5.7.4 BIBLIOGRAPHY Ash, J., City of Phoenix, Water and Sewers Department, and Crandell, J.T., personal communication, April 3, 1974.

2. City of Phoenix, "Wastewater Flow Projections 1973 2000: Estimated Uncommitted Effluent Available," Water and Sewers Dept., Phoenix, Arizona, letter to E.E. Van Brunt, PVNGS, from A.F. Vondrick, Water and Sewers Director, November 21, 1973.

3. Goff, J.D., Division of Environmental Health Services, Arizona Department of Health, Phoenix, Arizona, letter to Bland, M.K., April 22, 1974.

'4 U.S. Geological Survey, "Water Resource Data for Arizona," Part 1., Surface Water Records, Water Resource Division, USGS, Tucson, Arizona, L971-1972.

5. Bland, M.K., NUS Corporation, and Vondr='ck, A.F., Water and Sewers Director, City of Phoenix, personal communi-cation, April 2, 1974.

5. 7-25

5.0

)

4u PALO VERDE TOLLESON PHOENIX NUCLEAR G ENERATING Q AVONDALE STATION P.B P.B. 43.1 1.4 GOODYEAR 25.0 BUCKEYE BUCKE)YE CANAL r LIBERTY BUCKEYE CANAL 9.9 r

EFFLUENT I

91st AVE SEWA E PLANT

~

AR L INGTON P.B 10.0 f

AR LINGTON CANAL SOUTH EXT. CANAL ~ 64.9 65,1 SALT RIVER 23rd AVE (30.0)

~gz~

1 SEWAGE PLANT V< LOWER GILA RIVER ST JOHNS

( CANAL 7.3 38.3 2.2 ~ j:

LAVEEN or G ILLESPI E DAM 15.4 C

nfl LEGEND 14.7 Q r

I, II, III, IV RIPARIAN SECTIONS DISCUSSED IN TEXT (ftl FRED J. WEILER GREEN BELT ARLINGTON WILDLIFE AREA PROPOSED NATURAL AREA WATER DAMMED BY THE ARIZONA GAME AND FISH DEPARTMENT WATER DIVERTED 1000 ACRE FEET / YEAR WATER ADDED 1000 ACRE FEET / YEAR U.S.G.S. GAUGING STATION Anzona Nuclear Power Prospect P.B. GROUNDWATER PUMPED FOR IRRIGATION Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station MARCH 1974 OR DRAINAGE Units 1, 2 & 3 W.C.L. WATER CONSERVATION LABORATORY DIAGRAM OF MAJOR WATER SOURCES AND DIVERSIONSr 23RD AVENUE SEWAGE I::::::::::::::I ROBBINS BUTTE STATE GAME MANAGEMENT UNIT PLANT OF PHOENIX TO GILLESPIE DAM Figure 5.7-l

A

)

+IOre 4

Sese' Pil 44 Ir

( 45 50I55,50,oop I

ri I ~

4'reret s<<s<<4 I

...,5 I914 C

~ /

44' I 4 II 4 hr frfh.

SWell rp I

I

'I e 14lfr ~ I 14 'I 18 I>> h (4 I

~p (~Ci

~

~ I~

~ 4'brevel ~ ~

Wlsret \ ersbrs

!I

<< i>>t ~S COI 4 44 4

l J 45 reI h

r<<T f

~

Well,.

W'h,>> ~ .

'I 22 4

19 19 20 ts O i4 21

~ 4 rJfa J'

. wC / te I<>.I 'trr/~

) I55'dBA <<1tssor I 65t 60 c,'t(4)

.3'2l ~ t'ches<<<<S<<sreiveWell lrrrs 3 '31 rg PALO I VERDE 45'0'0 (C NUCLEAR GENERATING ATIO n

'i I

~si

~

I

~

BA 55 pttroaryp

!!I +r':

.I

]I '

'4 4

45,. e~

P 911 .Qo 9

4 (l le 43 I'p~ I 0 f"4(, I eor 4 40 Tracer 919 Oesefl Forms

'919~ Well 1

(-'

Well I 4

4 I

1 f

0<'86 13 17 16 I/ 16 e bee S ssss 1 Well ssv TA sss 14 emp

'.35 I eie eel

~ sss sss s pp Arlington tell) Wl Station

'ssssss 19 30 IV ~s <<S, 0

'LL siss>>

NORTH 0

get ~trer. 21 1 MI Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station A-WEIGHTED SOUND LEVEL CONTOURS FOR PLANT OPERATIONS (dBA re 2x10 Units 1, 2 & 3 j

N/N )

SCALE Figure 5.7-2 J.Pn,-

PVNGS-1,263 ER 5.8 RESOURCES COMMITTED DUE TO PLANT OPERATION Irreversible commitments of resources for nuclear power plant operation generally are changes that cannot be altered later to restore the original environmental resources. Irretrievable commitments are generally the use or consumption of resources that are neither renewable nor recoverable for subsequent utilization.

The types of resources considered are identified as material resources (those renewable resource materials consumed in operation and depletable resources consumed), and nonmaterial resources (including a range of beneficial uses of the environ-ment) . Resources which may be irreversibly committed by the operation are materials consumed or reduced to unrecoverable forms of waste (including consumed uranium-235 and uranium-238);

water lost by evaporation, which, although not irretrievably lost to the hydrologic cycle, is largely removed as a resource otherwise available in the region; and land areas rendered unfit for other uses.

5.8.1 REPLACEABLE COMPONENTS AND CONSUMABLE MATERIALS Uranium is the principal natural resource material irretrievably consumed by the reactor in plant operation. The three reactors at PVNGS will be fueled with uranium enriched in the iso-tope uranium-235.

After use in the plant, the fuel elements will still contain uranium-235 slightly above the natural fraction. This slightly enriched uranium, after chemical separation from plu'tonium and other radioactive materials, will be available for recycling through the gaseous diffusion plant. Scrap material, con-taining valuable quantities of uranium, is also recycled through appropriate steps in the fuel production process.

Fissionable plutonium recovered in the chemical reprocessing of spent fuel will be valuable for fuel in power reactors.

5.8-1

PVNGS-1,263 ER RESOURCES COMHITTED DUE TO PLANT OPERATION If the three units of this plant operate at 80 percent of capacity, about 17,700 metric tons of contained natural uranium, in the form of U308 must be produced to feed the plant for 40 years.

The 17,700 metric tons of mined natural uranium required for this three reactor plant consists of 126 metric tons of uranium-235, with the balance of uranium-238. In the power plant itself, 88 metric tons of uranium-235 and 81 metric tons of uranium-238 will be consumed by fission or transmutation.

In this process, 26 metric tons of recoverable fissionable plutonium will be produced. Additional irretrievable losses of uranium on other portions of the fuel cycle amount to 2.6 metric tons of uranium-235 and 208 metric tons of uranium-238.

A net residium of about 17,300 metric tons of uranium depleted to about 0.2 percent of uranium-235 will remain. In the long term, this stock of depleted uranium may be used as feed material in other reactor fuel cycles.~

Additional direct commitments of resources include approxi-mately 300,000 gallons of gasoline and diesel fuel consumed in transportation of nuclear fuel, spent fuel, and radioactive solid waste; approximately 500 million gallons of diesel fuel for onsite use in the 40-year design life of PVNGS; and various chemicals such as chlorine, nitrogen, sulfuric acid, and sodium hydroxide. Another direct commitment is the consumption of reactor core component materials, listed by chemical element in table 5.8-1.

The materials in the table are expressed in terms of contained element, regardless of the form. Production usually includes material recovered from both primary ores and secondary sources such as scrap recovery. Production and consumption figures are for 1969 unless otherwise noted. Estimates of reserves were published in 1969 but are based on data compiled over a number of years. The reserves stated are the quantities extractable

5. 8-2

Table 5. 8-1 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES OF MATERIALS USED IN REACTOR CORE REPLACEABLE COMPONENTS OF WATER COOLED NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS (Sheet 1 of 2)

Strategic World U.S. U.S. and Quantity Used Production( Consumption(b) Reserves( Critical Material In Plant( )(kg) (metric tons) (metric tons) (metric tons) Material<

Antimony 2.8 65,400 37,800 100,000(d) Yes Beryllium 4.2 288 308 72,700 Yes Boron 5,050 217,000 79 000( 33 x 10 No Cadmium 310 17,000 6,800 86,000 Yes A x lp6 (d)

M Chromium 164,000 1,590,000 398,000 Yes I Cobalt 93 20,200 6,980 25 000(d) Yes Gadolinium 3,980 s(f) 14,920 No Iron 665,000 574 lp6 (h) 128 x 10 ( ) 2 x 109(d) No th lh W

lsl,ooo(d) 0 Nickel 83,000 4so,ooo 129,000 Yes 471,000 n M

Tin 36,000 '48,000 89,000 57 000(d) Yes n

.Tungsten 14 35,000 7,300 79,000 Yes Zirconium 1,660,000 224,000 71,000 5.7 x 10 6 No 2,321,000 H

0 0

Table 5.8-1 ESTIMATED QUANTITIES OF MATERIALS USED IN REACTOR CORE REPLACEABLE COMPONENTS OF WATER COOLED NUCLEAR POWER PLANTS (Sheet 2 of 2)

These values are estimated for a three unit plant. Quantities used are from the final ER for Hope Creek Generating Station, table 10.1. Docket Nos. 50-354 and 50-355 "Approximate Quantities 'used in plant" are corrected to PVNGS by correct-ing for thermal ratings.

Production, consumption, and reserves were compiled, except as noted, from the U.S. Bureau of Mines publications Mineral Facts and Problems (1970 ed. Bur.

Mines Bull. 650) and the 1969 Minerals Yearbook.

Designated by G.A. Lincoln, "List of Strategic and Critical Materials," Office of Emergency Preparedness; Fed. Regist. 37(39):4123 (Feb. 26, 1972).

World reserves are much larger than U. S. reserves.

Q Information for 1968.

Production of gadolinium is estimated for 1971 from data for total separated rare earths given by J.G. Cannon, Eng. Mining J. 173(3): 187-200 (March 1972).

Production and reserves of gadolinium are assumed to be proportional to the ratio of gadolinium to total rare earth content of minerals given in Comprehen-sive Inorganic Chemistry, vol. 4, ed. M.C. Sneed and R.C. Brasted, M 0

D. Van Nostrand Co., Princeton, N.J., 1955, p. 153. C Reserves include only those at Mountain Pass, Calif., according to the 1969 A h3 Minerals Yearbook.

Excludes quantities obtained from scrap. 0 0

Production of raw steel. g Metallic zirconium accounted for 8% of total U.S..consumption in 1968.

0 td Q

U PJ H

0 R 0

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER RESOURCES COMMITTED DUE TO PLANT OPERATION at currently competitive prices; they include inferred as well as measured and indicated ores, when such information was available. Usually, resources recoverable with advanced methods or'at greater cost are much greater than the reserves listed.

Information is given in table 5.8-1 on world production and U.S. consumption and reserves, as well as whether these materials are regarded as strategic and critical by the President's Office of Emergency Preparedness. Because of national security needs and limited domestic supplies, most of the materials are included in the national stockpile. In view of the quantities of materials in natural reserves, resources, stockpile, and the quantities produced yearly, the expenditure of such material for the power plant is justified by the bene-fits of the electrical energy produced.

5.8.2 CONSUMPTIVE WATER USE In addition to the commitment of uranium resources, 'plant operation requires a significant commitment of water resources.

Based on average annual requirements, a total of approximately 75,800 acre-feet of wastewater will be used to operate the three units. Almost all of this wastewater will come from the City of Phoenix 91st Avenue Wastewater Treatment Plant, with a very small amount from ground wells. The potential impact of water use on wildlife habitat is discussed in section 5.7.

5.8.3 ENVIRONMENTAL LOSSES There are no significant irreversible environmental losses due to plant operation. A small number of avifauna which may be lost as a result of collision with the cooling towers is dis-cussed in section 5.1.

5. 8. 4 LAND RESOURCES Generally, land commitment is not irretrievable or irreversible except for the reactor building site itself. The degree of

5. 8-5

PVNGS-1,263 ER RESOURCES COMMITTED DUE TO PLANT OPERATION commitment is a function of the level of decommissioning and dismantling (see section 5.9).

The amount and types of land committed depend on the .eventual decommissioning plan adopted. Of the land used for various facilities, only a small portion beneath the station is irretrievable due to contamination of concrete foundations and/

or equipment by long-lived radioisotopes produced during operation.

5. 8-6

PVNGS- 1, 2 6 3 ER RESOURCES COMMITTED DUE TO PLANT OPERATION 5.

8.5 REFERENCES

l. USAEC, Ho e Creek Generatin Station Units 1 and 2.

Final Environment Statement, page 10-4 adjusted for PVNGS Unit Sizes, February 1974.

5. 8-7

PVNGS-l,263 ER 5.9 DECOMMISSIONING AND DISMANTLING Arizona Public Service (APS) plans and policies regarding ultimate disposition of the Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station (PVNGS), Units l, 2, and 3, are only generally definable at this time. In view of the unforeseeable changes in rules and regulations and technological advancement which will take place over the useful life of this station, flexi-bility must be retained in these plans. At the end of .the plant's useful lifetime, APS will prepare a decommissioning plan that will comply with AEC rules and regulations in effect at the time.

It is the intention of APS to retain possession of PVNGS for power generation purposes for an indefinite period of time beyond the useful life of Units l, 2, and 3. Consideration for eventual decommissioning of the station will be reflected in the basic station designs. Generally, those plant features incorporated as a result of the maintenance and inspection considerations also will be available at some later time for adaptation in the decommissioning plan.

A potential plan of action is to mothball the station for a finite time at the end of its useful life followed by either entombment or dismantling. In mothballing, the fuel, primary coolant, and radioactive wastes are removed in a prescribed manner, the control element drive mechanism system is deacti-vated, and some radioactive equipment and components are left in place and rendered inaccessible. The perimeter fence is maintained around PVNGS, and entrance to the station is con-On completion, a radiation survey is taken.

I'rolled.

Records of the plant condition, including location of radioactive sources, and drawings and photographs of the mothballing oper-ation are retained. Monitoring instrumentation is installed, and a routine surveillance plan specified.

After a predetermined period of time, station decommissioning continues with either entombment or dismantling.

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER DECOMMISSIONING AND DISMANTLING In entombment, the end product is a structure integral with the biological shield that contains the radioactive components of the station. Openings into the structures are thoroughly sealed and voids within the structures are filled with concrete.

Dismantling results in complete removal of all vestiges of the nuclear units, except noncontaminated subgrade foundations.

All radioactivity above acceptable levels is removed from the site. 'pon compl'etion of dismantling, the site is returned to h

approximately the condition that existed prior to constructionf with the possible exception of some auxiliary systems, such as the reclamation plant, switchyard, and reservoir, which may continue "in operation for an indeterminant time, as "conditions warrant. The interim mothballing approach both minimizes the radioactive particulates produced due to the dism'antling oper-'tion and reduces personnel and population exposure from radio-active components and equipment due to the postponement of off-site shipment until activity levels are substantially reduced.

Disposal of radioactive materials, as necessary, are accom-plished in a controlled manner in conformance with USAEC "and Department of Transportation regulations.

The environmental consequences of plant shutdown are elimination of those environmental effects discussed and evaluated in chapter 5.

Entombment or complete dismantlement will occur so far in the future that costs cannot be currently estimated with any relia-bility. A gross estimate is that this cost is about 10 percent of the original station cost in current dollars.

5. 9-2

PVNGS-l, 263 ER APPENDIX 5A DOSE CALCULATION METHOD FOR EXPOSURE TO BIOTA OTHER THAN MAN

PVNGS-1 p 263 ER APPENDIX 5A DOSE CALCULATION METHODS FOR EXPOSURE TO BIOTA OTHER THAN MAN 5A.l EXTERNAL DOSE FROM GASEOUS CLOUD IMMERSION Calculation methods are the same as for human exposure (appendix 5B, section 2) with the following exceptions:

~ Doses are expressed in rads

~ Beta dose to flora are expressed by D~

= 0.46)(/QEE~.Q.

gi i to account for the relative lack of self shielding.

5A. 2 EXTERNAL DOSE TO FAUNA FROM CONTAMINATED LAND SURFACE Calculation methods are the same as for human exposure (appendix SB, section 2) except that the results are expressed in rads. Doses are evaluated at a height of 100 centimeters.

Gamma dose is not significantly sensitive at this height.

Beta dose would be underestimated for small animals, but is compensated for by the other conservatisms of the analysis, i.e., equilibrium concentrations with no weathering removal of iodines and use of the maximum site boundary ground level concentrations.

5A.3 INTERNAL DOSE TO THE THYROID OF FAUNA DUE TO IODINE INTAKE The dose to the thyroid of a black-tailed jackrabbit is calculated using the following expressions:

Dose (rads) = K M

5A-1

PVNGS-1,263. ER EXTERNAL"J204E PROM GASEOUS CLOUD IMMERSION where K unit conversion constant thyroid mass (taken to be 2 grams) eff effective absorbed energy (MeV/dis) for a 2 gram, 1.4 centimeter radius thyroid Q equilibrium thyroid burden, pCi A fw Q (@CD.) (2)

~

eff where A = daily activity intake (pCi/day) fw = fraction reaching the thyroid (taken as 0.3) ff ef fective decay constant considering bio 1 ogica 1 eff elimination and radiological decay (day ).

A, the daily activity intake, is calculated assuming that th forage eaten by a jackrabbit is similar to grass in terms of exposed surface area per unit weight and other parameters affecting disposition velocity. Then, p-I A pCi =

day d g

(3) where p .= grass deposition density (pCi/m2 of grass)

I = vegetation ingestion rate (kg/day) d g

= vegetation growth density (kg/m of growth).

The grass deposition density is determined by kQ (X/Q) V (4) 2 365.25 (A + A )

5A-2

PVNGS-1,263 ER EXTERNAL DOSE FROM GASEOUS CLOUD IMMERSION where vegetation retention factor pCi released per year x/Q annual average atmospheric dispersion parameter, sec/m3 V

g deposition velocity (m/sec)

Ar radiological decay constant (days 1) weathering decay constant (days 1) 365.25 days per year.

Thus, K(f )Ik E ff(V )Q M(d )365 25 + g )g /Q (5) g (A r w efffX A summation of contributing isotopes was made. Only I-131 and I-133 were considered. Inhalation dose was neglected in comparison to the ingestion dose.

In the calculation .of the dose to the thyroid of a kit fox, the dietary intake of kit foxes was determined to consist in large part of black-tailed jackrabbits.(1) Another possible major food item is the kangaroo rat, a granivore.(

For the purpose of this calculation', it is assumed that the entire dietary intake is from black-tailed jackrabbits.

The average intake is 175 grams per 24 hours(1) and consists of all parts of the body except bone. The average weight of a jackrabbit is 4.5 pounds. Then, the daily activity intake to the thyroid of a kit fox is

] 75 ram of 'ckrabbit kit fox da A

kit fox day 4 >

ound of ackrabbit ~

45< grams (6) jackrabbit pound x 1 fb QJR 5A-3

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER EXTERNAL DOSE FROM GASEOUS CLOUD IMMERSION where fb = fraction of ingested iodine reaching the bone of a jackrabbit JR = total body burden of a jackrabbit The thyroid dose is then calculated in the same manner as for the black-tailed jackrabbit.

The parameters used in the preceeding thyroid dose analyses are as follows:

Jackrabbit Parameter Units Value Reference K d is ( )rad 1.87 (+4) pCa. Mev yr 0.3 (3) kg/d 0.1 (3) 0.3 (4) g 2.0 (5) d kg/m2 1. 56 (-1) (6) g d-1 5. 33 (-2) (4)

I-131 1-133 eff Mev 1.21 0.47 (5)

V m/sec 0.015 0.015 (4) g d-1 8. 605 (-2) 7. 94 (-1) (3) r eff 0.277 0.99 (3)

Kit Fox In addition to the parameters used to determine the body burden of the black-tailed jackrabbit, the parameters K, 5A-4

PVNGS-1,263 ER EXTERNAL *DOSE FROM GASEOUS CLOUD IMMERSION E

ff and eff M were used for the kit fox. The values assumed for both the jackrabbit. and kit fox were the same and, in the E eff ff and M for the thyroid, the values are equivalent. to those used for a human infant.~

5A-5

PVNGS-lF263 ER EXTERNAL DOSE FROM GASEOUS CLOUD IMMERSION 5A.4 REFERENCES 1~ Egoscue, H. J., "Ecology and Life History of the Kit Fox, Eoeele County, Utah," Eco~ocC, 43:481-497, 1962.

2 ~ Morrell, S., "Life History of the San Joaquin Kit Fox, .

California Fish arid Game, 58:162-174, 1972.

3 ~ Turner, F. B., "Quantitative Relationships Between Fallout Radioiodines on Nature Vegetation and in the Thyroids of Herbivores;".Health Ph sics, 9:1241-1246.

4. USAEC, Draft Re ulator Guide. 1.AA, "Calculation of Annual Average Doses to Man From Continuous Releases of Reactor Effluents for the Purpose of Implementing Appendix I," February 20, 1974.

5. WASH 1258, "Final Environmental Statement Concerning Proposed Rule Making Action: Numerical Guides for Design Objectives and Limiting Conditions for Operation to Meet the Criterion As Lour As Practicable for Radioactive Material in Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactor Effluents," USAEC, July 1973.

6. Eisenbud, M., Environmental Radioactivit , Academic Press, 1973.

5A'-6

PVNGS-1,263 ER APPENDIX 5B DOSE CACULATIONAL METHODS FOR HUMAN EXPOSURE

PVNGS-.1,263 ER APPENDIX 5B DOSE CALCULATIONAL METHODS FOR HUMAN EXPOSURE Calculation methods employed are those. suggested or recom-mended by the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission (USAEC) or the International Commission on Radiological Protection (ICRP), where such methods are available and appropriate.

5B.1 EXTERNAL DOSE FROM GASEOUS CLOUD IMMERSION is'he infinite

'(

The model used sphere model recommended by the ICRP. The basic assumption implicit in the model is that the absorbed energy rate at any point in an infinite sphere of homogeneous radioactive material is equal to the radiation energy emission rate. For gamma dose calculations, this num-ber is divided by two because only an infinite hemisphere is involved at ground level. For beta dose calculations, a factor P of one-half i's taken to account for the self shielding effect I

of the irradiated body, yielding an effective 2', instead of 4~ source geometry.

The resulting expressions for the dose calculations are:

Beta Dose = 0.23 (X/Q) Z E'.

pi i Gamma Dose = 0.25 (X/Q) E YiQ i

~ (2) where:

doses are in rem per year a conversion factor of 1 rem/rad is assumed

)</Q = the annual average atmospheric dispersion parameter at the receptor location Q.

3.

= the annual release of isotope i, curies per year 5B-1

PVNGS-1,263 ER APPENDIX 5B E

pi.

= the average beta radiation energy emitted by isotope i per disintegration (taken to be one-third the maximum beta energy)

E Yi.

= the average gamma energy emitted by isotope i per disintegration.

Isotopic data such as decay rates and decay energy emissions are taken from NEDO 12037.

The above expressions are used to calculate the maximum indi-vidual exposure and population exposure. The estimated pop-ulation distribution within a 50-mile radius of the plant The dose rate at the radial mid-point is used as the is'sed.

dose rate of all people in the segment. Summing the products of population, times segment radial center dose rate over all 160 segments, yields the population exposure within 50 miles of the plant.

5B.2 EXTERNAL DOSE FROM CONTAMINATED LAND SURFACE Of the gases released, only iodines will be deposited on the ground from passing clouds. The doses are calculated using the equation Dose = X/Q Z i i Q, x V gi. x ) .

3.

x (DCF.)3.

(3) x 8.76 x 10 3 hr yr x 10 6 FCi.

Ci x 10 -4 m

cm 2

2 where:

doses are in rem per year

= the release of isotope i, Ci/yr V

gi the effective deposition velocity, taken to be 0.015 m/sec for iodines (3) the radiological decay constant of isotope i, yr -1 t

5B-2

PVNGS-l, 263 'ER APPENDIX 5B (DCF).1 = the dose conversion factor for isotope i, r/h per VCi/cm X/Q =

I the annual average atmospheric dispersion parameter 3

(sec/m ) .

It is assumed in using specified deposition, velocity that the ground surface is covered with a grassy growth.

The dose conversion factors for beta and gamma radiation were obtained through use of EXREM III(4) with a receptor height of 100 centimeters.

5B.3 INTERNAL DOSE TO THE THYROID FROM GASEOUS INHALATION The expressions for internal dose due to inhalation of iodines (to the human thyroid) are taken from reference 3, with the exception that no cloud depletion is assumed.

The annual doses to an infant having a 2-gram thyroid and a 3-cubic meter per day breathing rate are 131 em/Yr) = 4.8 x'0 (X 131 (4)

D133 (mrem/hr) = l. 2 x 10 5 ('X/Q) Q133 . (5) where D and D = the annual doses to the thyroid due to inhalation of I-131 and I-133 respectively X/Q = the atmospheric dispersion parameter at the location of interest Q

131 and Ql = the releases, in curies per year, of I-131 and I-133, respectively.

The annual dose to an adult differs somewhat due to increased thyroid masses and breathing rates. The applicable expressions are 5

D (mrem/yr) = 4.0 x 10 (X/Q)Q (6) 5B-3

PVNGS-l, 2&3 ER APPENDIX 5B D

3 (mrem/yr)~,= 9.8 x 10 4 (X/Q)Q (7) where the definitions of the parameters are the same as before.

I 5B.4 COW-MILK-INFANT,THYROID DOSE The expressions for the'ose to a child due to ingestion of milk from a cow, grazing on pasture onto which radioiodine has been deposited, are taken from reference 3, with the exception that no cloud depletion is assumed. The deposition velocity used is consistent with that used to estimate external dose due to ground deposition. No grazing factor is taken. The milk ingestion rate is- taken to be 1 liter per day. The, resulting expressions are D131 (mrem/yr) 1 15 x 10 8 (X/Q) Q131 (8)

D 3

(mrem/yr) = 2. 12 x 10 6 (X/Q) Q 33 (9) where Dl and D 1333

= the annual cow-milk-child thyroid doses from I-131 and I-133, respectively X/Q'he annual average atmospheric parameter at the cow location diffusion Q and Q = the annual releases, curies per year of I-131 and I-133, respectively.

5B.5 GOAT-MILK-INFANTTHYROID DOSE As with the cow-milk-infant dose, reference 3 is the source of the dose calculation model. No cloud depletion or grazing factor is taken. The milk ingestion rate is taken to be 700 milliliters per day.

The resulting expressions are-D (mrem/yr) = 5. 82 x 10 8 X/Q Q13 (10)

D 3

(mrem/yr) = 1.07 x 10 7 X/Q Q 5B-4

PVNGS-l,"263 ER APPENDIX 5B where D131 and D133 the annual goat-milk-infant thyroid doses from I-131 and I-133, respectively X/Q = the annual average atmospheric diffusion parameter at the cow location Q and Q 3

= the annual releases, curies per year, of I-131 and I-133, respectively.

5B.6 ADULT HUMAN THYROID DOSE VIA LEAFY VEGETABLES The model for calculation of dose's due to ingestion of .leafy vegetabl'es having radioiodines deposited on them is taken from reference 3, with the exception that no cloud depletion is assumed. Implicit in the model is the consumption of 18 kil-ograms of fresh leafy vegetable over a period of 3 months, and a 30-percent retention of the ingestion iodine by the thyroid.

The resulting expressions are 6 (12)

D (mrem/yr) = 2.1 x 10 (X/Q)Q 4

(mrem/yr) = 8. 3 x 10 (X/Q)Q133 (13)

D133 where D and D the annua 1 doses due to ingestion of veg-131 133 etables containing I-131 and I-133, respec-tively

.x/Q = the atmospheric dispersion parameter at the location of the garden, and and Q 133

= the releases, curies/yr, of I-131 and I-133, respectively. (The 3-month vegetable growing season has been taken into account in the constant.)

5B-5

PVNGS-1,263 ER APPENDIX 5B 5B.7 REFERENCES

1. ICRP Publication 2: Re ort of Committee II on Permissible Dose for Internal Radiation, International Commission on Radiation Protection, Pergaminon Press, 1959.

2. Meek and Gilbert, Summar of Gamma and Beta Ener and Intensit 'ata, NED0-12037, January 1970.

3.'.S. Atomic Energy Commission Regulatory Guide 1.42, Interim Licensin Polic on as Low as Practicable for Gaseous Radioiodine Releases from Li ht-Water Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors, Revision 1, March 1974.

4. Trubey, D. K. and Kaye, S. V., The EXREM III Com uter Code for Estimatin External Radiation Doses to Po ulations from Environmental Releases, ORNL-TM-4322, December 1973.

5B-6

PVNGS-l, 263 ER CONTENTS Page 6.1 PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENT PROGRAMS 6. 1-1 6.1.1 SURFACE WATER MONITORING 6.1-1 6.1.2 GROUNDWATER 6.1-1 6.1.2.1 Ph sical and Chemical Parameters 6.1-1 6.1.2.2 Models 6.1-6 6.1.3 AIR 6.1-7 6.1.3.1 Meteorology 6.1-7 6.1.3.2 Models 6.1-17 6.1.4 LAND 6.1-26 6.1.4.1 Geology and Soils 6.1-26 6.1.4.2 Land Use and Demographic Surveys 6.1-30 6.1.4.3 Ecological Parameters 6.1-31 6.1.5 RADIOLOGICAL SURVEYS 6.1-42 6.1.5.1 Airborne Particulate and Iodine Sampling 6.1-44 6.1. 5.2 Ambient Radiation 6.1.45 6.1.5.3 Milk 6.1-46 6.1.5.4 Vegetation 6.1-46 6.1.5.5 Groundwater 6.1-47 6.1. 5. 6 Domestic Meat 6.1-47 6.1. 5. 7 Wildlife 6.1-47 6.1.5. 8 Program Summary 6.1-48 6.1. 6 PREOPERATIONAL NOISE SURVEYS 6.1-57 6.1. 6.1 Noise Instrumentation 6.1-57 6.1. 6.2 Data Collection Methods 6.1-58 6.1. 6. 3 Noise Models and Assessment 6.1-60 6.

1.7 REFERENCES

.6.1-63 6.2 PROPOSED OPERATIONAL MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.2-1 6.2.1 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING 6.2-1

PVNGS-1,263 ER CONTENTS (cont)

Page 6.2.1.1 Plant Effluent Monitoring System 6.2-1 6.2.1.2 Environmental Radiological Surveillance 6.2-5 6.2.2 CHEMICAL EFFLUENT MONITORING 6.2-11 6.2.3 THERMAL EFFLUENT MONITORING 6.2-12 6.2.4 METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING 6.2-12 6.2.5 ECOLOGICAL MONITORING 6.2-12 6.2.5.1 Monitorin Construction Activities 6.2-12 6.2.5.2 Monitoring Biotic Indicators 6.2-12 6.2.6 OPERATIONAL GROUNDWATER MONITORING 6.2-13 6.2. 6.1 Water Level 6.2-13 6 2. 6.2 Chemical Water Qualit Monitorin 6.2-15 6.2.7 OPERATIONAL NOISE SURVEYS 6.2-16 6.3 RELATED ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENT AND MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.3-1 6.3.1 NONRADIOLOGICAL MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.3-1 6.3.1.1 Arizona Department of Game and Fish 6. 3-1 6.3.1.2 United States Geological Survey 6.3-1 6.3.1.3 Seismic Monitor ing 6. 3-2 6.3.2 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING PROGRAMS 6. 3-2 6.3.2.1 .Tritium 6.3-2 6.3.2.2 Gross Radioactivit in Surface Waters 6.3-5

6. 3.2.3 Gross Radioactivity in Air 6.3-5

6. 3.2.4 Other Media Sampled 6.3-6 6.3.3 REFERENCE 6.3-7

PVNGS-1,263 ER TABLES Page

6. 1-1 Candidate Water Quality Monitor Wells 6.1-3

6. 1-2 Water Quality Parameters and Methods of Analysis 6.1-4 6.1-3 PVNGS Meteorological System Equipment Specifications 6.1-10 6.1-4 Horizontal ao Stability Categories 6.1-14

6. 1-5 Vertical hT Stability Categories 6.1-15 6.1-6 Meteorological Data Recovery (Percent) at PVNGS (August 13, 1973 to February 13, 1974) 6.1-7 Sampling Periods of the Vegetation and Wildlife at the PVNGS, 1973 to 1974 6.1-34 6.1-8 Environmental Radioactivity Monitoring Program 6.1-49

6. 1-9 Radiochemical Analytical Sensitivities 6.1-52

6. 2-1 Liquid Process and Effluent Continuous

'Monitors 6.2-2

6. 2-2 Gaseous Process and Effluent Continuous Monitors 6. 2-3 6.2-3 Liquid Sampling Locations and Analysis 6.2-6 6.2-4 Gas Sample Locations and Analysis 6.2-9 6.2-5 Biotic Monitoring for PVNGS. 6.2-14 6.3-1 Seismic Stations in Arizona 6.3-3

PVNGS-1,263 ER FIGURES 6.1-1 Meteorological Tower Location 6-iv

PVNGS-l, 2 & 3 ER

6. MON ITORING P ROGRAMS 6.1 PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS 6.1.1 SURFACE WATER MONITORING The only components of natural surface water in the Lower Hassayampa-Centennial area are sheet runoff and streamflow.

Surface water bodies, such as ponds, lakes, and marshes, are not present in the area due to the arid climate, geological character of the surficial materials, and high potential evapo-ration rate. Irrigation canals and ditches for conveyance of local water supplies comprise the manmade surface water fea-tures. The station systems are therefore designed not to use the surface waters of the site area for plant operations.

Since PVNGS is thus not likely to affect the surface waters, no plans have been made to monitor the surface waters of the site area.

6.1.2 GROUNDWATER The site lies in the lower Hassayampa and Centennial drainage basins. A discussion of the hydrogeology of the basin is presented in section 2.5. The site area groundwater monit'oring program is based on the existing program that was used to j collect the basic data presented in section 2.5. It consists I

of measurements of physical parameters, collection of water samples for water quality measurements, and laboratory analysis of water samples.

6.1.2.1 Physical and Chemical Parameters 6.1.2.1.1 Physical Parameters A water level monitoring program was initiated at the site during the second half of 1973. The location of the observa-tion boreholes used for water level monitoring are discussed in section 2.5. The measured regional aquifer water table contours of the site area are shown in figure 2.5-6. while the contours of the perched water zone are shown in figure 2.5-8.

6.1-1

PVNGS-li263 ER'REOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS The water level measurements program at the site will continue.

The frequency of measurements will be contingent upon the temporal variability of the water level contours. If the water table elevations are found to be slowly varying or stable, then a yearly preoperational mapping will be conducted to determine the fluctuations of water table contours. If the water table contours fluctuate significantly, then quarterly measurements will be recorded. The depth of water will be measured using a field scale accurate to +0.02 foot. The tops of the riser pipe elevations will be determined by sur-veying. The water table elevations will be computed by the difference between borehole top elevation and depth to the water level.

A selection of water wells that could be used for water table contour measurements is given in table 6.1-1. The selected wells are identified by the Arizona well identification code as presented in section 2.5. The wells for determining the groundwater contours will be selected from this list for all future measurements.

The data will be compiled in tabular form as well as plotted as contours of groundwater elevations to aid visual inter-pretation of water table transient variations. If the quarterly changes're found not to be significant, no contours will be provided.

6. l. 2. l. 2 Chemical Parameters In October 1973, sampling of four irrigation wells located on the site was initiated to provide baseline data of ground-water quality. The selected water quality parameters are given in table 6.1-2. These data are presented in section 2.5.

Well locations and numbers are depicted in figure 2.5-11. To assure that samples were representative of groundwater from the aquifer system, all of the wells sampled are pumping wells.

6.1-2

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS Table 6.1-1 CANDIDATE WATER QUALITY MONITOR WELLS (B-1-6) 16ddd (C-1-6) 9abc 20dab 13cab 23dod 14dbb 27cbc 17abb 27ddc 2lcbb2 34abb 26aba 34acc

a. State of Arizona identification numbers Water is pumped from each well for 4 to 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> prior to sampling. Samples for chemical analysis are stored in non-reactive polyethylene containers. Water for analyses that require pretreatment are placed in polyethylene containers to which the appropriate fixative has already been added. Samples for analysis of phenol, cyanide, and nitrogen compounds are refrigerated immediately upon collection and held under refrig-eration during their transport to the laboratory. Samples intended for bacteriological analysis are collected in sterile glass bottles and are immediately refrigerated for shipment to the laboratory. The samples will be collected at a semi-annual frequency for approximately 2 years.

6.1.2.1.2.1 Laboratory Analyses. Laboratory analyses are performed according to techniques described in references 1 through 4.

6.1.2.1.2.2 Annual Reporting Procedures. The specific con-ductance and temperature data will be compiled in tabular form for each monitor well, and the historical variations will be described. The data will be plotted for visual comparison of the past data.

6. 1-3

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS Table 6.1-2 WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS AND METHODS OF ANALYSIS (Sheet 1 of 2)

Parameter Method Alkalinity, Acidity APHA Titration Chloride APHA--Potentiometric Calcium Atomic Absorption '(AA)

Magnesium Hardness APHA Calculated from Ca and Mg Sodium Potassium Hexavalent Chromium APHA Diphenylcarbazide Metals Specific Conductance APHA pmhos 9 25 C pH APHA--Sargent Welch NX pH meter Total Phosphate EPA Ortho Phosphate EPA Silica, Total APHA Modified Heteropoly Blue Sulfate APHA Gravimetric Method with Ignition of Residue Sulf ide APHA Methylene Blue Photo-metric Nitrate APHA Brucine Nitrite APHA--Diazotization Ammonia APHA Nesslerization 6.1-4

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS Table 6.1-2 WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS AND METHODS OF ANALYSIS (Sheet 2 of 2)

Parameter Method Matter, Dissolved Evaporation Carbon, Total Beckman TOC Analyzer Carbon, Total Inorganic Beckman TOC Analyzer Carbon, Total Organic Calculated (Total Total Inorganic)

Phenol APHA--Aminoantipyrine COD APHA Dichromate Reflux Cyanide EPA Fluoride Instrumentation Boron ASTM Arsenic Flameless AA Bacteria, Plate Count APHA--Standard Plate Count 9 35oC Bacteria, Coliform APHA Membrane Filter Bacteria, Fecal Coliform APHA--Membrane Filter Bacteria, Fecal Streptococcus APHA Membrane Filter 6.1-5

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS 6.1.2.1.3 Water Well Inventory A water well inventory is described in section 2.5.2. This inventory was conducted by the U.S. Geological Survey using data from its own Arizona State Land Reports, Arizona Water Commission Bulletins, and from field surveys.

6.1.2.2 Models This section discusses the basic subsurface and groundwater parameters measured by the pump test, the bore sample permea-bility test program,,an onsite water infiltration tank test program, and the models used to interpret the collected data.

6.1.2.2.1 Analysis of Pump Test Data The Jacob modification of the Theis nonequilibrium equation was used .as the mathematical model to determine aquifer coefficient of transmissivity and storage. (5) 264Q T

Ss where:

Transmissivity, gallons per day per foot Discharge, gallons per minute hs = Slope of plot of depth (feet) to water surface versus time in minutes The storage coefficient is calculated as follows:

0.3 T 2

(2) where:

S = Storage coefficient T = Transmissivity, gallons per day per foot

6. 1-6

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS t = Intercept of straight line with zero drawdown, days r = Distance from pumped well to observation well (feet).

The plots of pumpdown test data along with the calculated values of coefficients are presented in appendix 6A.

6.1.2.2.2 Onsite Tank Infiltration Test An infiltration test was conducted to determine the rate and direction of seepage movement. The tank test program along with the salient results of the advance of the wetting fronts is presented in appendix 6B. Using the 36-day infiltration profile, the vertical hydraulic conductivity, K, is .calculated to be 6.4 x 10 7 centimeters per second. This compares well with the core sample measurements of K in the tank test area.

The measured value of K is found to be 2.3 x 10 centimeters per second. The tank infiltration test is designed to verify the mathematical model predictions of the infiltration plume propagation, and will form a longterm aid in checking the pre-diction model.

6. l. 3 AIR The primary objective of the meteorological monitoring program at the site is to determine the capacity of the air to disperse effluents released into it. In addition, measure-ments are made to assess such local climatological character-istics as terrlperature and humidity.

6.1.3.1 Meteorology Various meteorological parameters were used to determine the meteorological characteristics of the site region and as input to various models used to predict the environmental effects of plant operation.

6. 1-7

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS

6. l. 3. 1. 1 Of fsite Data 6.1.3.1.1.1 Surface Data. Surface meteorological data were used to obtain regional characteristics and as input into fog prediction and diffusion models outlined in section 6.1.3.2.

Data to determine regional meteorological characteristics were obtained from Phoenix, located approximately 39 miles east-northeast of the site; Luke AFB, located approximately 33 miles east-northeast of the site; and Gila Bend, located approxi-mately 30 miles south-southeast of the site. In addition, temperature and precipitation data were obtained from Buckeye, approximately 18 miles east of the site, and Litchfield Park, approximately 32 miles east-northeast of the site. These data are presented in section 2.6.

The natural occurrence of fog (section 2.6.2) in the vicinity of the site was investigated using hourly meteorological data collected at Phoenix and Gila Bend. The data used in the meteorological analysis consist of observations made during the January 1960 to December 1964 period for Phoenix, and the November 1948 to October 1953 period for Gila Bend.

6.1.3.1.1.2 Upper Air Data. Upper air meteorological data were also used as input to the fog prediction models in sec-tion 6.1.3.2. These data were obtained from Phoenix Sky Harbor International Airport for the period January 1, 1960 to December 31, 1964, and include dewpoint, temperature, and wind profile measurements. The airport, located approximately 50 miles east of the site, no longer takes upper air soundings.

6.1.3.1.2 Onsite Data An onsite meteorological measurement program at the site began on August 13, 1973. The system includes two levels of instru-mentation on a 200-foot guyed tower. The tower is located in a field previously cleared for agriculture on the northwest portion of the site, (see figure 6.1-1).

6. 1-8

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS Wind and temperature data are collected at the 35-foot and 200-foot levels of the tower. Precipitation data are obtained at the surface from a rain gauge near the base of the tower.

Dew point data are also collected at the 35-foot level.

Specifically, the onsite instrumentation includes the follow3.ng

~ Wind Instrumentation Climet wind direction and speed sensors at the 35-foot and 200-foot tower levels

~ Temperature Instrumentation One Rosemount RTB at the 35-foot level and another at the 200-foot level Endevco signal conditioners Geotech aspirated solar radiation shields to house the RTB's at the 35-foot and 200-foot levels

~ Dew Point Instrumentation One Belfort tipping bucket rain gauge at the surface

~ Recorders Two Esterline-Angus analog strip chart recorders One six-point Esterline-Angus recorder that records

,temperature from the 35-foot level, dewpoint from the 35-foot level, two records of the temperature differential between the 200-foot and 35-foot levels

( <T 2pp 35 )

and precipitation . In addition, a positive indication of the performance of the radia-tion shield aspirator motors is provided by one of the six channels.

The specifications for this equipment, which comply with AEC Regulatory Guide 1.23, (6) are given in table 6.1-3.

6. 1-9

Table 6.1-3 PVNGS METEOROLOGICAL SYSTEM EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS Instrument Mfr Model Level Specifications Wind Speed-Direction Climet Wind Direction WD-012-10 35'g 200'hreshold Threshold 0.75 mi/h, accuracy +3o 0.6 mi/h, accuracy +1%

Wind Speed of the wind speed reading or 0.15 mph, WD-Oll-l whichever is greater Translator 025-2 Temperature Endevco 4470.114 Universal T35 ~ hT200 35 T and hT accuracy sig cond +0.1% of full scale 4473.2 RTB Conditioner (full scale for T ~ -20F to +100F)

GEOTECH M327 Aspirators (full scale for first hT=-6F/165'o Rosemount scale for second hT=-6F/165'o 6F/165'full 104MB12ADCA four-wire RTB 18f/165'recipitation Belfort 5-405 H rain gauge Ground Accuracy + 2% (in.) for 1 in./hr NUSonics integrator Dew Point Cambridge Dew point measuring Accuracy +0.5 o F set llpS-M 35'helter Multipoint Recorder Esterline- E1124E Accuracy i0.25% of full scale 0 Angus (full scale for Dew Point =-20F to +100F)

(full scale for precip = 0'o T35IaT200 35 Dew Point)

'Precip 1.2')

Strip Recorders Esterline- E1102R Shelter Accuracy il% of full scale H (2 ea) (ws/wd) Angus 0

H 0

0 3l

PVNGS 1 g 26r3 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS When PVNGS becomes operational, site meteorological parameters will be available in the control room. In the interim, data recording and signal conditioning equipment are housed in an environmentally controlled shelter located at the base of the tower.

One data collection method makes use of a minicomputer. In addition to data collection, the minicomputer is designed to reduce the basic data, perform data validity and system status checks, control the overall system operation, and transfer (once every 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />) all data records to the NUS computer facility in Rockville, Maryland. The second method of data collection uses hard copy strip chart recorders. Since the minicomputer was undergoing testing and calibration during the beginning of the period of data collection, hard copy strip chart data were used as the prime data set. During the latter part of the period, minicomputer data were util-ized after their comparison with concurrent strip chart records.

6.1.3.1.3 Meteorological Data Reduction Strip chart data were used for manual data reduction. One 15-minute sample of strip chart data is used for each one-hour data period available. Average values of wind direction, wind speed, ambient temperature, temperature dif-ferential (hT), and dew point are obtained by visually esti-mating a mean for the 15-minute sample of the analog traces.

The precipitation trace cumulatively records precipitation amounts and recycles each hour so that hourly data can be obtained. The range of the wind direction trace is also manually reduced (i.e., by examining the extremes of the direction trace peaks) in order to obtain a measure of hori-zontal stability (o<). Horizontal wind direction fluctua-tion data were determined for "noncalm" conditions by divid-ing the wind direction range for the 15-minute period by a constant of 6.0 as follows: (7,8)

6. 1-11 Supplement No. 2 November 4, 1974

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS Al + A

'O = 6.0 (3) where A1 = Omax-Oavg if Omax >Oavg 360 + Omax-Oavg if Omax <Oavg A2 = Oavg-Omin if Omin <Oavg

'60 + Oavg-Omin if Omin >Oavg Omax = maximum deflection angle Omin = minimum deflection angle Oavg = average wind direction.

, The manually reduced data are transcribed on cards and are used as computer input for data analyses and summaries.

site meteorological

'ere Computer codes (9i 10) used to process the onsite and off-data. Output includes the following information on a monthly, seasonal, and annual basis:

~ . Total number of observations used for calculations

~ Hourly stability index distribution in percent of total observations of each hour

~ Distribution for each stability index in percent of total observations

~ Average wind speed for each stability index

~ Distribution of stability indices for each of 16 wind directions

~ -

Distribution of wind directions for each stability index (16) 3

~ Dilution factors, X/Q (sec/m ), as a function of release height and wind direction

~ Wind direction persistence episodes greater than two hours 6.1-12

PVNGS-1,2,63 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS

~ Wind speed distribution versus stability classes for each wind direction individually

~ Wind speed distribution versus stability classes summed over all directions,

~ Wind speed distribution versus direction for each stability class and summed over all stability classes.

Using onsite data, atmospheric stability is classified into categories proposed by Pasquill (ll) and determined by systems based on wind direction range formulated by Slade and Markee( and on, temperature lapse rates. The stability classes proposed by Pasguill range from "A" (the most unstable) to "F" (stable). An additional category, "G" (very stable) has been established by the AEC. (6,12)

The horizontal stability indices, based on Pasquill cate-gories, are as indicated in table 6.1-4. Vertical stability indices, based on the temperature lapse rate, are classified according to table 6.1-5. Tables 6.1-4 and 6.1-5 are based on Regulatory Guide 1.23 recommendations for stability class-ification. The temperature lapse rate in degrees Fahrenheit per 1000 feet is determined from hT as follows:

hT ('F/1000 ' = (2-1) (4)

(2-1)

Where 6T (2 1 )

Difference in ambient,. temperature between tower level 2 (higher) and tower level 1 (lower), 4F BZ(2 1) = Vertical distance between the two levels of temperature instrumentation, feet.

6. 1-13 Supplement No. 2 November 4, 1974

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS Table 6.1-4 HORIZONTAL a8 STABILITY CATEGORIES Range of Standard Deviation Turbulence Stability Degrees Type A = Extremely Unstable a8 > 22.5 High Atmospheric B = Unstable 22.5 > a8 > 17.5 Turbulence C = Slightly Unstable 17.5 > a8 > 12.5 D = Neutral 12.5 > a8 > 7.5 Moderate Atmospheric Turbulence E = Slightly Stable 7.5 > a< > 3.8 Low Atmospheric F = Stable 3+8 > 68 > 2+i Turbulence G = Extre'mely Stable 2.1 > o8 6.1.3.1.4 .Meteorological Data Recovery The meteorological data recovery rates for the PVNGS meteoro-logical program (August 13,. 1973 to August 13, 1974) are listed in table 6.1-6. Generally, periods of data loss were associated with inking and chart drive'problems.

Some data were lost for the temperature and dew point instru-mentation in December due to chart drive problems, periods of calibration, and the dew cell mirror becoming covered by blowing sand and dust. Some data recovery loss was also experienced in August and January for the 200-foot wind instrumentation due to pen inking problems and a defective bearing. These problems have been corrected.

Data recovery for wind data at the 35-foot and 200-foot levels was 98.6 percent and 94.5 percent respectively,

6. 1-14 Supplement No. 2 November 4, 1974

PVNGS-l, 263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS Table 6.1-5 VERTICAL hT STABILITY CATEGORIES Range of Vertical Temp. Gradient Turbulence Stability (oC/100 m) Type A = Extremely Unstable 6T < -1.9 High B = Moderately Unstable -1 9< 6T < 1.7 Atmospheric Turbulence C = Slightly Unstable -1.7< aT < -1.5 D = Neutral .1.5< n' -0.5 Moderate Atmospheric Turbulence E'= Slightly Stable -0 5 < aT < 1 5 Low F = Moderately Stable 1.5 < hT < 4 ' Atmospheric Turbulence G = Extremely Stable 4.0 < DT Range of Vertical Turbulence Temp. Gradient Type

( F/1000 ft)

A = Extremely Unstable 6T < -10. 4 High B = Moderately Unstable -10.4 < 6T < -9.3 Atmospheric Turbulence C = Slightly Unstable -9.3 < DT < -8.2 D = Neutral -8.2 < hT < -2.7 Moderate Atmospheric Turbulence E = Slightly Stable -2.7 < hT < 8.2 Low F = Moderately Stable 8.2 < hT < 22.0 Atmospheric Turbulence G = Extremely Stable 22.0 < hT

6. 1-15

TABLE 6.1-6 METEOROLOGICAL DATA RECOVERY (PERCENT) AT PVNGS (August 31, 1973 August 13, 1974)

Joint Recovery

~

35-ft. Wind and 35-ft 35-ft 200-ft 35-ft (200 ft-35 ft) (200 ft-35 ft) Dew Point Temperature Monthly Wind Data (a) Wind Data (a)) Data Data Data Data August 73.3 99. 9 99. 9 99.9 99. 9 99. 9 September 97.4 97.9 95.4 95.0 96.8 96.8 October 98. 8 97. 1 98.7 96. 0 99. 1 99. 1 November 99. 6 99. 9 99. 9 99. 9 99. 4 99. 9 I December 98.9 98.8 90. 2 90. 1 82.1 90. 2 January 75. 1 97. 2 98. 1 97. 2 98.1 98.1 February 98.8 99. 7 99. 9 99. 7 99. 4 99. 9 Pd 0

March 99. 3 99. 5 93.4 93.4 89.9 93.4 April 97.1 98. 5 97.5 96.7 87.5 97.5 May 98.7 97. 2 97.7 97.2 97.7 97.7 H 0

June 99. 2 99. 3 97.2 96. 7 97.5 97.5 July 99.3 99.3 99.6 99.3 99.6 99.6 Annual 94. 5 98.6 97.3 96. 7 95.6 97. 4 02g

a. Recoverable wind data is defined as the simultaneous availability of valid wind speed and wind 3

direction data.

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATZONAL ENVXRONMENTAL PROGRAMS for the report period. Data recovery of the dew point temperature was 95.6 percent. The data recovery for hT(200 35 ) was 97.3 percent while the data recovery for the joint occurrence of 35-foot wind data and bT(200 35 )

was 96.7 percent. Scheduled calibration and maintenance of the PVNGS meteorological system was conducted at 3-month intervals according to written procedures. Maintenance trips are made as required. Equipment surveillance and rou-tine maintenance are being performed according to established checklists and procedures by local personnel on a daily basis in order to maintain maximum data recovery.

6.1.3.2 Models 6.1.3.2.1 Short Term (Accident) Diffusion Cases Atmospheric dilution (X/Q) values presented in chapter 7 are comprised of the following interval lengths: 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />, 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />, 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br />, 3 days (72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />), and 26 days (624 hours0.00722 days <br />0.173 hours <br />0.00103 weeks <br />2.37432e-4 months <br />).

These values were used for accident calculations that are presented in chapter 7. Plume centerline X/Q values were used for interval lengths of 2 and 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />. Centerline X/Q values were calculated using equation (5).

1 x/Q (5) z where x/Q the calculated atmosphere dispersion parameter, sec/m 3 a and a horizontal and vertical dis-y persion parameters, m mean wind speed, m/sec building shape factor (0.5), dimensionless minimum cross sectional area of>

the containment building, 2466m

6. 1-17 Supplement No. 2 November 4, 1974

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS Inclusion of the building shape factor (cA) was not allowed 2 to reduce any calculated centerline X/Q by more than a factor of three.

Sector average X/Q values (22.5-degree sectors) were calcu-lated for interval lengths of 16, 72, and 624 hours0.00722 days <br />0.173 hours <br />0.00103 weeks <br />2.37432e-4 months <br /> using equation (6):. (13) x/o = '.

a ux z

032 (6) where x = downwind distance, m and other parameters are as presented for equation (5).

The meteorological data, upon which the X/Q calculations are based, were collected onsite during the period August 13, 1973 to August 13, 1974. Wind data were obtained 2 at a height of 35 feet above ground. Vertical temperature lapse rates were measured by BT(200 35 ) ~ Both horizontal and vertical stability classes were assigned on the basis of hT measurements. Observations of calm were assigned the wind direction of the first following noncalm, and a wind speed of 0.25 mile per hour. The set of valid hourly obser-vations of "no-data," and a consecutive set of 8412 valid hourly observations (out of a possible total of 8760) was obtained. These data were linked, end to beginning, to form an endless cycle.

6.1.3.2.2 Long-term Routine Diffusion Estimates Annual average atmospheric dilution factors (X/Q) used in chapter 5 were estimated for the site based on onsite data for the period August 13, 1973 through February 13, 1974.

The values were based on 35-ft wind data and BT(200'5 )

measurements.

6. 1-18 Supplement No. 2 November 4, 1974

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS Average ground level dilution factors (X/Q) were calculated using equation (7). (13) This equation assumed a uniform horizontal distribution within a 22.5 degree sector. Calms have been distributed on the directional frequency of winds in the lowest wind speed ground and assigned a speed of 0.25 mile per hour. Stability for the site data was based on hT data, while for offsite data the stability was based on the Pasquill-Turner approach.

n (x/Q)

la 8 (7)

V< >x i=1 where:

(X/Q) = relative ground level concentration X normalized to source strength (Q) for .

sector "j," sec/m 3 S

z

= effective vertical dispersion parameter for stability class "i," m

~

1

(-)...

u 3.3

= average inverse wind speed for stability class "i" for sector "j, " sec/m F..

ij = fraction of time (based on total observa-tions) stability class "i" occurs within sector "j,," dimensionless x = downwind distance, m'

= number of stability- categories, seven

(

IIAII IIGII )

An effective az parameter '"S " is used to account for wake effects as follows: (15) i 2 cH2 1/2 S = a +

1T 6.1-19

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS with the constraint where:

vertical stability parameter for stability class "z. " m building shape factor (0.5), dimensionless.

H height of the containment (58 meters) .

6.1.3.2.3 The Lagrangian Vapor Plume Model: Version 3 This model was used to study plume rise from the PVNGS cooling towers. The results are presented in section 5.1.

The moist vapor plumes emitted from evaporative cooling tower systems behave differently from dry plumes. The release of latent heat through the condensation of moisture in the satur-ated plume is a factor in the vertical growth of the effluent plume. This situation is similar to the development of an isolated cumulus cloud where condensation enhances growth in the core while mixing and evaporation occur near the edge.

The continuous effluent behaves more like a steady state phenomenon than does an isolated cloud. Thus, a convective cloud model'ith steady state assumption can be applied to the study of wet cooling tower plume behavior.

The NUS Lagrangian Vapor Plume Model: Version 3 (LVPM-3) (16) is derived and modified from a cumulus convective model (17) developed at Pennsylvania State University. Agreement between model predictions and field observations obtained from evaporative cooling towers is good. The model is based on the equations of motion for a quasi incompressible fluid (the "shallow convection" equations). These equations contain the essence of the Boussinesq approximation, developed by Dutton 6.1-20

PVNGS-l, 263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS and Fichtl. (18) The system is set into axisymmetric coordinates natural to the plume axis, with linearized per-turbation equations derived from the laws governing the change of momentum, the conservation of mass, and the first law of thermodynamics. With a functional profile assumption for each variable across the draft, these equations are first integrated in the radial direction and then solved numerically along plume axis in a steady state Lagrangian manner.

The law of conservation of momentum is expressed in the verti-cal and horizontal equations of motion. In these equations, buoyancy force, lateral entrainment, and form drag cause the change in vertical velocity; whereas, entrainment and drag cause the change in horizontal motion.

The nonadiabatic energy source in the first law of thermo-dynamics which can be solved for temperature perturbation into entrainment of cool ambient air, and heat required to resat- t urate the amount of dry entrained air. The equation of con-tinuity, provides the information for updraft radius or plume size.'he microphysical processes are simplified in the model by using a parameterization approach; additional equations for the continuity of water substance are included.

After bending over and reaching its maximum penetration, the plume oscillates, with damping around the line of zero buoy-ancy with Brunt-Vaisala frequency under stable conditions.

Because of the steady state assumption, the plume is assumed to disperse along the zero buoyancy line with a Gaussian distribution in the horizontal and vertical planes, as sug-gested by Pasquill (19) and modified by Gifford. (20 6.1.3.2.4 The FOG Model This model was used to analyze fogging effects of the chosen and alternative heat dissipation systems. The results are presented in sections 5.1 and 10.1.

6. 1-21

PVNGS-lg263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS The FOG model is a unidimensional analytical model capable of analyzing the following environmental effects:

~ Salt deposition

~ Reduced ground level visibility

~ Increased ground level relative humidity e Visible plume lengths.

This program can simulate the operation of the following systems:

~ Mechanical draft cooling tower systems

~ Natural draft cooling tower systems

~ Fan assisted natural draft cooling tower systems

~ Wet-dry mechanical draft. cooling tower systems

~. Spray canal systems.

Brigg's equations (21) are used to compute the plume rise.

Atmospheric dispersion is dictated by the turbulence produced during the cooling system emissions and the Pasquill stability class. During the initial rising of the plume (the bent-over state), the depth of the plume is equal to the rise of the plume above the source height. (21) After the plume levels off at an equilibrium height, the size (and therefore the dispersion) of the plume is dictated by the atmospheric stability class. The stability class is related to such param-eters as season, time of day, cloud cover, and the earth-atmosphere radiation balance. This method is different from that in the LVPM-3 program where the stability class is determined from the observed temperature lapse rate.

The rate of rise is controlled by part by a computed buoyancy term. This buoyancy term is a function of the volumetric flow-rate of the effluent air through the cooling system together with the density difference of this air compared to ambient 6.1-22

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS I

For the case of mechanical draft towers, the

~

conditions.

buoyancy effects are assumed to merge from the individual cells in the tower when the wind is blowing parallel to the length of the towers. If the wind is blowing perpendicular to the tower axis, the buoyancy is computed from one mechanical draft tower cell. For intermediate wind directions, a sine function is factored into the calculation of the buoyancy effect. When calculating the plume rise, the interaction between the towers is assumed negligible. This last assumption is conservative because it leads to decreased plume rise, less dispersion, and greater ground level effects.

Under high wind conditions, a cooling tower structure produces a zone of low pressure immediately in its lee. At a critical wind speed, this induced pressure differential is great enough to draw the plume towards the ground to the lee of the tower.

This condition of structural downwash intensifies the ground level effects downwind of the tower. The critical wind speed is a function of the buoyancy of the effluent.

The critical wind speed expression for natural draft towers is obtained from Overcamp and Hoult. The critical wind speed expression for mechanical draft towers is obtained from Briggs. (21)

As the plume extends downwind from the cooling system it is assumed to propagate rectilinearly. The meandering effect of the ambient horizontal wind shear is not considered. (This wind shear would have the effect, of further diluting the efflu-ent plume.), The assumption of rectilinear propagation leads to conservatism in the calculation of the ground level centerline effects and of the length of the visible plume.

The program computes occurrences of ground level visibility in six distance ranges (1/8, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, and 3/4 mile) due to the operation of a cooling system. The relationship between visibility and atmospheric liquid water content is

6. 1-23

PVNGS-li2&3 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS taken from Petterssen. (23) The FOG program calculates the relative humidity at ground level downwind of a cooling system, and these values are compared to the ambient values to obtain the increase caused by the operation of the cooling system.

The climatology of the ambient ground level relative humidity is also produced and is stratified by the season and by the occurrence of natural fog conditions.

In calculating the length of the visible plume emanating from an evaporative cooling system, the entrainment and Gaussian diffusion processes of the emitted plume are considered. Mass and energy balance estimations are made at successive downwind distances to determine if a plume is made visible by condensa-tion of the water vapor into fine droplets. Visible plumes are most likely to occur during cold and moist ambient conditions.

As air passes through an evaporative cooling system, small water droplets become entrained in the airflow and are carried upward in the effluent plume as drift, droplets. The salt (or dissolved solids) deposition analysis involves the calculation of the trajectories of different sized drift droplets, and the growth and evaporation of droplets due to condensational and evaporative processes. In this model, the excess water vapor, excess temperature, vertical motion, and drift droplets (inde-pendent of size) follow a Gaussian distribution perpendicular to the plume axis at any point. in the plume. (17) The vertical distribution through the plume is distorted from a true Gaussian form, but this distortion is reduced as the plume becomes more horizontal. ' vertical Gaussian distribution is used as a model and the plume is assumed to extend to two standard deviations (2a y

and 2a z ) away from its axis.

The release of entrained drift droplets, at any point within the plume, depends on the relative magnitudes of the terminal fall velocity of the droplets and the vertical motion of the plume air. The change rate of droplet size is a function of I,

6.1-24

PVNGS-1, 263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS relative humidity of 'the ambient air, the fall velocity of the droplet, the salt concentration in the droplet, and the curvature of the droplet surface. The total rate of salt released by a system (mass/time) involves the following function:

~ Volume of water passing through the cooling system

~ Drift rate (expressed as a percentage of the above water flow)

~ Concentration of salt within the cooling water.

The operation of cooling systems under different ambient con-ditions must be known in order to analyze them. This informa-tion is typically presented as performance curves which show effluent characteristics as a function of ambient wet bulb temperature and relative humidity.

The climatological summary of surface meteorologi'cal data, other than the visibility and relative humidity discussed earlier, are typically provided as the following:

a~ Occurrence and nonoccurrence of fog versus, relative humidity class, categorized by season and night/day

b. Occurrence and nonoccurrence of fog versus wind speed class, categorized by season and night/day c ~ Probability of fog occurrence in a matrix of relative humidity and wind speed classes, categorized by season and night/day

d. Occurrence and nonoccurrence of fog versus cloud cover in tenths, categorized by season and night/day

e. Probability of fog occurrence in a matrix of cloud cover and wind speed classes, categorized by season and night/day The hourly distribution of relative humidity by hour of the day, categorized by season 6.1-25

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS

g. A summary of fog occurrence by month and year, categorized by night/day An annual table is also presented for each summary in the items

a. through e.

6.1.4 LAND 6.1.4.1 Geology and Soils The major geological features of the vicinity surrounding the site are described in general terms in section 2.4. A more detailed treatment of the geologic, hydrologic and seismic studies conducted in connection with safety analysis has been presented as the Preliminary Site Review Report dated January l8, 1974, and in the Preliminary Safety Analysis Report.

The investigation of the site conducted by FUGRO, Consulting Engineers and Geologists, consisted of the following:

~ Research of pertinent published and unpublished geo-logic, seismologic and hydrologic literature of Arizona

~ . Consultation with numerous local geologists from the Universities and various public agencies who are familiar with particular areas

~ Review of existing and specially prepared aerial photography and other remote sensing imagery

~ Reconnaissance and detailed geologic mapping of the site and vicinity at scales of 1 miles, 2000 feet, 1000 feet and 500 feet to the inch

~ Subsurface investigations which include:

Drilling., of 90 borings to depths ranging from 50 to 640 feet for geologic and engineering data Logging of each boring with high resolution, down-hole geophysics 6.1-26

PVNGS- 1, 26 3 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS Twenty-five soundings with the electric cone penetrometer Excavation of 32 backhole trenches totaling about 1800 linear feet Twenty-one seismic refraction geophysical profiles (hammer energy source) totaling about 32,500 feet; three refraction profiles (explosive energy source) totaling about 49,600 feet and detailed gravity

'econnaissance and magnetic geo-physical surveys covering a 10-mile radius of the site Continuing groundwater studies of the site and vicinity

~ Geologic sample analyses which include:

Lithologic analysis of thin section samples of bedrock Potassium-Argon age dating of volcanic rock samples Analysis of approximately 550 samples of basin sedi-ments for paleomagnetic polarity Palynology studies on 20 samples of basin sediments

~ Engineering testing of foundation materials for static and dynamic properties. Types of tests include:

Moisture content and dry density Atterburg limits for selected samples Consolidation Triaxial shear (dynamic and static)

Standard penetration (for granular materials within zones of possible liquefaction)

Relative density 6.1-27

PVNGS-1~263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS Direct shear Unconfined compression testing Expansion or swell.

Of the more than 90 borings drilled to March 1, 1974, approximately 46 have been drilled within the site property and on tentative plant layouts. The remainder have been drilled around, the site property at intervals ranging from,750 feet to 1 mile and extending up to 5 miles from the plant location.

All aspects of the investigation of PVNGS conform to accepted standard practice within the geology and engineering profes-sions. Sampling of undisturbed soils and soft sediments, for geologic and engineering requirements, was done with a 12-inch drive sampler, a standard 18-inch split spoon drive sampler, a 30-inch pitcher tube, and an NX core barrel. The soil samples were generally taken at intervals of 5 feet down to a depth of 100 feet, intervals of 10 feet down to a depth of 200 feet, and intervals of 20 feet down to a depth where material suitable for coring was encountered, or at a specific completion depth determined by geologic or engineering considerations. The sampling procedures were dependent on expected loading condi-tions related to building geometry. Samples taken for the general suite of engineering tests of static and dynamic proper-ties were taken from pitcher tube and 2.5-inch (inner diameter) drive sampler. Standard penetration tests to ASTM specifica-tions were done with an 18-9nch split spoon sampler.=

Generally, borings located in the center of the quarter sec-tions, in sections 33, 34, and 35, TlN, R6W, were continuously sampled by pitcher tube from the surface until cemented fan-glomerate or andesite was encountered. The lithified sediments and bedrock were cored using NX sized equipment.

The sampling technique was further implemented by careful transfer of the sampled soils to an airtight container for transport to laboratory facilities. Drive samples were 6 ~ 1-28

PVNGS-lg263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS carefully removed, and immediately examin'ed and classified by a field geologist. Representative undisturbed portions of the sample were then sealed in plastic jars and labeled for later engineering analysis. Undisturbed pitcher samples, which remained in the metal tubes, were cleaned, labeled and sealed with hot wax and plastic caps, then placed in wooden core boxes for transport. Rock cores taken with conventional. core barrel were enclosed in plastic wrap and placed in wooden core boxes. All samples were transported by truck to the labora-tory where selected samples were analyzed for geologic and engineering properties.

Soil sampling was initiated in the plant site area in April 1973, and is still progressing. The time interval between obtaining the field sample and the laboratory tests varies, but engineering tests are generally performed within two weeks fol-lowing completion of the boring. Geologic testing such as paleomagnetic polarity, pollen analysis, and electron microscopy are not dependent on the age or moisture content of the sample.

Therefore, the testing can be performed months after the boring is completed.

Trenching incorporated an important phase of the Palo Verde subsurface investigation. Trenches were oriented in such situ-ations as to intersect photo,lineations or suspicious linear relationships found in the field investigation. Trenches were usually excavated to the maximum depth of the equipment to pro-vide the best exposure. The walls were carefully cleaned, inspected, and logged for pertinent geologic evidence of fault-ing or other geologic conditions. Scales of the trench logs ranged from 5 feet to the inch to 2 feet to the inch.

The changes in soil condition caused by construction of the plant are essentially those which will-be produced by the earth-moving operations required to grade the area. The moderate-to-high strengths exhibited by the soils to date indicate that

6. 1-29

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS temporary and permanent manmade slopes can safely be designed with reasonable allowable slope inclinations. Fills will be constructed of selected soils obtained from onsite cuts and from offsite borrow areas, compacted in accordance with criteria provided in the PSAR. Fill and cut slopes will be stable under seismic conditions and will be protected against erosion.

6.1.4.2 Land Use and Demographic Surveys Baseline characteristic data concerning land and water use in the site environs was obtained through a combination of research and site visits. Research activities involved personal communi-cations with various local and state public agencies as well as private organizations where appropriate. Other research activi-ties included analysis and synthesis of publications, maps and aerial imagery related to the site environs.

It was found that only minimal land use documentation had been generated concerning the site area. Available land use studies address the area from a broad perspective, offering only detailed .analyses of urban areas such as Phoenix. Land use projections were also available only for metropolitan areas.

An examination of county planning commission building applica-tions provided the only indication of future land use in the area. Details of these findings are presented in section 2.2.

Outside the 5-mile radius, estimates for the 50-mile population circle were developed using 1970 census data as baseline informa-tion. Census tract populations were assumed to follow uniform density patterns. Populations were then assigned to various sectors of the population circle in proportion.to the fraction of each tract geographically aligned with each sector. Cities and towns with distinct populations were allocated to the sectors in which they were located.

Populations within 5 miles were determined using actual house counts and the number of individuals per housing units using 6.1-30

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS the 1970 census information. Population projections for each sector were then generated using countywide decennial growth rates developed by the Maricopa County Planning and Zoning Commission.

6.1.4.3 Ecological Parameters The basic objectives of the terrestrial sampling program are as follows: I

~ Provide historical baseline information on the existing kinds of important flora and faunal resources (24) at or near the site. These resources have been considered from both a biotic community level and from a species level (see section 2.7)

~ Document the existing location and/or habitat preference of the important species at or near the site, to determine their relative abundance and seasonal fluctu-ations, their ecological sensitivities, and their major role in the functioning of the ecosystem (see section 2.7)

~ Document the existing status of the biotic community at or near the PVNGS including information on their natural area value, their ecological importance to the state of Arizona and the environmental stresses to which they are being exposed (see section 2.7)

~ Predict the detrimental and/or beneficial effects on the biotic communities and the important species due to habitat alteration, emissions and direct mortality resulting from site preparation, plant construction, and operation (see chapters 4 and 5)'.

o Ecologically rank engineering alternatives of site development and plant design and operation (see chapter 10)

6. 1-31

PVNGS-li 2&3 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS o Plan a program by which to monitor the predicted ecological impacts of site preparation and plant construction and operation (section 6.2.5).

The above objectives are being accomplished through collection and review of pertinent literature, personal interviews, field studies, 'and conferences with the architect-engineer.

6.1.4.3.1'nformation Retrieval Program A literature retrieval program began by submitting key words concerning the biology of the Sonoran Desert to the Knowledge Availability Systems Center (KASC) at the University of Pittsburgh. The center has developed a computer-based program to search the last ten years of "Biological Abstracts" for pertinent references. In addition, manual research of these theses and current literature were carried out at libraries in Arizona, including those at the University of Arizona, Tucson, and Arizona State University at Tempe.

Various'academic and governmental personnel in Arizona were interviewed to learn of current research programs and to obtain further published and unpublished information relevant to evaluating the environmental impact of building and operating PVNGS. Among those interviewed were individuals at the Arizona Game and Fish Department; Arizona Commission of Agriculture and Horticulture; Arizona Resource Inventory System (ARIS);

Arizona Department of Economic Planning and Development (DEPAD);

Arizona State Land Department, Range Management Division; Arizona State Health Department, Division of Air Pollution Control; Maricopa County Health Department, Bureau of Air Pollution Control; Bureau of Land Management; Soil Conservation Service, U.S. Geological Survey (Tucson); Museum of Northern Arizona; Prescott College; the Herbarium, Office of Arid Land Studies; Institute of Atmospheric Physics; Watershed Manage-ment and Basin and Range Management Departments of the 6.1-32

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS University of Arizona; the Herbarium, Department of Zoology, and Arizona Academy of Science at Arizona State University.

In addition, the Nature Conservancy of Arizona and the Maricopa Audubon Society were contacted.

6.1.4.3.2 Terrestrial Field Investigations The terrestrial field program was initiated in May 1973 in the Palo Verde Hills area. Preliminary surveys of the vascular flora and vertebrate fauna were taken in order to classify the general biotic communities in the region. After the specific location of the site was made available in September 1973, more detailed investigations were begun. Figure 2.7-5 indicates the location of the vegetational, soil, mammal, bird, and reptile sampling stations located at or near the site. In addition, general survey observations noting existing habitat conditions were made in an area within a 10-mile radius of the site and, also, along the Salt and Gila Rivers from 23rd Avenue, Phoenix to Gillespie Dam.

The sampling schedule is given in table 6.1-7. Emphasis hys been placed on obtaining information at all seasons throughout the year: mid spring (March), early summer (May), midsummer (July), early fall (September), and early winter (November)

(see section 2.7.1.1.2). A more continuous sampling schedule for birds is in effect as given in table 6.1-7, since con-siderable useful ecological information concerning game species, rare species and top members of the food chain can be obtained in relatively short. sampling periods.

6.1.4.3.2.1 Vegetational and Soil Studies. The Palo Verde Hills area was surveyed in early May 1973 to determine the various major vegetational types in the region. Eight sites, representing examples of all the major vegetational units, were selected for more detailed study (vegetational sampling 6.1-33

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS Table 6.1-7 SAMPLING PERIODS OF THE VEGETATION AND WILDLIFE AT THE PVNGS, 1973 TO 1974 1973 Life Form May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Vegetation Wildlife Mammals Birds X X Reptiles and Amphibians 1974 Life Form Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug' Vegetation Wildlife Mammals Birds Reptiles and Amphibians

a. No data available 6.1-34

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS stations No. 1 to 8, figure, 2.7-5). Quantitative and qualitative information on the woody and herbaceous flora of these sites were obtained by using quadrat sampling tech-niques. (25) At each site, one 33 x 33-foot quadrat was sampled for woody plant coverage. All herbaceous species within the quadrat were also listed, and the maximum and minimum coverage of all the herbaceous plants for any given 3.3 x 3.3-foot quadrat within the 33 x 33-foot quadrat were estimated.

In early September 1973, species lists at 20 other vegetational sampling stations throughout the area were compiled (vegeta-tional sampling stations No. 9 to 28, figure 2.7-. 5). In March 1974 a general survey of the spring flora at PVNGS was made, and the preliminary vegetational maps of the area were field checked.

The taxomic identifications of the flora are being validated by collecting voucher specimens of the species observed and having their preliminary plant identifications cross-checked by Elinor Lehto, curator of the Herbarium of Arizona State University. Voucher specimens of the major flora-, including all species in which there was any question as to their identity, are on file at the Herbarium, C.W. Rice Division, NUS Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Taxonomic references being used include Kearney and Peebles, (26) Shreve and Wiggins, (27)

~

Benson, and Gould.

Based on the previously mentioned studies, a checklist of the uncultivated vascular plant species at or near the site was compiled; the characteristic habitats of the common flora at or near the site were determined; and vegetational maps of the region of the site were produced (figures 2.7-4 and 2.7-5).

The base map used in preparing figure 2.7-5-was an enlarged portion of the USGS topographical map.(15-minute'series) of the Arlington Quadrangle, Maricopa County. During the field

6. 1-35

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS surveys discussed above, the major vegetational types were noted at various locations on the base map. Stereo aerial color photography of the Palo Verde Hills site (1 inch or 2.54 centi-meters equals 500 feet) was used to clarify the extent of coverage of the vegetational types. The terminology of the units mapped in figures 2.7-4 and 2.7-5 is based'n a combina-tion of floristic and physiographic characteristics.

Figure 2.7-4 presents a more generalized vegetational map of an area approximately 10 miles in radius from the site. The data base used consisted of a regional mosaic of high altitude NASA aerial photography at a scale of 1:134,000 as shown in the "Natural Vegetation Resources, Agricultural and Urban Land Use" map prepared by the Range Management Staff at Oregon State University in cooperation with the Forestry Remote Sensing Laboratory of the University of California. The interpretation process involved primarily photo reading or the recognition of objects or areas on the photograph. This recog-nition is defined in terms of tone, shape, and pattern in the image. Boundaries were then cross referenced with available large scale color or black and white photographs of parts of the same region and input was obtained from personnel familiar with the area in the form of ground truth information.

In addition to the above mentioned photographs (used in figure 2.7-5), pictures were taken of the alternative water and transmission lines. Vegetational maps of the alternative transmission lines were also compiled as found in chapter 10.

This procedure established six classification categories based on the pattern boundaries found on the data base.

In conjunction with an environmental restoration project being sponsored by the participants (separate from the environmental report investigations), samples of the top 6 inches of soil were obtained in November 1973 at various locations at or near the site. (31) Ten such samples were analyzed for salinity,

6. 1-36

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS alkalinity, pH, texture, organic matter, and available nutrients by the Agricultural Consultants Laboratory of Brighton, Colorado (Soil Sampling Stations No. 1 through 10 of figure 2.7-5) to supplement existing information obtained from the Soil Conservation Service (see section 5.4).

6.1.4.3.2.2 Mammal Studies. Data on both domesticated and undomesticated mammals in the area were obtained, with the major effort being placed'on rodent species. Of all the mammals that inhabit the area, rodents would probably show changes in density faster and to a greater extent in response to the loss of habitat. during the construction of the power

'heir plant. Rodents can affect the structure and composition of the plant community.( 32,33) use of seeds limits the number and kinds of seeds available for germination and pro-motes germination of other kinds of seeds. Because rodents are also important prey, any change in their density would in turn affect avian, mammalian, and reptilian predators.

The population dynamics of important rodent species were determined in the following manner. First, a species inventory of all mammals likely to be in the area was compiled, and the presence of as many as possible of these animals then verified in the field. The relative abundance of each species was then estimated for various habitats and seasonal changes of the more abundant species in each important habitat were quantified.

A species list was compiled from the literature, (34) and the records of the mammal museum at Arizona State University were checked. The presence of mammal species in the area was verified by sightings, by examining road kills and animal signs, and by capturing or collecting specimens. Sightings of the larger animals were made while .working or traveling in the field. Droppings were collected and identified. Tracks were measured and photographed when possible. Several rodents

6. 1-37

PVNGS-lf 263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS were taken as voucher specimens so that positive identification could be made from skins and skulls.

The rodent populations are sampled by trapping the animals with Sherman live traps (3 x 3.5 x 9 inches). Twenty to fifty traps are placed along nine transects in different" habitats (transects A-I, figure 2.7-5). Stations along the transects are at 50-foot intervals. Along most transects, there are two traps per station. The traps are set for three or four consecutive nights and baited with peanut butter and mixed seeds. Animals are marked and released at the point of capture. Trapping sessions completed to date occurred during May, September, and November 1973 and March 1974.

Three areas, each representing a different habitat, were selected for quantitative sampling. Permanent grids were established with poles and stakes. Grid A was in a relatively undisturbed saltbush community in the northwest sector of the site (figure 2.7-4). There were 121 stations in a 11 x ll design, covering 5.7 acres. Traps were set 50 feet apart from one another.

Grid B was constructed in a relatively undisturbed creosotebush flat in the southeast portion of the site. The area is a flat plain with a homogeneous stand of creosotebush (Larrea divari-cata) and varying ground cover of annuals, cholla (~0 untia ~s .)

and burrobush (Ambrosia dumosa). The same dimensions and design were used as in the saltbush grid.

Grid C was laid out on the side of a rocky hill, about midway 1

up the southfacing slope. Piles of basaltic rocks covered most of the area, but there were scattered stands of creosote-bush and brittle bush. A total of 98 traps was set out in a 7 x 7 grid, covering 2.1 acres. Stations were 50 feet apart, and two traps were set out per station. The two traps were placed within a 5-foot radius of the stake. The grids were usually trapped for four consecutive nights.

6.1-38

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS Estimates of rodent population levels were made using a standard mark recapture method. (35) The first two nights were used to mark the animals, and the second two, to recapture them. When possible, a regression analysis was used. (36)

Animals were marked so that survival rates and recruitment. of young could be correlated with seasonal changes in population levels.

Bats are being sampled during the warmer summer months since most, are active at this time, Mist nets will be placed over water holes located on and close to the site to determine species present and their relative abundances. Future water impoundments (refer to sections 5.4 and 5.7) may influence the bat. species composition and numbers.

The relative abundance and activity of the larger mammal species such as cottontails, jackrabbits, coyotes, and foxes, were observed by walking several transects through the major habitats.

6.1.4.3.2.3 Bird Studies. The bird sampling program has been designed to describe bird populations at the site and adjacent areas. In May 1973, two permanent transects, 400 feet wide, were established. One is in a large wash consisting of creosotebush, saltbush, mesquite tamarisk, and, after spring rains, very dense annuals (transect b of figure 2.7-5). The second transect is in an interwash area consisting of a large flat saltbush community with scattered mesquite along small drainageways (transect a of figure 2.7-5).

Quantitative sampling was conducted in May 1973 to census perma-nent residents and breeding bird populations, and in November 1973 to census permanent residents and fall migrants. One-mile segments along both transects were sampled in May. A 10-mile road count was also conducted. The fall transects were 0.75 and 0.5 mile long. No road counts were made at this 6.1-39

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS tame. The Belt Transect Method (33) was used to obtain estimates of population density and relative abundance. All birds within 200 feet of the transect line were counted.

Data were collected to determine species composition and pro-vide estimates of population density and relative abundance.

Population density estimates are presented as the number of birds per 100 acres. Relative abundance was determined from the number of individuals observed of each species divided by.

the total number of all species by 100. Numerical ranking was based on relative abundance.

Studies are designed to continue through July 1974. The result-ing data will provide qualitative and quantitative information for seasonal descriptions of bird populations on the proposed site.

additional transects have been established (transects c and n

Two

, d of figure 2.7-5). One transect is in an agricultural area, while the other transect is established in Winters Wash, an important wildlife habitat west of the site. Depending on seasonal bird movements, all transects are sampled two to three times a month. Each of these are 1-mile long.

The Belt Transect Method (37) has been replaced by the Emlen Method (38) for estimating population density, relative abundance, and breeding bird population levels. The Emlen Method measures bird populations over a larger sample area, and takes into account the varying detectability of different species in different habitats. Field guides and regional references to birds being used include Peterson, Phillips, (40) and Demaree et al.((41) 6.1.4.3.2.4 Reptile and Amphibian, Studies. The reptile/

amphibian sampling program to date has been largely qualitative.

The objectives are: to verify the presence of species likely to occur at the site,*to estimate their relative abundance, 6- 1-40

PVNGS-li263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS and to identify important species as defined by Regulatory Guide 4.2 and the Arizona Game and Fish Commission as rare, endangered, commercially or recreationally valuable, or critical to the structure and function of the ecosystem.

Observations are being made during each season while on mammal and bird sampling trips (table 6.1-7). General observations of species present are being made along numerous transects in representative habitats on the site including creosotebush flats, saltbush flats, rocky slopes, washes, and along areas near irrigation ditches. Additional observations are made by searching under rocks, examining road killed animals, and driving the roads at night.

Species difficult to identify in the field are collected and curated as voucher specimens. All specimens collected are subsequently identified and stored at the Ecological Science Laboratory of the C.W. Rice Division of NUS Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Species lists and identification (44) are based on Wright and Wright, (42) Lowe (43) and Stebbins.

Information on life histories and relationships to the eco-system was obtained from the literature.

Since reptile activity is correlated with warm temperatures, quantitative sampling will be done in the spring and summer.

The relative abundance and seasonal changes in some important reptiles will be determined from these data. Animals will be captured in pit traps. Four-gallon plastic containers, half-gallon milk cartons, and large mouth gallon containers were all used as pit traps. They were buried so that the openings of the containers were flush with ground level. Then they were covered by a plywood board raised about an inch off the ground and partially filled with wood shavings. The covering and wood shavings add protection from the heat and large predators for animals that are trapped.

6.1-41

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS Fourteen traps were placed in a creosotebush habitat, 30 traps in a saltbush habitat, ll in a mesquite wash, and 19 on a rocky creosotebush cacti hill. They were arranged. in transects with each trap 33 feet apart, except for one group in a saltbush area which were arranged in a 4 x 4 grid, 50 feet apart. The traps are being checked at approximately 10-day intervals from April through July 1974. Lizards caught will be marked (toe clipped) and released for recapture.

6.1.5 RADIOLOGICAL SURVEYS United States Atomic Energy Commission regulations require that nuclear power plants be designed, constructed, and operated so as to keep levels of radioactive material in effluents to unrestricted areas as low as practicably achievable (10CFR 50.34a). To assure that such releases are kept as low as practicable, each license authorizing reactor operation I

includes technical specifications (10CFR50.36a) governing the release of radioactive effluents.

Inplant monitoring is used to assure that these predetermined release limits are not exceeded (see section 6.2.1.1). In addition, a program for monitoring of the plant environs is also included in the environmental technical specifications as a precaution against unexpected and undefined processes in force in the environment. which. might allow undue accumulation of radioactivity in any sector of man's environment.

The regulations governing the quantities of radioactivity in reactor effluents allow nuclear power plants to contribute, at most, an exposure increase of only a few percent above that due to normal background radioactivity. Background levels at any one location are not constant but vary with time as they are influenced by external events such as cosmic ray bombard-ment, weapons test fallout, and atmospheric variations. These levels also can vary spatially within relatively short 6.1-42

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS distances reflecting variation in the geological composition.

Because of these spatial and temporal variations, the radiological surveys of the plant environs are divided into a preoperational and operational phase.

The preoperational phase of the program of sampling and measuring radioactivity in various media permits a general characterization of the radiation levels and concentrations prevailing prior to plant operation along with an indication.

of the degree of natural variation to be expected. The opera-tional phase of the program obtains data which, when considered along with the data obtained in the preoperational phase, assist in the evaluation of the radiological impact of plant operation.

Implementation of the preoperational monitoring program fulfills the following objectives:

~ Personnel training

~ Evaluation of procedures, equipment, and techniques

~ Identification of probable critical pathways to be monitored after the plant is in operation Measurement of background levels and their variations along anticipated critical pathways in the areas surrounding the plant.

The preoperational phase of the radiological survey program is not scheduled to be completely implemented until approximately 2 years prior to anticipated issuance of an operating license.

~

The criteria for selecting sample types are based on the sources of radioactivity expected to be released to the environ-ment and the exposure pathways for these radionuclides to man and important biota. Sampling locations have been selected on the basis of local meteorology, physical characteristics of the terrain, and demographic and cultural features of the region. The frequency of sampling and the duration of the

6. 1-43

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS sampling period are dependent on the radionuclide of interest, and the biological behavior of the environmental media and radionuclide. Sufficient samples are included in the program to define the spatial and temporal variation and radioactivity levels where necessary.

The radiological survey program is generally characterized at this time but some of the finer details of the program will not. be established until just prior to the time the program is to be implemented. Even then, it is expected that the program may be modified periodically to take full advantage of the experience and knowledge obtained by conducting the program.

The specific locations at which samples of various types will be taken are subject to revision because of the cultural and demographic changes which might occur before the program is implemented. Sampling and analytical procedures, and the instrumentation used will be specified later to take advantage of the state-of-the-art detecting the very low levels encountered in environmental media. The radiation levels at the site and in the vicinity of the plant are not likely to be altered as a result of site preparation or plant construction.

The following sections describe the general program to be instituted including the expected types of samples, the collection frequency, and the analysis to be accomplished on each sample'type.

6.1.5.1 Airborne Particulate and Iodine Sampling Airborne particulate and iodine activity will be sampled at 10 locations using continuous low volume air samplers. These samplers will be equipped with filters for retention of the particulate -material and charcoal canisters for absorption of airborne iodine forms. The sampling flow will be adjustable between approximately 1- and 3-cubic-feet per minute to allow selection of maximum sampling rate consistent with particulate loading on the filter.

6.1-44

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS The air sampling systems will be placed at the north, east/

west, ar'.d south boundaries of the site. (Since all releases will be at groundlevel or from roof vents, the highest pre-dicted offsite groundlevel concentrations of airborne releases occur at the site boundary regardless of direction.) Air samplers will also be located at the following locations from the plant site:

~ -

The proposed Phoenix Valley West development about 2.5 miles east-southeast "

~ Wintersburg near Buckeye Road and 355th Avenue, about 4 miles northeast

~ Desert Farms Well No. 1 on Elliot (Ward) Road, about.

4 miles southwest

~ Wintersburg (Winters Wells) at Salome Highway and 395th Avenue, about 4.5 miles north-northwest

~ Gila Bend, Arizona, about 30 miles south-southeast o Phoenix, Arixona, about 39 miles east-northeast.

The particulate filters and charcoal canisters will be changed weekly. Gross beta activity on the filters and iodine activity on the charcoal will be determined weekly. The weekly filters will be composited for a monthly (monthly as used here is a 28-day period) gamma spectrum analysis for each location, and for a quarterly Sr-89 and Sr-90 analysis for each location.

6.1.5.2 Ambient Radiation Ambient external radiation will be measured by thermoluminescent dosimeters. At each of the locations where air samples are to be taken (section 6. l. 5. 1) a set of three dosimeters will be deployed. One dosimeter will be changed and read monthly, one quarterly,. and one annually.

6.1-45

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS The type .of thermoluminescent dosimeter used will be, determined at the .time a contractor is selected to implement the program., Currently, TLD's are, available with a sensitivity as low as 0.5 millirad total integrated dose.

6.1.5.3 .. Milk Fresh milk is an important food product in the diet of"a 1'arge segment of the population. Released radioiodine is passed through the grass-cow or goat-milk pathway, and represents a significant potential dose route to the public. Milk is pro-duced at three dairies in the region within 10 miles of the plant (see section 2.2.4). Those farms, currently with approxi-mately 850 total head, are located at about 9.5 miles east and 10 miles east-southeast of the plant. Four milk cows are located about 2.5 miles north of the plant.

A monthly milk sample will be taken from each dairy-and from the nearest known milk cow. There are two goat herds near the site: one herd located 2 miles north of Unit 1 and one herd 3 miles north-northwest of Unit 1. A monthly sample will also be taken from these herds when they are lactating.'ach sample will be analyzed for I-131. The dairy sample also will be analyzed for identifiable gamma, emitting nuclides by gamma spec-trum analysis and for Sr-89 and Sr-90. -If I-131 is detected, the milk sampling frequency and I-131 analyses will be weekly until I-131 decreases below the level of detectability.

6. l. 5. 4 Vegetation Within a 10-mile radius of the plant site, there are diversified agricultural activities ranging from cattle ranching to cotton growing and some limited food crop production. Since the primary interest. is the potential dose to the public, samples will be limited to crops directly consumed by man or that reach man indirectly through the food chain. Samples will consist of sugar beets, wheat, barley, alfalfa, and, if 6.1-46

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS available, leafy vegetables, and will be collected at scheduled monthly sampling periods at farms within a 10-mile radius.

They will be subjected to a gamma spectrum analysis. If leafy vegetables are available, they will also be analyzed for I-131.

Samples of dairy cattle feed will be taken quarterly at the location where milk samples are collected. They will be analyzed for Sr-89 and Sr-90, along with a gamma spectrum to identify gamma emitters.

6.1.5.5 Groundwater Groundwater supplies the potable water needs of the. residents in the area of the plant site. Current hydrological information indicates a groundwater cone of depression exists in the region due to the already existing groundwater withdrawals. There is also evidence of a perched water level.

Groundwater samples will be taken from two onsite wells and from wells at Elliot (Ward) Road (Desert Farms Well No. 1),

4 miles southeast, in Wintersburg (Winter Wells), at Phoenix Valley West, and in Wintersburg at Buckeye Road at 355th Avenue. These samples will be taken monthly and will be analyzed for tritium, Sr-90, and gamma emitting nuclides.

6.1.5.6 Domestic Meat Samples of domestic meat will be obtained quarterly from farms located near'he plant or from a local slaughter house, if possible. The flesh will be subjected to a gamma spectrum analysis.

6.1.5.7 Wildlife Samples of wildlife will be obtained in the vicinity of the plant. At least four samples of wildlife will be collected annually; the flesh will be subjected to a gamma spectrum analysis.

6.1-47

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS

6. 1. 5. 8 Program Summary Table 6.'1-8 summarizes the preoperational environmental radioactivity monitoring'rogram. The analytical phase of the program will.start- once the samples are collected in the field. To ensure the integrity of the samples and to prevent cross contamination, the samples will be packaged in the field in labeled, leaktight plastic containers; acid will be added to water samples to prevent the sorption of radionuclides on the inner surface of the containers; formaldehyde will be added to milk samples to prevent spoilage; and perishable samples will be refrigerated to retard decomposition.

The specific radioassay techniques and associated minimum detectable levels for the analyses of the samples will depend on the contractor performing the analyses. The contractor will be required to adhere to strict quality control procedures and to participate in interlaboratory programs to provide assurance of the accuracy of the analyses. The specific instrumentation for the measurement of radioactivity in the sample will also depend on the laboratory performing the measurements.

Table 6.1-9 lists typical sensitivities of commercial labora-tories for the various. analyses that will be performed on samples collected in the program. Minimum sensitivity (MS) is defined as the activity concentration in pCi/volume which is detectable under specific conditions of sample volume, background, counting time, chemical yield, correction factors (selfabsorption) and counting efficiency, MDA MS Eff x Ch Y x Vol x CF x 2.22 (8)

6. 1-48

Table 6.1-8 ENVIRONMENTAL RADIOACTIVITYMONITORING PROGRAM (Sheet 1 of 3)

Sampling Frequency Sample Sampling Preoperational Operational Type Location Program Program Analysis Airborne Site Boundary Particulates North East Gross beta West South Continuous, Continuous, y Spectrum on Phoenix Valley West weekly ter fil- weekly ter fil- monthly (a) R Wintersburg change change composites for A Desert Farms Well gl each location.

Winter Wells Sr-89, Sr-90 Gila Bend on quarterly Phoenix composite for each location 0 Airborne Same as airborne Continuous, Continuous, I-131 Iodine particulates weekly can- weekly can-ister change ister change H 0

a Ambient Same as airborne Monthly Monthly y Dose Radiation particulates Quarterly Quarterly th (TLD ) Annually Annually R H

0

a. Monthly means every 28 days, as opposed to 30 or 31 days; there are 13 monthly XI 0

R R

samples annually. A

Table 6.1-8 ENVIRONMENTAL RADIOACTIVITY MONITORING PROGRAM (Sheet 2 of 3)

Sampling Frequency Sample Sampling Preoperational Operational'rogram Type Location Program Analysis Milk Each dairy farm Monthly (a) Monthly(>) I-131I Sr-89, Sr-90 y Spectrum Nearest known milk Monthly Monthly I-131 cow Each goat herd (when Ch lactating)

I EB Vegetation CD Beets As available As avail'able y Spectrum (sugar) Farms within 10 during during Wheat miles growing growing Barley season season Alfalfa Leafy Farms within 10 As available As available I-131 Vegetables miles during during y Spectrum growing growing season season Dairy Feed At milk sampling Quarterly Quarterly Sr-89, Sr-90 locations y Spectrum

b. . Sampling until will be I-131 is increased to weekly not detectable.

if I-131 is detected, and will continue

Table 6.1-8 ENVIRONMENTAL RADIOACTIVITYMONITORING PROGRAM (Sheet 3 of 3)

Sampling Frequency Sample Sampling Preoperational Operational Type Location Program Program Analysis Groundwater 2-onsite wells Monthly Monthly Tritium Desert Farms Well Nl y Spectrum Winters. Wells Sr-90 Wintersburg Phoenix Valley Hest Domestic Meat Locally -produced Quarterly or Quarterly or y Spectrum Q within 10 miles as available as available at least 2 samples Wildlife, Locally within Quarterly Quarterly y Spectrum Jackrabbits several miles td 0

Surface Water Wastewater Not Quarterly Tritium supply at site applicable analysis Sr-89, Sr-90 Spectrum Evaporation pond H 0

Soil At air sampler Not Just prior to Sr-90 locations applicable fuel loading, and every 3 y Spectrum years thereafter 0 0 g A

Table 6.1-9 RADIOCHEMICAL ANALYTICAL SENSITIVITIES (Sheet 1 of 5)

Typical Typical Type of Sample Analyses Aliquot Analyzed Minimum Sensitivity Air Gross beta 280. 0 m3 0.001 pCi/m3 particulates Airborne I-,131 280. 0 m 0.02. pCi/m radioiodine Ambient 0.5 mrem gamma R

Water Gross alpha, ss (a) 1.0 liter 0.2 pCi/1 Q Gross alpha, ds( 0.5 liter 0.5 pCi/1 Gross beta, ss( 1.0 liter 0.3 pCi/1 Gross beta, ds( 0.5 liter 0.6 pCi/1 0

Sr-89 1.0 liter 1.0 pCi/1 Sr-90 1.0 liter 0.5 pci/1 K-40 (Flame Photometry) 0.1 pCi/1 0 Cs-137 (gamma) 3.5 liter 3.5 pCi/1 Cs-137 (chemical sep) 1.0 liter 0.5 pCi/1 Radium-226 1.0 liter 0.2 pCi/1 Tritium 0.25 liter 6.4 pCi/1 0 0 3l A W

a. ss = suspended solids.

b. ds = dissolved solids.

t, Table 6.1-9 RADIOCHEMICAL ANALYTICAL SENSITIVITIES (Sheet 2 of 5)

Typical Typical Type of Sample Analyses Aliquot Analyzed Minimum Sensitivity I-131 (gamma) 3.5 liter 3.1 pCi/1 I-131 (chemical sep) 2.0 liter 0.3 pCi/1 Meat Gross alpha 0.1 g (ash) 1.6 pCi/g (dry)

(muscle) Gross alpha 0.1 0.02 pCi/g (wet) g (ash)

Gross beta 0.2 g (ash) 1.4 PCi/g (ash)

Gross beta 0.2 g (ash) 0.014 PCi./9 (wet) R Sr-89 5.0 g (ash) 0.015 pCi/g (wet)

Sr-90 5.0 g (ash) 0.007 pCi./g (wet)

Cs-137 (gamma) 10. 0 g (ash) 0.01 pCi/g (wet)

K-40 (gamma) 10.0 g (ash) 0.1 pCi/g (wet) hl td 0

Meat -Gross alpha 0.1 g (ash) 0.8 pCi/g (dry) Pd (bones) Gross beta 0.2 (ash) 0.7 ,pCi/g (dry) g H Sr-89 5.0 g (ash) 0.5 pCi/g (dry) 0 Sr-90 5.0 g (ash) 0.25 PCi./9 (dry)

Milk Gross beta 1.0 liter 1.5 pCi/1 R I-131 (gamma) 3 5 , - liter 3.1 pCi/1 H

0 I-131 (chemical sep) 2.0 liter 0.3 pCi/1 Ba-140 La-140 (gamma) 3.5 liter 3.1 pCi/1

Table.6.1-9 RADIOCHEMICAL ANALYTICAL SENSITIVITIES (Sheet 3 of 5)

Typical Typical Type of Sample Analyses Aliquot Analyzed Minimum Sensitivity Cs-137 (gamma) 3.5 liter 3.5 pCi/1 K-40 (gamma) 3.5 liter 35.0 pCi/1 Sr-89 1.0 liter 1.0 pCi/1'Ci/1 Sr-90 1.0 liter 0.5 ca 20.0 ml 0.01 g/1 Ge (li) Detector Ce-144 3000.0 m 3

0.004 pCi/m Air Ce-141 3000.0 3 0.0008 pCi/m 3 particulates Be-7 3000 ' 3 0.005 pCi/m 3 3

RQ-103 3000.0 m 0.0006 pCi/m 3 3

Ru-106 3000.0 0.004 pCi/m 3 Cs-137 3000.0 3 0.0006 pCi/m 3 3

Zr-95 3000.0 m 0.0009 pCi/m 3'

Nb-95 3000.0 0.0006 pCi/m 3 Vegetation Ce-144 175.0 g (dry) 0.5 pCi/g (dry)

Grass Ce-141 175.0 0.2 g (dry) pCi/g (dry)

Be-7 175.0 g (dry) 0.8 pCi/g (dry)

Ru-103 175.0 g (dry) 0.1 pCi/g (dry)

Ru-106 175.0 g (dry) 0.5 pCi/g (dry)

Table 6.1-9 RADIOCHEMICAL ANALYTICAL SENSITIVITIES (Sheet 4 of 5)

Typical Typical Type of Sample Analyses Aliquot Analyzed Minimum Sensitivity I-131 175.0 g (dry) 0.1 pCi/g (dry)

Cs-137 175.0 g (dry) O.l pCi/g (dry)

Gross alpha 0.1 g (ash) 2.5 pCi/g (ash)

Gross alpha O.l g (ash) 0.2 pCi/g (dry)

Gross alpha 0.1 g (ash) 0. 08 pCi/g (wet)

Gross beta 0.2 g (ash) 1.6 pCi./9 (ash)

Gross beta 0.2 g (ash) 0. 13 PCi./9 (dry) I Gross beta 0.2 g (ash) 0.05 pCi/g (wet) I Sr-89 5.0 g (ash) 1.0 pCi/g (ash) 4J Sr-89 5.0 g (ash) 0.1 PCi./9 {dry)

Sr-89 5.0 0 g (ash) 0.04 pCi/g {wet)

Sr-90 5.0 g (ash) 0.5 PCi/9 {ash)

Sr-90 5.0 g (ash) 0. 05 PCi./9 (dry)

Sr-90 5.0 g (ash) 0. 02 pCi/g (wet)

Cs-137 (gamma) 100-200 g (dry) 0. 08 pCi/g (dry)

Cs-137 (gamma) 100-200 g {dry) 0. 03 pCi/g 'wet)

Zr-95 175.0 g (dry) 0.2 pci/g (dry)

K-40 175.0 g (dry) 1.0 pCi/g {dry)

CO

Table 6.1-9 RADIOCHEMICAL ANALYTICAL SENSITIVITIES (Sheet 5 of 5)

Typical Typical Type of Sample Analyses Aliquot Analyzed Minimum Sensitivity Vegetables Gross alpha 0.1 g (ash) 2.5 pCi/g (ash)

Tomatoes Gross alpha 0.1 g (ash) 0.25 pCi/g (dry)

Red beets Green beans Gross beta 0.2 g (ash) 0.16 pCi/g (dry)

Gross beta 0.2 g (ash) 0.01 pCi/g (wet)

Sr-89 5.0 g (ash) 1.0 pCi/g (ash)

Sr-89 5.0 g (ash) 0.1 pCi/g (dry)

Sr-89 5.0 g (ash) 0. 007 pCi/g (wet)

Sr-90 5.0 g (ash) 0.5 pCi/g (ash)

Sr-90 5.0 g (ash) 0. 05. pCi/g (dry)

Sr-90 5.0 g (ash) 0. 004 pCi/g (wet) 0 Cs-137 (gamma) 300. 0 g (dry) 0.05 pCi/g (dry)

Cs-137 (gamma) 300. 0 g (dry) 0.003 pCi/g (wet)

H 0

M

PVNGS-1,2$ r3 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS Minimum detectable activity (MDA) is defined as that amount of activity in counts per minute which, in the same counting time, gives a count rate which is different. from the background count by three times the standard deviation of the background count Nb MDA = 3 (9) tb where tb= tg Nb = count rate of background tb = counting time of background tg = counting time of sample plus background 6.1.6 PREOPERATIONAL NOISE SURVEYS The present environmental sound levels of the site and its environs will be affected by the construction and operation of t

the proposed facility.

To document the present environmental sound levels and establish a noise baseline from which the noise impact of the facility may be assessed, a background noise survey was conducted from December 16 through December 18, 1973. A summary of the present environmental sound levels is given in section 2.9.1.

During the construction stages, a second noise survey will be conducted to more accurately assess the noise impact due to construction.

6.1.6.1 Noise Instrumentation The instrumentation used during the background noise survey consisted of the following

~ Bruel and Kjaer Type 2209 Precision Sound Level Meter

~ Bruel and Kjaer Type 1613 Octave Filter Set

6. 1-57

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS

~ Bruel and Kjaer Type 4145 Condenser Microphone

~ Bruel and Kjaer Type 4220 Pistonphone.

This instrumentation meets the requirements of ANSI S 1.4-1971 and IEC 179 (46) for a Type I or precision sound level meter.

A one-inch condenser microphone was used in order that accurate low ambient sound level measurement could be made. The meter was acoustically calibrated using the B a K Pistonphone prior to each measurement period to assure continued accuracy. Fresh batteries were installed in the instrument daily. All measure-ments were made using an open-celled polyurethane foam wind-screen to attenuate the effect of wind generated noise. The microphone of the sound level'meter for all measurements was located at least 4 feet above the ground plane and at least 12 feet from any vertical sound reflecting surface.

6.1.6.2 Data Collection Methods Sound levels are seldom steady and usually exhibit fluctuations.

Since a single observation of a 'sound level meter would be insufficient, it is necessary to provide a statistical descrip-tion of the sound levels present at a given time and location.

Therefore, a method described by the American National Standards Institute was used to generate the statistical data for this study. This procedure involved the observation of the sound level meter operated in the A-weighted, slow response mode.

The instrument indicating meter was observed once every 5 seconds and the meter readings at the instant of observation were recorded. Observations were noted until the number of readings exceeded approximately 100. This gave statistical reliability under a given set of ambient conditions.

Ten sampling points were chosen in and around the site so that an adequate description of the sound levels could be obtained.

Sound level measurements were obtained on three successive

6. 1-'58

PVNGS 1 g 263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS days, December 16 to December 18, 1973, during the periods of daytime (0700-1900 MST), evening (1900-2200 MST), and night-time (2200-0700 MST) .

During the survey, hourly readings of the wind speed, wind direction, temperature, and dew point were obtained from the onsite meteorological tower. The barometric pressure was obtained from a barometer in the field and checks were made with the FAA Flight Service Station at Deer Park near Phoenix.

1, The frequency of occurrence of aircraft of various types in the vicinity of the site were noted during the survey. Although the A-weighted sound pressure level has been found to correlate very well with people's perception of the majority of noise etypes, aircraft noise is perceived differently. In practically all current detailed assessments of aircraft noise, the Perceived Noise Level (PNL) rating is used. A correlation

study of aircraft noise showed a very close correspondence between the A-weighted sound pressure level and the PNL:

PNL = L + 13 (10) where t

PNL = Perceived Noise Levels, dB re 2 x 10 N/m LA = A-weighted sound pressure level, dBA re 2' 10 N/m Accordingly, aircraft noise was measured in terms of the A-weighted sound pressure level, but the above correction was applied to obtain an approximate PNL.

Since there were no pure tones or annoying stationary noise sources at the site, octave band analyses were not obtained.

However, during noise surveys to be conducted during the plant construction and operation phases, octave band analyses will be obtained because of the complex nature of the noise sources and the presence of many pure tones.

6.1-59

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL-ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS 6.1.6.3 Noise Models and Assessment The primary noise sources of the proposed facility include the cooling system, turbines, transformers, motors, and pumps. The contribution of each to the ambient sound levels have been estimated based upon the sound -power level of each. The sound power level of a noise source is a measure of the .total sound energy radiated by the source per unit time. The sound power level of a point source with hemispherical sound wave \

radia-tion is related to the sound pressure level at a distance r from the source by (49'0)

L< = L + 20 log10 (r-2. 5) + A where L = sound power level, dB re 10 -12 watts L = sound pressure level, dB re 2 x 10

-4 N/m 2 p

r = distance from source, feet A = attenuation effects, dB re 2 x 10

-4 N/m Atmospheric attenuation of sound waves is accounted for by A, which under normal atmospheric conditions is A = 1.7 x 10 rf (12) where f = centerband frequency, Hertz; Equation (12) accounts for the much larger attenuation at high frequencies such that far from a source only the lower frequen-cies are audible.

Using equations (ll) and (12), the expected sound pressure level in each octave band at a distance r from a noise source may be determined using manufacturer's information on the sound power level of the source or estimating it by other means.

6. 1-60

PVNGS-1,28(3 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS At any specified distance from the site the noise contribution of each noise source to the background level was determined by first calculating the A-weighted sound pressure level contribution. This calculational procedure is performed by the NUS Computer Program SOCON which uses as input data the coordinates and sound power levels of each noise source and the resultant A-weighted sound pressure levels at an array of points around the site.- The resultant values are used to construct A-weighted sound pressure level contours on a site map. When compared to the original background noise levels, the noise impact of the facility can then be assessed.

In evaluating the noise impact of the proposed facility to areas beyond the site boundary, consideration was given to several criteria. The HUD Noise Criteria (51) state that levels below 45 dB are acceptable for continuous 24-hour exposure, and levels up to 65 dB are normally acceptable provided that 65 dB is not exceeded more than 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> per day.

The Environmental Protection Agency offers a summary of present knowledge as well as guidelines for acceptable noise levels. (52)

It concludes that for normal speech communication, ambient noise levels below 50 to 60 dB are best. For communication over greater distances; as may be experienced at public meetings, cookouts,'nd playgrounds, the ambient noise levels should be kept, below 45 to 55 dB. Levels below 33 dB generally do not affect sleep, and up to 38 dB will mildly disturb a few people.

An acceptable level for sleep has been found to be 35 dB which yields a 45 dB level outside a residence since there is normally a 10 to 20 dB reduction from outside to inside depending upon variables such as wall construction and window openings.

Stevens, Rosenblith and Bolt (53) suggest another method that compares the ambient noise levels with the intruding noise.

Since its introduction, the method has been shown to be valid 6.1-61

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS by results, of additional studies and it is an approach commonly used by acousticians. It indicates that up to a 5 dB increase in the ambient will usually not generate any com-plaints due to annoyance. Up to a 10 dB increase may cause a slight amount of public reaction.

The criteri'a refer to continuous, broadband noise which denotes the absence of impulsive noises and pure tones. Impul-sive noises are of short duration, such as a sonic .boom or a plane flyover. Sounds with pure tones have a large portion of the total sound power concentrated in a narrow frequency range. Both impulsive noises and pure tones tend to be more annoying than broadband noise.

6. 1-62

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS 6.

1.7 REFERENCES

American Public Health Association (APHA), Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater, 13th ed.,

New York, 1971.

2 ~ American Petroleum Institute (API), Manual on Disposal of Refinery Wastes: Methods for Sampling and Analysis, undated.

3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM),

Annual Book of American Society for Testing Materials Standards, Part 23, Baltimore, Md., 1972.

4. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Methods for the Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, Water Quality Control Office, Analytical Quality Control Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1971.

5. Harshbarger Associates, Groundwater Conditions on Lower Hassayampo-Centennial Area, Maricopa County, June, 1974.

6. U.S. AEC, Regulatory Guide, Onsite Meteorological Program, October 1972.

7. Slade, D. H., "Dispersion Estimates from Pollutant Releases of a Few Seconds to Eight Hours in Duration," Technical Note 2-ARL-l, ESSA.

8. Markee, E. H., "On Relationships of Range to Standard Deviation of Wind Fluctuations," Monthly Weather Review, 91:2:83-87, February 1963.

9 ~ "WINDVANE User's Manual," NUS-TM-NA-81, NUS Corporation, April 1972.

10. WINDIF A Wind Diffusion Program for the CDC-3600 Computer, NUS-207, NUS Corporation, December 1964.

Pasguill, F., "Estimates of the Dispersion of Windborne Material," The Meteorological Magazine, 90:1063:33-49, February 1961.

6.1-63

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS

12. Yanskey, G. R., Markee, E. H., and Richter, A. T., Climato-graphy of the National Reactor Testing Station, ID0-12048, ESSA, Figures 3-4, January 1966.

13. Gifford, F. A., "Atmospheric Dispersion Calculations Using the Generalized Gaussian Plume Model," Nuclear Safety, 2:2:56-59.

14. Turner, D. B., Workbook of Dispersion Estimates, HEW 38, Washington, D.C., 1967.

15. USAEC "Interim Licensing Policy on as,Low as Practicable for Gaseous Radio-iodine Release from Light-Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Reactors, Regulator Guide 1.42, June 1973.

16. Lee, J. L., "A Numerical Study of Wet Cooling Tower Plume," ANS Transactions, 16:32-33, 1973.

17. Lee, J. L., A Numerical Study of Shallow Convection, Ph.D Dissertation, Pennsylvania State University, 1972.

18. Dutton, J. A., and Fichtl, G. H., "Approximate Equations of Motion for Gases and Liquids," Journal of Atmo~s heric Sciences, 26:241-254, 1969.

19. Pasquill, F., "The Estimation of the Dispersion of Wind-borne Materials," Meteorol. Mag., 90:1063:33-49, 1961.

20. Gifford, F. A., "Use of Routine Meteorological Observa-tions for Estimating Atmospheric Dispersion," Nuclear Safety, 2:4:47-51, 1961.

21. Briggs, Gary A., Plume Rise, U.S. Atomic Energy Com-mission, Oak Ridge, 1969.

22. Overcamp, T. J. and Hoult, D. P., "Precipitation in the Wake of Cooling Towers," Atmos. Env., 5:751-765, 1971.

23. Petterssen, S., Weather Analysis and Forecasting Vol-ume II, New York, McGraw-Hill, 1956.

6.1-64

PVNGS-l, 26 3 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS

24. USAEC, "Preparation of Environmental Reports for Nuclear Power Plants, Regulatory Guide 4.2, 1973.

25. Cox, G. W., Laboratory Manual of General Ecology, 2nd ed, Wm. C. Brown Co., 1972.

26. 'earney, T. H. and Peebles, R. H., Arizona Flora, Univ.

of California Press, Berkeley, 1960.

27. Shreve, F. and Wiggins, I. L., Vegetation and Flora of the Sonoran Desert, Vol. I and II, Stanford University Press, Stanford, California, (Vegetation of the Sonoran Desert, Part I, was originally published by the Carnegie Institute of Washington, Pub. No. 591, Washington, D.C., 1951),

1964.

28. Benson, L., The Cacti of Arizona, 3rd ed., Univ. of Arizona Press, Tucson, 1969.

29. Gould, F. W., Grasses of Southwestern United States, Univ. of Arizona Press, Tucson, 1951, Rev. 1973.

30. Pettinger, L. W. and Poulton, C. E., The Application of High Altitude Photography for Vegetation Resource Inventories in Southeastern Arizona, Forestry Remote Sensing Laboratory, Univ. of California, Berkeley, California, 1970.

31. Duffield, W. J., "Revegetation of Study Sites for the Arizona Nuclear Power Project," Submitted to Arizona Nuclear Power Project by C. W. Rice Division, NUS Corporation, Pittsburgh, 1974.

32. Chew, R. M. and Chew, A. E., "Energy Relationships of the Mammals of a Desert Shrub (Larrea tridentata) Community,"

Ecol. Monogr., 40:1-21, 1970.

33. Reynolds, H. G. and Glendening, G. E., "Merriam Kangaroo Rat a Factor in Mesquite Propagation on Southern Arizona Range Lands," J. Range Management, 2:193-197; 1949.

6. 1-65

PVNGS-192&3 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS

34. Cockrum, E. L., The Recent Mammals of -Arizona: Their Taxonomy and Distribution, Univ. of Arizona Press, Tucson, 1960.

35. Lincoln, F., "Calculating Waterfowl Abundance On The Basis of Banding Returns," USDA Circular 118, pp 1-4, 1930.

36. Hayne, D. W., "Two Methods for Estimating Populations From Trapping Records," J. Mamm., 30:399-411, 1949.

37. Kendeigh, S. C., "Measurement of Bird Populations,"

Ecol. Monogr., 14:67-106, 1944.

38. Emlen, J. T., "Population Densities of Birds Derived From Transect Counts," Auk, 88:323-342, 1971.

39. Peterson, R. T., A Field Guide to Western Birds, Houghton MifflinCo., Boston, 1961.

40. Phillips, A., Marshall, J. and Monson, G., The Birds of Arizona Univ. of Arizona Press, Tucson, 1964.

41. Demare, S. R., Radke, E. L., and Witzeman, J. L., "Birds of Maricopa County, Arizona, Annotated Field List,"

Maricopa Audubon Soc., 1972.

42. Wright, A. H. and Wright, A. A., Handbook of Frogs and Toads of the United States and Canada, Vol I and II, Comstock Pub. Co., Ithaca, N.Y., 1949.

43. Lowe, C. H. (ed.), The Vertebrates of Arizona, The Univ.

of Arizona Press, Tucson, Arizona, 1964.

44. Stebbins, R.C., A Field Guide to Western Reptiles and Amphibians, Houghton MifflinCo., Boston, 1966.

45. "Specifications for Precision Sound Level Meters,"

ANSI S 1.4-1973, American National Standards Institute, 1973.

46. "Specifications for Precision Sound Level Meters,"

IEC-179, International Organization for Standardization, 1971.

6. 1-66

PVNGS-1,263 ER PREOPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS

47. "Draft Method for Measurement of Community Noise,"

ANSI S 3-W-5, American National Standards Institute, November ll,~

1969.

48. Robinson, D. W., Bowsher, J. M., and Copeland~W. C.,

"On Judging the Noise from Aircraft in Flight," Noise, Final Report of the Committee on the Problem of Noise, Sir Alan Wilson, Chairman, Appendix X, Cmnd 2056, July 1963.

49. Beranek, L. L., Noise Reduction, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1960.

50. Harris, C. M., Handbook of Noise Control, McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, 1957.

51. U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, "Noise Abatement and Control, Department Policy, Implementation Responsibilities and Standards," Circular 1390.2, July 16, 1971.

52. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "Effects of Noise on People," Document NTID 300.7, 1971.

53. Stevens, K. N., Rosenblith, W. A., and Bolt, R. H.,

"A Community's Reaction to Noise, Can it be Forecasted;"

Noise Control, 1:1:63-71, January 1955.

6. 1-67

21 ato/Y Lrtra l rttCIOO II,g A0/4 C/

OO 0

(

1 METED ROLOGICAL, I ~

' OWER 4 4 I

1 A fcpr 4 0/rtrfo lrOAAtt/Aroa 0 1

/ L 1

I 1'

~ ~

Il r

(Q NOR 1 (

.:4 E-'-- 1 4

I Qa p

~ I D

I I

r

'fuI

~ I

(

lf I

I

\7

'3 4 I

cJ

)

I lk(~

2F tPll E 4 (2

~ L

, // N Lu-lt l lo I I

)

~ 2 'l A

(

1 a

/ N-S ~ I I Nl 0 ll t /t tl xH -L.S' I 1',

i

\ Qsa 0 ) oil lt j

I

,IS I

4 !4 ~

y ~

I 4 500 0 502 1000 1500 2000 t

( IF lI I, L C IIAFIIIC SCALE (FEET(

(( (I)

I'l

'I

(

I

~

i P

(

POS 4 .gpss P

l 4 ~ t l

/I LEGEND:

P21 N

(SII / NP Q1 UNIT 1, 2 SI 3 POWER BLOCK QB FLOOD PROTECTION DIKE 011 l Q2 COOLING TOWER AREA Q9 PERMANENT ACCESS ROAD '

Q3 WATER RECLAMATIONAREA Q10 CONSTRUCTION ACCESS ROAD

( lu 0200 0 %00 0000 0000 22000 Q4 SWITCHVARD Q11 RAILROAD ACCESS Arizona Nuclear Power Project I 2 / 4 OAS/NC SCALE Ill 511 TRANSMISSION LINES Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station QS Q12 VISITORS CENTER

/

2 Units 1, 2 & 3 jy 'Q~ I l Q6 WATER STORAGE RESERVOIR Q13 SOLID WASTE I

r I 300 ACRES (TOTAL) METEOROLOGICAL TOWER LOCATION Q7 EVAPORATION PONDS 200 ACRES (TOTAL)

Figure 6.1-l 1 0407 22A sons(a-sa((

PVNGS-1,263 ER 6.2 'ROPOSED OPERATIONAL MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.2.1 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING 6.2.1.1 Plant Effluent Monitorin S stem The radiological monitoring systems will function during all phases of normal operation and anticipated operational occurrences to ensure compliance with 10CFR20 and 10CFR50 for the control of radioactivity.

An inplant monitoring system for radioactive gaseous effluents provides two types of monitoring coverage: quantitative samples for intermittent batch releases from,the waste gas holdup tanks; and continuous monitors on all normal and potential release paths of radioactive materials. The monitoring system will be capable of continuously drawing a representative sample through a particulate filter and a charCoal filter to monitor particulate and iodine airborne releases.

An inplant monitoring system is provided for radioactive liquids. No paths exist for'adioactive liquid effluent under normal conditions. All radioactive liquid waste will be pro-cessed to reclaim the water and solidify the radioactive materials.

The sensitivity limits for detecting radioactivity vary in accordance with the design basis of each continuous monitor.

Inplant monitoring systems for radioactive gaseous effluents, radioactive liquids, and their respective-sensitivity limits are based on technical feasibility and on the potential effects upon the environment of the quantities released.

Tables 6.2-1 and 6.2-2 list the various gaseous and liquid processes and gaseous effluent continuous monitors used in the unit. These tables give the location and number of monitors, the quantity measured, 'the detector types, sensitivities, and the ranges.

6.2-1

Table 6.2-1

.LIQUID PROCESS AND EFFLUENT CONTINUOUS MONITORS Quantity Basis for Location Sensitivity Range>

Monitor. Per Unit Selection (pCi/cm3) (pCi/cm ) Detector Type CVCS gas outlet stripper Monitor gas stripper lx10 10 4 -10" Scintillation performance Cs-137 -in-line CVCS letdown Monitor fuel integrity lx10 10 10 Scintillation (Failed fuel off-line detector)

Laundry processed 1 per 3 Monitor processed laundry 1 x 10 10 10 Scintillation waste units water Cs-137 in-line LRS mixed bed ion exchanger outlet Monitor LRS mixed bed lx10 10 10 Scintillation exchanger performance Cs-137 in-line Essential cool-ing water system Monitor all return water lx10 10 10 Scintillation from components being Cs-137 in-line (ECWS) cooled for system leakage Essential spray Monitor for possible- 1 x 10 10 10- Scintillation pond system leakage from coolers Cs-137 in-line (ESPS) in ECWS to ESPS Steam generator Monitor for primary-to- 1 x 10 10 10 Scintillation 3' 0

blowdown secondary leakage Cs-137 off-line H 0 Nuclear cooling water system Monitor for radioactive leakage into cooling lx10 10 10 Scintillation 0 M

Cs"137 in-line H U

water system 0 Q

0 9 H

Table 6.2-2 GASEOUS PROCESS AND EFFLUENT CONTINUOUS MONITORS (Sheet 1 of 2)

Quantity Basis for Location Sensitivity Range Monitor Per Unit Selection (pCi/cm3j (pCi/cm ) Detector Type Auxiliary building Monitor leakage from 10 10 - 10 8, y Geiger-ventilation auxiliary building Mueller equipment off-line Condenser air Monitor for possible 10 10 10 8 Scintillation ejector/gland radioactive gas off-line steam exhaust from main condenser due to primary-to- 10 10 - 10 8, y Geiger-secondary leakage Mueller off-line lp-ll lp-ll lp-6 y Scintillation off-line Control room Monitor ventilation 10- 10 10 8, y Geiger-ventilation intake. Isolates Mueller intake following a major in-line radioactivity release Fuel building Monitor for leakage dur- 10 10 10 8, y Geiger-ing normal and refuel- Mueller 3' ing operations and in-line 0 actuate the essential ventilation system H 0 M

following fuel handling 0 td accident H U

Plant vent 0 Monitor gas discharge from 10 10 10 8 Scintillation -Q combined off-line radwaste,'uxiliary, and contain-ment building exhaust 10 10 10 8, y Geiger- 0 H Muelher Q off-line lp"ll 10 10 y Scintillation off-line

Table 6.2-2.

GASEOUS PROCESS AND EFFLUENT CONTINUOUS MONITORS (Sheet 2 of 2)

Quantity Basis for Location Sensitivity Range Monitor Per Unit Selection (pCi/cm ) (pCi/cm3) Detector Type Radwaste building Monitor for equipment 10-6 10-1 .B Scintillation leakage from waste gas in-line processing equipment and drumming station 10 10 10 B, Y Geiger-Mueller in-line Containment building Monitor containment 10 10 - 10 B, y Geiger-building atmospher'e and Mueller actuates safety venti- off-line lation system 11 10-11 10 10-5 Y Scintillation off-line Waste gas decay tank Monitor waste gas 10 10 10 B, y Geiger-discharge release to plant vent. Mueller Isolates discharge on-line line on high radiation alarm 0 0 H 0 0 a H

0 Gl H

PVNGS-l, 263 ER PROPOSED OPERATIONAL MONITORING PROGRAMS In addition to being continuously monitored for gaseous radioactivity, potential gaseous radioactive effluent release paths are also sampled periodically. Isotopic analyses per-formed on these samples are carried out in accordance with USAEC Regulatory Guide 1.21, entitled, Monitoring and Reporting of Effluents from Nuclear Power Plants.

Sampling lines are kept as short as possible to provide a representative effluent sample. The velocity of fluid in .

the lines is kept as high as practichl to keep particulate plateout down to a minimum. Samples are analyzed in the radiochemistry laboratory.

Refer to tables 6.2-3 and 6.2-4 for sample point location, basis for location, sample type, the quantity to be measured and sam-pling frequency, These locacions are selected to obtain repre-sentative samples for qualitative and quantitative information on the identity and quantity of radionuclides processed and/or released. Such information is essential for the evaluation of unit operation and the documentation of unit effluents composition.

Plant airborne'ffluent streams, which will not be monitored, include the ventilation exhaust from .the turbine building, the service building, and the diesel building. Unmonitored liquid effluent streams include those listed in section 6.2.2 and I

storm drainage. A measureable quantity of radioactivity is not expected to be released from the unmonitored effluent streams.

6.2.1.2 Environmental Radiological Surveillance Detailed environmental technical specifications, which will be made part of the terms of the operating license, will place limits upon the amount of radioactive materials that can be released to the environment. Inplant monitoring is used to assure that these predetermined release limits are not exceeded (see section 6.2.1.1). In addition, a program for surveillance

6. 2-5

Table 6.2-3 LIQUID SAMPLING LOCATIONS AND ANALYSIS (Sheet 1 of 3)

{}uantity Measured TYPe Basis for Selecting Gross Beta, Isotopic Chemical Sampling Sample Sample Location Location Gamma Analysis Analysis Frequency Reactor coolant system Chemical and volume control system Remote Purification filter inlet Analysis of particulate 1/wk activity DF factor Remote Purification filter outlet/ 1/wk ion exchanger inlet Remote Ion exchanger and letdown Soluble activity DF 1/wk strainer outlet factor Local Boric acid filter outlet Equipment DF suspended 1/wk solids Local Reactor drain filter inlet Sample for DF factor X 1/wk and outlet Remote Preholdup ion exchanger Soluble activity DF factor 1/wk inlet and outlet Li content Local Boric acid condensate ion Condensate quality 3/yr exchanger outlet t(j Boric acid concentrator A'nalysis of concentrator 3' Local distillate performance 5/batch 0 R

0 Local Boric acid concentrator Analysis of concentrator 5/batch M bottoms performance 0 a Local Gas stripper effluent Gas stri pper performance 2/yr *R 0 analysis A td Local Blended makeup to volume Analysis of blending 1/wk control tank system performance 0

Fuel pool system Local Fuel pool filter inlets (2) Sample pool activity X 1/wk

Table 6.2-3 LIQUID SAMPLING LOCATIONS AND ANALYSIS (Sheet 2 of 3)

Quantity Measured Type Basis for Selecting Gross Beta, Isotopic Chemical Sampling Sample Sample Location Location Gamma Analysis Analysis Frequency Local Fuel pool filter outlets (2) Particulate activity DF X 1/wk factor Local Fuel pool ion exchanger Soluble activity DF 1/wk outlets (2) factor Secondary systems Local Condensate polishing Sample for breakthrough demineralizer outlet Local Condensate tank Feed and condensate 1/wk quality control Local Air ejector/gland seal Sample for tube leakage 1/wk exhaust Liquid radwaste system Local Chemical drain tank Sample chemical waste 1/batch Remote Holdup tank Sample liquid radwaste 1/batch Local Mixed bed ion exchanger Analysis of concentrator 1/batch inlet performance Local Concentrate monitor tanks Sample tank contents 1/batch 0 ~0 3:

R Local Mixed bed ion exchanger Sample for DF factor 1/wk 0 outlet 0

Local Recycle water monitor Analysis of processed 1/batch U tank water H 8 0 Q

Local Laundry drain tank Sample tank contents 1/batch 0 H Q

'Sable 6.2-3 LIQUID SAMPLING LOCATIONS AND ANALYSIS (Sheet 3 of 3)

Quantity Measured Type Basis for Selecting Gross Beta, Isotopic Chemical Sampling Sample Sample Location Location Gamma Analysis Analysis Frequency Local Laundry monitor tank Sample prior to reuse 1/batch Miscellaneous systems X Local Essential spray pond Component leak 1/mo system (each cooler detection outlet)

Local Essential cooling Component leak 1/mo water system (each detection cooler outlet)

Local Containment building sump Sample containment sump 1/wk Local Radwaste building sump Sample radwaste build- 1/wk ing sump Local Auxiliary building sump Sample auxiliary build- 1/wk ing sump 3l 0 0 Local Turbine building sump Sample turbine building X 1/wk sump 0

Ol 0

Local Plant vent Samples for plant 1/mo H a

effluents R 0 A

Local Nuclear cooling water Component leak detection 1/mo system (each cooler outlet) 0 Q H

Table 6.2-4 GAS SAMPLE LOCATIONS AND ANALYSIS Analysis Sample Location H2 02 Isotopic Frequency Equipment drain tank X 1/wk control tank (a)

(a)'olume 4/yr Gas stripper X X 4/yr CVCS holdup tank 4/yr Containment vent header (a) X X 4/yr Q Gas surge tank (a) 1/d M Gas decay tanks 1/batch 0 0 W Containment atmosphere 4/yr 0 Air ejector/gland seal exhaust X 1/wk A Plant vent 1/wk g 0 0 A H M H M

a. Indicates continuous sequential monitoring of the indicated sample 0 locations for H2 and O2. R l3 Q

M M

C W b5 3'

M

PVNGS-l, 263 ER PROPOSED OPERATIONAL MONITORING PROGRAMS of the plant environs is also included in the environmental technical specifications, as a precaution against unexpected and undefined processes in force in the environment which might allow undue accumulation of radioactivity in any sector of man's environment. The operational phase of the surveillance program for PVNGS will be initiated coincident with issuance of the operating license. Regulatory Guide 4.1 (January 18, 1973) indicates information obtained from such surveillance programs will be used in conjunction with inplant data on radioactivity effluents to evaluate the effectiveness of measures taken to control releases.

The applicant prepares recommended environmental technical specifications which are submitted to the Atomic Energy Commission for its consideration and use, as appropriate, in the preparation of the environmental technical specifications ultimately included with the operating license. It is not possible to specify the radiological surveillance program that will be recommended in the applicants proposed environ-mental technical specification at this time. However, it is anticipated that the'cope of the surveillance program will remain basically the same as desc=ibed in the preoperational survey (section .6.1.5). However, some minor changes in the program, such as in sampling location or frequency may occur as a result of the information acquired during the preopera-tional program. The emphasis of the operational program is to assist, as required by 10CFR20.201, in verification of inplant effluent control and to obtain information which may be used to'provide limited confirmation of the estimates of population exposure as required by 10CFR50.36a and general design criterion 64 of appendix A, 10CFR50.

To accomplish this, the sampling frequency of the preopera-tional program is generally maintained during the first fuel cycle in an attempt to verify any projected correlation between 6.2-10

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER PROPOSED OPERATIONAL MONITORING PROGRAMS effluent radioactivity and radioactivity observed in environ-.

mental media. After this period, the program will be re-evaluated to determine whether the sampling frequency and number of types of samples can be reduced.

Surface water sampling will be added to the operational program.

There is no continuously present natural surface water in the region within 10 miles of the plant. Plant cooling water supply will be city of Phoenix treated wastewater. A portion of the cooling tower blowdown will be discharged to evapora-tion ponds and the remainder will be recycled; hence, it is anticipated that no liquid plant, effluents will leave the site. However, samples of treated wastewater originating from the city of Phoenix 91st Avenue wastewater treatment plant will be taken and analyzed quarterly for tritium, Sr-89, Sr-90; gamma emitting nuclides will be identified through gamma spectroscopy. Samples of the evaporation pond will also be subjected quarterly to similar analyses.

To monitor for a long-'term buildup of particulate material in the soils surrounding the site, samples of soil at the ten air particulate monitoring stations will be taken every 3 years and analyzed for Sr-90 and an isotopic analysis for gamma emitters will be made using gamma spectroscopy.

Soil sampling will start just prior to fuel loading.

6.2.2 CHEMICAL EFFLUENT MONITORING PVNGS will not affect any natural surface waters because there are no natural surface water bodies within the site area, and because plant discharges will be delivered to the evaporation pond within the site boundary. Therefore, no routine monitoring of chemical effluents is anticipated.

6.2-11

PVNGS-l, 263 ER PROPOSED OPERATIONAL MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.2.3 THERMAL EFFLUENT MONITORING PVNGS will continuously discharge concentrated blowdown to the evaporation pond. There will be no interaction of the blowdown with surface waters and hence, no thermal effects on surface waters will occur. Therefore, no thermal effluent monitoring will be necessary.

6.2.4 METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING Operation of the onsite meteorological monitoring station will continue after startup of PVNGS. Real time measurements of the appropriate meteorological parameters will be available in the plant control room for use during plant operation.

Instrumentation (discussed in section 6.1.3) will meet or exceed the prescribed criteria in USAEC Regulatory Guide 1.23 for accuracy and reliability.

6. 2. 5 ECOLOGICAL MONITORING 6.2.5.1 Monitorin Construction Activities Construction activities will be monitored to ensure that they are being carried out in a manner to minimize environmental damage.

6.2.5.2 Monitorin Biotic Indicators The predicted ecological impacts during plant operation are discussed in chapter 5. In order to show causal relation-ships between plant operation and ecological change, pre-operational baseline information is necessary to establish the existing natural variation (e.g., morphological, physio-logical, or behavioral characteristics) occurring in the biotic elements that might be affected. Some of this base-line information has been described in chapters 2, 4, 5, and 10. Certain programs are to be initiated before the 6.2-12

PVNGS-1,263 ER PROPOSED OPERATIONAL MONITORING PROGRAMS construction stage. The duration and periodicity of these observations into the operating phase will vary with the particular program involved (table 6.,2-5) and the nature of the data obtained.

Ecological indicator species or communities have been selected for use in monitoring the major potential impacts. The major potential impacts are predicted to have low biotic impact; however, there are'practically no experimental field data .

available to verify these predictions. A monitoring program is being developed to provide this information to help prevent major adverse environmental impacts through early detection.

If significant adverse ecological impacts attributable to plant operation are detected, potential changes in the opera-tion of PVNGS will be examined to determine the feasibility of alleviating them.

6.2.6 OPERATIONAL GROUNDWATER MONITORING 6.2.6.1 Water Level 6.2.6.1.1 Well Selection Selection of candidates for PVNGS operational water level monitoring from existing wells was based on 'the following criteria; location within the groundwater flow system, proximity to major cones of depression, and proximity to the site. Wells were chosen which would best define the ground-water level contour configuration of the groundwater flow system. A greater density of wells was selected near the centers of the cones of depression. The largest proportion of wells selected are near the site. A list of candidate water level monitor wells selected from existing wells is given in table 6.1-,1. A few of these wells will be finally selected for water level determination.

6.2-13

Table 6.2-5 BIOTIC MONITORING PROGRAM FOR PVNGS Duration and Periodicity of Study Plant System Predicted Physical Physical Parameter Biotic Indicator Preoperation Operation Inducing Change Change To Be Honitored To Be Monitored Period Period Drift from cooling tower Salt Foliar deposition Airborne salt Salt sensitive Baseline seasonal Seasonal data until level of salt plant species date one year of impact determined prior to operation Hicroorganisms No detectable Biological water Airborne micro- Seasonal data one Seasonal data until level and viruses change quality of bial levels year prior to of impact determined circulating at site operation water (e.g.,

fecal bacteria)

Use of water for Decreased surface Surface water Riparian Baseline seasonal Seasonal data until level cooling tower and ground flow of Sa1t phreatophytes data one year of impact determined water in Gila and Gila and birds prior to and Salt Rivers Rivers operation Reservoir Creating water Chemical water Birds and bats Baseline informa- Seasonal data until level surface with quality tion obtained, of impact determined high water (including: no additional quality heavy metals a preop data biocides) necessary Ground water Phreatophytes Baseline seasonal Yearly data during 3l Evaporation Ponds Seepage from evaporation along washes data one year operation of plant 0 0 ponds prior to H 0 operation M 0 W Transmission line Road access Physical habitat Wildlife habitat Baseline informa- Observations during the U operation increased change quality t'ion '.obtained, spring one year, three H habitat no additional years, and five years 0 diversity preop data after construction A td necessary

PVNGS-1,263 ER PROPOSED OPERATIONAL MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.2.6.1.2 Data Collection Procedures Water levels in the proposed monitor wells will be measured semiannually. Measurements will be recorded prior to the irrigation pumping season in early April, and after the main pumping season, in late September and early October. This particular timing of data collection would provide a near static water level, and a near maximum decline due to pumping for each calendar year. Water levels will be measured by use of a steel tape or electronic sounder. An automatic recorder will be installed to document the annual fluctuation in wells of prime importance. The following pertinent data will be recorded: date, hour, depth to water, elevation of water level with reference to mean sea level, and remarks including method of water level measurement.

Data will be compiled in tabular form showing all historical and recent water levels with dates listed by individual well locations. If warranted, a water levei difference map will be made of conditions before and after pumping, as well as an overlay map of annual water level contours.

6.2.6.2 Chemical Water Qualit Monitorin The water quality monitoring program (discussed in section 6.1.2.1.2) will be continued. The water samples will be collected at an annual frequency. Depending upon the final PVNGS designs and operating procedures selected, additional water sampling wells for determination of water quality will be identified. Chemical analyses will be performed according to procedures described in section 6.1.2.1.2.1.

6 '-15

PVNGS-l, 263 ER PROPOSED OPERATIONAL MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.2.7 OPERATIONAL NOISE SURVEYS Once PVNGS is operating at full load conditions, a noise survey will be conducted using the methods and standards described in section 6.1.6. At that time, the noise impact predictions (given in section 5.7) can be verified.

6. 2-16

PVNGS-1,2&3 Ek 6.3 RELATED ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENT AND MONITORING PROGRAMS r

There are no continuous environmental measurement or monitoring programs underway at the site other than those sponsored by the participants. However, state and federal agencies are gathering various environmental data in the state and region.

Some of these programs may provide information that will be directly related and useful in determining baseline and future impact assessment data relevant to PVNGS. Although no formal information exchange procedures have been established, 'it is*

the intent of the applicant to exchange information with agencies concerned with environmental surveillance in order to correlate their data with site monitoring data. A discussion of studies being conducted by these agencies is contained in the following section.

6.3.1 .NONRADIOLOGICAL MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.3.1.1 Arizona De artment of Game and Fish The Arizona Department of Game and Fish (ADGF) conducts a spring and summer quail and dove population count in the site area each year as part of their wildlife conservation program.

The nesting habitats of the white-winged dove have recently been recorded (1) and population data is available in state publications. These historical data may be useful as an indication of past species population when compared with species-population data during construction and operation.

6.3.1.2 United States Geolo ical Surve The United States Geological Survey (USGS) performs local groundwater monitoring on a system of index wells throughout the site area. These wells are monitored for water depth and the amount of groundwater pumped is calculated for each station. Local changes in groundwater levels will be monitored by the participants during plant construction and operation.

6. 3-1

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER RELATED ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENT AND MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.3.1.3 Seismic Monitorin The primary source for instrumental seismicity data in the Ariz'ona region is the U.S. Department of Commerce, Environmental Science Services Administration (ESSA). ESSA has compiled all of the reported instrumental epidenters in the region since 1927.. There are certain limitations to the data, but it is the best available because Arizona does not have a local network of seismograph stations. For many years there. has been a seismograph at Tucson. A 'seismograph'tation was installed, at. Boulder City, Nevada in connection'with the dam construction and is still operating. A similar station was installed at. Glen'any'on Dam.

In the early 1960s, the Tonto Forest Seismological Observatory 4 i was established. However,'h'is project was oriented towards teleseismic data and no attempt was made to locate local seismic events. An amateur station has been operating with relatively sophisticated equipment near Phoenix since 1967.

Recently Arizona State University has. initiated'tudies of local seismicity, but no results are available at this time.

The locations of all these stations are given in table 6.3-1.

6.3.2 RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING PROGRAMS Several federal and state environmental radiological monitoring programs operate in the State of Arizona. These programs are described in the following sections by type of analysis performed.

6.3.2.1 Tritium The tritium surveillance .system, conducted by the Office of Radiation Programs, Environmental Protection Agency (EPA),

consists of 70.national stations for the quarterly collection of drinking water samples. One of these stations is located in Arizona at Phoenix. Surface water samples are collected 6.3-2

Table 6.3-1 SEISMIC STATIONS IN ARIZONA (Sheet 1 of 2)

Location Elevation Station (ft) Remarks Tucson, TUC 32o18'32" N 985 World-vide standardized seismograph 110 46'55" W station.. First operated in 1925,

'used Benioff seismometer with 1/2 and '60 sec. galvos, as these were

'developed, up to 1962 when stand-ardized equipment was installed.

Tonto Forest 34ol6'04" N 1492 Installed in 1963 with a 37-element, Observatory, TFO 110o16'13" W 30-km-diameter array of (short-period) SP instruments; a linear, cross array of 21 SP elements and a 50-km-diameter, 7-element (3

.comp) long-period (LP) array.

Intended primarily for teleseismic data, but, local seismic events were noted.

Tonto Hills 33 52'31" N 3681 Private station operated by Mr. W.L.

Observatory, THO lllo52'25" W Groene since January, 1973, when it'eplaced the Mummy Mountain Observatory started in May, 1967.

Arizona State Tempe An LP instrument since 1971.

University Boulder Dam, BDA 36o00 '5 5n 237 A Benioff SP installed in 1942.

114 44'11.9" W

Table 6.3-1 SEISMIC STATIONS IN ARIZONA (Sheet 2 of 2)

Elevation Station Location (ft) Remarks Glen Canyon Dam, 36o58'25" N 1339 GCA 111 35'35" W Sunset Crater, SCN 35o10'32" N 2134 An SP instiument operated, by W. L.

109o08 49" W Groene for. the National Park; Service.'nadequate timing for use in locating events.

Mummy Mountain, 33033 I 16. 0" N 426 MMA lllo57'28.6" W

PVNGS-1,263 ER RELATED ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENT AND MONITORING PROGRAMS quarterly from 39 national stations. Included in this program is surface water from the Colorado River at Boulder City, Nevada.

All samples are sent either to the Eastern Environmental Radiation Laboratory or the National Environmental Research Center, Las Vegas for analysis. The analytical data are periodically published in Radiation Data and Reports, an EPA publication.

6.3.2.2 Gross Radioactivit in Surface Waters A national program for the monitoring of"gross radioactivity in surface waters was initiated in 1967. Presently, the EPA Office of Water Planning and Standards operates the network.

There are no stations in Arizona but gross radioactivity is currently being monitored in the Colorado River at Boulder City, Nevada. Radiological analyses of these samples are performed in the centralized laboratories of the Officeof Water Planning and Standards located in Cincinnati, Ohio.

6.3.2.3 Gross Radioactivit in Air The Air Surveillance Network is operated by the EPA National Environmental Research Center, Las Vegas (NERC-LV). The network consists of 104 stations located in 21 western states.

Two of these stations are located in Arizona at Kingman and Seligmann. These stations are operated continuously with filters being changed over periods ranging from 24 to 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />.

Two more stations, one in Phoenix and one in Winslow, are operated one week every quarter.

Average gross beta concentrations in air particulates from these stations are determined by NERC-LV and published in Radiation Data and Reports.

6. 3-5

PVNGS-1,263 ER RELATED ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENT AND MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.3.2.4 Other Media Sampled The EPA Office of Radiation Programs Milk Network Stations includes the analysis of one milk station in Phoenix on a monthly sample schedule. Milk is analyzed for I-131, Cs-137, Ba-140, and K-40; Sr-89 and 90 are checked on a yearly basis usually in June or July.

6. 3-6

PVNGS-1,263 ER RELATED ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENT AND MONITORING PROGRAMS 6.3.3 REFERENCE

1. Wigal, D.D., "A Survey of Nesting Habitats of the White-Winged Dove in Arizona," S ecial Re ort No. 2, Arizona Game and Fish De artment, June 1973.

6. 3-7

PVNGS-1,263 ER APPENDIX 6A PALO VERDE SITE PUMP TEST

I PVNGS-1,263 ER APPENDIX 6A PALO VERDE "SITE PUMP TEST 6A.l PUMP TEST DESIGN A pump test was conducted, on January 6-10, 1974, on an existing irrigation well in the site area. The objectives of the pump test involved determinations of aquifer coefficients of trans-missivity and storage, aquifer productivity, nature of confining layer with regard to permeability, and hydraulic relationship between regional'and perched aquifers.

6A.l.l PUMPED WELL The pump test was conducted on an existing irrigation well located at (B-1-6) 34abb. The well is 1,413'feet deep and has a 20-inch casing from land surface to 420 feet; a 16-inch casing from 420 to 1,255 feet; and open hole to 1,413 feet. The pump bowls are at 330 feet and contain five stages of 14-inch bowls.

The well is equipped with a Cook pump which has a 12-inch column; 3-inch tube, and 2-inch shaft.

6A. l. 2 OBSERVATION WELLS The following wells'nd boreholes comprise the observation well'ist (figure 6A-1):

Existing Irrigation Well Boreholes (B-,l-6), 27ddc (OB 1) PV-19 PV-25 PV-21H PV-25H PV-22 PV-43 PV-22H PV-44 PV-23 PV-49 PV-24 PV-50 PV-24H k%

6A-1

PVNGS-1, 2&3 ER PUMP TEST DESIGN 6A. l. 3 DISCHARGE The discharge rate during the pump test was monitored by a 10-inch orifice plate mounted on the 12-inch discharge pipe.

Head measurements were made from a manometer tube located approximately 2 feet from the orifice plate. The average dis-charge for the 4-day pump test was 2,360 gallons per minute.

6A.1.4 WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENTS Water levels in the observation wells were measured periodically during the pump test with an electric sounder. Hydrographs were made from the water level measurements and are shown in fig-ure 6A-2. No water level decline was detected in any of the observation wells except for observation well OB 1 (B-1-6) 27ddc (figure 6A-3). The water level in this well was monitored for 6 days after pumping stopped to procure recovery data.

6A. 2 ANALYSIS OF PUMP TEST DATA A semi-log plot of depth to water versus time since pumping started was made from the water level data from observation well OB 1 (figure 6A-4). The Jacob modification of the Theis nonequilibrium equation (5) was errployed as the mathematical model to determine aquifer coefficients of transmissivity and storage. The results of analysis of the pump test data are presented in section 2.5.2.1.1.3.

6A.3 PREDICTION ANALYSIS FOR PALO VERDE WELL FIELD Predictions are made on the impact that a well field at the Palo Verde site will have on the hydrologic system over an assumed life for the plant. The following assumptions are made:

~ Transmissivity = 100,000 gallons per day per foot

~ Storage coefficient = 0.005

~ Pumping rate = 1,000 gallons per minute 6A-2

PVNGS-',2&3 ER PUMP TEST DESIGN

~ Duration of pumping = 35 years

~ .All water is withdrawn from storage

~ Negative and positive boundaries "are nonexistent The drawdown in the production well after 35 years of production at the rate of 1000 gallons per minute would be 30.0 feet.

A distance-drawdown graph is constructed from the assumed values to predict the water levels at different distances from the production well after 35 years of pumping (figure 6A-5). At distances of 0.5, 1, 2, 5 and 10 miles from the production well, the drawdown due to interference from the well field would be 10.6, 9.1, 7.5, 5.3 and 3.7 feet, respectively.

6A-3

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER, PUMP TEST DESIGN 6A.4 REFERENCE

1. Harshbarger Associates, Groundwater Condition in Lower Hassayampa Centennial Area, Maricopa County, June 1974.

6A-4

R. 6W.

49 50 0 0 28 27 26 OB 1 22H 22 0

0 21H 19 0 0 24 24H 0 0 25 33 OO 25H LEGEND NORTH PUMPING WELL t

Arizona Nuclear Power Project 0 Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station OBSERVATION WELLS Units 1,2& 8 o PALO VERDE BOREHOLE A WELL LOCATION MAP FOR BOREHOLE AND OBSERVATION WELL NUMBER PVNGS SITE PUMP TEST IAE EXISTING IRRIGATION WELL Figure 6A-1 OBSERVATION WELL NUMBER-

V' h p

48 PV-19 49 50 55 PV 21 H 56 57 M

O PV- 22 e 80 81 X 82 o

PV-22 H 24 l4 25 26 52 PV-25 g

A 48 PV-24 49 50 Pumping Started 6:55 a.m., 'Pumping Stopped, 1:00 p.m-,

January 6, 1974 January 10, 1974 1-5-74 1-6-74 I 1-7-74 1-8-74 1-9"74 I 1-10-74 I 1 '11-74 Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units1,2 & 8 HYDROGRAPHS OF OBSERVATION WELLS FOR PVNGS SITE PUMP TEST Figure 6A-2 (Sheet 1 of 2)

48 PV-24H 49 50 PV 25

$0 O

18 PV-25 H g

PV-4$

49 Q 50 PV-44 59 40 O

78 PV-49 79 80 PV 50 140 147 Pumping Started 6:55 a.m., Pumping Stopped'1:00 P.m.>

1-5-74 c1-6-74 January 6, 1974 January 10, 1974 1-8-74 1-9-74 I 1-10-74 I 1-1'1-74 I Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1,2 & 3 HYDROGRAPHS OF OBSERVATION WELLS FOR PVNGS SITE PUMP TEST Figure 6A-2 (Sheet 2 of 2)

244 245 246 247 Pumping Started 6:55 a.m.,

January 6, 1974 248 o

0 ~

M 249 250 OBSERVATION WELL OB 1 251 CC 252 O

~ ~

255

~~ 0

+~a 0~

~ ~ ~

~ ~

254

~ ~

Pumping Stopped 1:00 p.m.,

January 10,1974 255 256 Arizona Nuclear Power Project 1-6-74 I 1-7-74 1-S-74 I 1-9-74 I 1-10-74 I 1-11-74 I 1-12>>74 I 1-]5-74 I 1-14-74 I 1-15-74 Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1,2 & 3 HYDROGRAPH OF IRRIGATION WELL (B-1-6) 27ddc FOR PVNGS SITE PUMP TEST Figure 6A-3

250 Started Pumping 6:55 a.m.

January 6, 1974 0

g 251 Average Pumping Rate 2,$ 60 gallons per minute 252 Fl

~~

o 254

~y

~y Cl Pumping Stopped 255 1:00 p.m., January 10, 1974 100 1,000 10,000 TIME IN MINUTES SINCE PUMPING STARTED Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo VenIe Nuclear Generating Station Units 1,2& 3 TIME-DRAWDOWN GRAPH, OBSERVATION WELL PVNGS SITE PUMP TEST Figure 6A-4

0 T ~ 1000,000 gpd/ft S ~ 0.005 ro~2.76x10 ft.

0 ~ 1,000 gpm 35 YEARS 4s ~ 5.28 FEET 10.0 MILES 5.0 MILES 2.0 MILES 1.0 MILE 0.5 MILE 1O4 Arizona Nuclear Power Project 1O5 Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station DISTANCE, IN FEET Units 1,2 & 3 DISTANCE-DRAWDOWN GRAPH Figure 6A-5

PVNGS-1,263 ER TE T FOR INFILTRATION ESTIMATE

PVNGS-1,263 ER APPENDIX 6B TANK TEST FOR INFILTRATION ESTIMATE An infiltration test, was conducted to determine the rate and direction of seepage movement in the site area. The test was conducted with a constant head of 7 fee't to simulate the hydrodynamic condition of the ponded water. This is a con-tinuing long-term test and data will-be- collected -for approxi-mately 6 months. As of May 1974, the test, had progressed for 36 days. The, seepage loss at the start of the test amounted to 0.164 feet per day, and gradually reduced to 0.031 feet per day after 36 days.

About 100 feet west of the tank test site an existing dike is used to divert surface runnoff from irrigated farmland west of the dike. On the east side of the dike is a small arroyo which carries runoff only in times of rainfall. The area in and II around the test site is native desert which has not been farmed or irrigated. The soils within the area are alluvial and consist of clay, silt, and finegrained sand with occas-ional small lenses of gravel. Figure 6B-1 is the lithologic log for the soil beneath the center of the tank; the soil description is provided down to 120 feet.

A 20-foot diameter bottomless steel tank was used for the infiltration test. Prior to the erection of the tank, ll observation holes were augered, 2-inch PVC casings were installed, and a hole 5.5 feet deep and about 21 feet in diameter was excavated around hole number 1. The tank was

~

set in the excavation and a sequence of cement, bentonite, and soil backfill was used to seal and fill the annular space between the steel tank and the excavation to the original ground level. ,After the test was initiated on February 21, 1974, additional observation holes (numbers 12 through 19) 6B-1

PVNGS-1,263 ER TANK TEST FOR INFILTRATION ESTIMATE were installed and completed on March 4, 1974. The locations of the tank and the observation holes are shown in figure 6B-2.

The test holes were drilled for the following objectives:

~ Collect soil samples for analysis and native moisture content determination

~ Determine depth to water table

~ Provide access holes for a neutron probe for soil moisture determination The original holes, with the exception of hole number 1, were drilled with a CME 6-inch diameter hollow stem auger to a depth of 40 feet. Hole number 1, in the center of the tank, was drilled to a depth of 120 feet to determine the location of the water table.

Soil moisture content determinations were made during the course of the test with a Troxler neutron soil moisture probe having a 1.5-inch diameter. Ideally, for high precision soil moisture determinations, holes should consist of 1.5-inch inside diameter casings set into holes drilled with a diameter sufficient to allow a tight fit with the outside of the casings.

The test was designed. primarily to determine relative moisture change rather than absolute moisture values. The final decision was to drill 6-inch diameter holes and install 2-inch inside diameter PVC casings and backfill the holes with bentonite clay. The bentonite was used to prevent vertical leakage of water across the soil and PVC casing interface within any of the observation holes.

The bentonite was very dry when poured into the .holes and thus had a moisture content lower than the surrounding soil, causing neutron probe readings, made shortly thereafter, to 6B-2

PVNGS-1,263 ER TANK TEST FOR INFILTRATION ESTIMATE be erroneously low. As the bentonite absorbed moisture from the surrounding soil, subsequent neutron probe measurements gave readings somewhat higher than the original values. This apparent moisture increase, caused by the bentonite, was in the range of 1 to 3 percent. This error was small compared to the subsequent moisture change caused by the advancing wetting front. Therefore, it did not interfere with the primary objective of the test which was to monitor the advance of the wetting front.

On February 21, 1974, the tank was filled to a 7-foot depth.

However, the tank was improperly assembled and leaded at the joints. Therefore, the tank was drained in order to repair the leaks. On February 23, 1974, the tank was refilled to 7 feet and the test was resumed. No subsequent leaks have since been observed.

During the course of the test, the evaporation loss was measured periodically by means of an evaporation pan which floated within the tank. Thus, any rain which fell into the tank also fell into the evaporation pan which eliminated the need for a rain gauge.

The head inside the tank was maintained close to 7 feet through-out the test. Makeup water was added when needed, 500 gallons at. a time. The addition of 500 gallons would cause a 0.20-foot change in water level in the tank, which was small compared to the total head of 7 feet. Water levels in the tank were measured periodically with a steel tape to the nearest 0.01 foot.

The water budget for the infiltration test is given in

'table 6B-l. The rainfall on March 8 was about 0.016 foot, on March 9 about 0.01 foot, and on March 20 about 0.125 foot.

The daily seepage loss given in the last column is equal to the total daily loss minus the daily evaporation loss.

6B-3

PVNGS-1, 2 6 3 ER TANK TEST FOR INFILTRATION ESTIMATE Table 6B-1 WATER BUDGET FOR PALO VERDE INFILTRATION TEST Daily Net Elapsed Total Daily Daily Evap- Seepage Days Date Water Loss oration Loss Loss 0 23 Feb. 1974 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 (a) 24'eb. 1974 0.18 0.016. est. 0.164 2 (a) 25 Feb. 1974 0.16 0.016 est. 0.144 3 (a) 26 Feb. 1974 0.14 0.016 est. 0.124 4 27 Feb. 1974 0.0867 0.03 0.0567 5 28 Feb. 1974 0.0867 0.016 0.070 6 (a) March 1974 0.0867 0.016 0.070 7 March 1974 0.09 0.016 0.074 8 (a) March 1974 0.08 0.016 0.064 9 March 1974 0.09 0.016 0.074 March 1974 0.09 0.03 0.06 ll (a) 10 12 March 1974 March 1974 0.07 0.08 0.01 0.005 0.06 0.075 13 (a) March 1974 0.07 0.005 (b) 0.065 14 9 March 1974 0.045 0. 0 (b) 0.045 15 10 March 1974 0.045 0.0 0.045 16 March 1974 0.04 0. 01 0.03 17 12 March 1974 0. 04, 0.01 0.03 18 (a) 13 March 1974 0. 04 0.01 0.03 19 14 March 1974 0.0533 0.013 0.0403 20 15 March 1974 0.0533 0.013 0.0403 21 March 1974 0.0533 0.013 0.0403 22 23 (a) lj 16 18 March 1974 March 1974 0.0433 0.0433 0.02 0.02 0.0233 0.0233 24 (a) 19 March 1974 0.0433 0.02 0.0233 25 20 March 1974 0.08 0.125 (b) 0. 045 26 21 March 1974 0.0533 0.017 0.0356 27 22 March 1974 0.0533 0.0177 0.0356 28 23 March 1974 0.0533 0.0177 0.0356 29 (a) 24 March 1974 0.04875 0.0177 0.03105 30 25 March 1974 0.04875 0.0177 0.03105 31 26 March 1974 0.04875 0.0177 0.03105 32 (a) 27 March 1974 0.04875 0.0177 0.03105 33 28 March 1974 0.04875 0.0177 0.03105 34 29 March 1974 0.04875 0.0177 0.03105 35 30 March 1974 0.04875 0.0177 0.03105 36 31 March 1974 0.04875 0.0177 0.03105 a ~ Days on which makeup water was added

b. Days on which rain fell 6B-4

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER TANK TEST FOR INFILTRATION ESTIMATE A plot of the daily net seepage loss is given in figure 6B-3.

The small irregularities in the curve,amounting to about

+ 0.01 foot per day, are probably not real. They are caused by small uncertainties in the evaporation and total daily water loss measurements which could only be measured to the nearest 0.01 foot. The curve shows that the infiltration rate decreased substantially with time from its initial value and that the rate of infiltration also declined. It thus appears that the infiltration rate rarely reached a steady state value after 36 days, and probably will not decline significantly below the present rate.-

As the infiltration test progressed, it became evident that the water was seeping very slowly into the soil and that the rate of lateral water migration was also very slow. Therefore, neutron probe measurements were made more frequently in the observation holes in the vicity of the tank than in those more distant.

For a visual presentation of the progressive advance of the wetting front during the course of the test, a series of pro-files was prepared, showing the cumulative change in moisture content for selected dates. These profiles are drawn 'in north-south and east-west lines through the observation holes, and are shown in figures 6B-4 through 6B-9.

Inspection of the plots shows that the lateral rate of soil moisture movement away from the tank is different in different directions. The direction of fastest movement is toward the west, with somewhat slower movement toward the south. Moisture movement toward the east is very much slower than toward the west or south. Moisture movement toward the north has been so slow that no significant increase in moisture content was noticed at hole number 3 after 36 days of running the test, even though hole number 3 is only 4.5 feet away from the tank.

6B-5

PVNGS-1,263 ER TANK TEST FOR INFILTRATION ESTIMATE There is a small increase in moisture content of about 6 percent for hole number 3 between 2.5 and 3.0 feet, which is partially offset by a decrease of about 2.5 percent at a depth of 1.5 feet.

This change is attributed to movement of spillage water which occurred prior to the start of the test as a result of the side leakage of the tank caused by improper assembly of the tank.

To illustrate the differences in wetting front velocity in the various directions, a map was prepared showing the approximate position of the wetting front 36 days after the start of the test. This map is shown in figure 6B-10.

For purposes of this analysis, a 2 percent increase in moisture content is being used as the position of the wetting front..

For numerical comparison of velocities in various directions, the average wetting front velocities in feet per day are:

North <0.12 East 0.18 West 0 '6 South 0.25 These velocities were obtained from figure 6B-9 by dividing the distance from the tank to the 2 percent contour by 36 days.

The downward wetting front velocity at hole number 1 is 0.22 foot per day from February 26 through March 3, but only 0.10 foot per day for March 19 to March 31. However, the average for the 36-day interval given in table 6B-2 is 0.18 foot per day. The wetting front velocity may be decreasing with time in all directions. But, there is no earlier data for the north and east directions to give velocities for shorter time I spans for use in comparison.

As indicated by the data in table 6B-l, the total net seepage loss for the first 36 days of the test was 1.87 feet. Using the data for the cumulative change in moisture content for hole number 1 for March 21, 1974 and assuming a uniform 6B-6

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER TANK TEST FOR INFILTRATION ESTIMATE increase for a 20-.foot diameter soil cylinder centered around hole number 1 under the tank, the total water in storage under the tank as of March 31 was 1.01 feet. Subtracting 1.01 feet from the total seepage loss of 1.87 feet leaves 0.86 feet of water which has migrated laterally away from the tank. Thus, about 54 percent of the seepage loss remained under the tank, while about 46 percent migrated laterally away from the tank.

Although the infiltration test was not specifically designed to obtain the vertical saturated permeability of the soil, it is possible to make a rough estimate of the permeability and set some bounds on possible values. The soil volume between 4 h the soil-water interface and the 20 percent moisture increase contour is probably saturated or very nearly saturated. In the time interval March 19 to March 31 there is very little further increase in moisture content.

For a short distance below the soil-water interface it can be safely assumed that the flow is primarily vertical. An equa-tion relating the seepage distance X of a saturated wet front in initially dry soil to the seepage time t for a constant hydraulic head H is:

H h t = X C

K

+ (H h

)

ln H +X Where:

h0 = Suction pressure at the saturated wet front (a negative term)

Saturated hydraulic conductivity c = Connected porosity 6B-7

PVNGS-l, 2 &3 ER TANK TEST FOR INFILTRATION ESTIMATE Equation (1) was derived by inserting a linear approximation for the hydraulic gradient in the subsurface saturated zone into Darcy's law and integrating between the appropriate limits.

Since the unsaturated zone precedes the advancing saturated front, the suction pressure at the saturated wet front (location X) is h 0 = 0. Thus, the saturated hydraulic con-ductivity, ~, is given by:

X+H lnH+> 0 H

0 (2)

Examination of figure 6B-9 shows that by March 31, 1974, after 36 elapsed days of the test, the saturated wet front extended down to about X 0 = 1.83 feet at the tank center. Since the wet front is not a sharp demarcation line between wet and dry, the suction pressure h 0 at X = 1.83 feet, is considered zero.

Then if c = 0.32; t = 36 days, X = 1.83 feet and H = 7 feet,

-8 centimeters equation (2) yields ~ = 0.663 ft/year = 64. x 10 per second as the vertical hydraulic conductivity 6 feet under the surface.

-8 Thj.s saturated vertical conductivity value, ~ = 64 x 10 centimeters p'er second, is the same order of magnitude as the

-8 laboratory measured value of 22.8 x 10 centimeters per second for a sample extracted from a depth. of 5 to 6 feet.

The measured conductivity data from the core sample analysis, including the subject sample are presented in table 6B-2.

6B-8

Table 6B-2 RESULTS OF CORE SAMPLE ANALYSIS Sample Depth Moisture Dry Density Specific Permeability x 10 -8 cm/sec No. (ft) lb/ft Gravity Vertical Horizontal 5to6 8.3 109.7 2.73 22.3 10. 8 2

4 6

10 15 to to ll 16 11.3 6.3 102.8 101.4 2.72 2.70 5.93 0.249 16.3 33.7 8 20 to 21 15.8 110.8 2.72 0.403 0.374 10 25 to 26 9.5 96.7 2.67 0.312 0.149 12 30 to 31 13.7 115.6 2.74 0.093 0.0 14 35 to 36 12.8 110.9 2.70 3.74 0. 083 16 40 to 41 10.2 115.4 2.69 0.374 0.374 18 45 to 46 27.0 100.1 2.74 1.97 0.034 20 50 to 51 17.8 101.0 2.72 2.06 0.170 22 55 to 56 18.6 106.7 2.69 0.374 3.48 24 60 to 61 12.4 110.4 2.65 0.560 0.510 26 65 to 66 12.7 99.2 2.65 1.36 0.987 28 70 to 71 14.3 108.0 2.67 1.31 0.340 td 30 75 to 76 22.6 103.9 2.67 0.32 1.50 32 80 to 81 15.4 106.8 2.69 0.870 0.748 34 85 to 86 16.1 103.7 2.68 0.810 12.2 36 90 to 91 20.6 107.8 2. 64 2.25 0.374 38 98 to 100 18.1 108.3 2.67 10.8 3.74 39 109 to 110 25.0 100.4 2.69 3.49 3.37 40 119 to 120 22.5 103.0 2.65 4.62 6.74 0

W M

H 0

TAIVK TEST BORING LOG NOISTURE LITHOLOGIC DATA DENSITY LOC'AT/

90 IOO IIO l20 A DES CRIP TIONS IO2O 3O dANDYSILT;(ML)e rad-yellow, ofiff,'ry, highly calcareova.

Io, 5ILTYSANDAND dANDYdILTI(S'M-ML),brown, very et/If lo hard, dry, highly calcareoue.

20 CLAYEY 5ILT;(ML),browne very efiffe dry fo moist, alighlly colcoreoue; occowonol calichanodvlee.

30 CLAYEY d!LT- SILTY CLAYI(iHL-CL),rad-yellow, hor'd, cfry ]o moiell Mn opacke, abundonf cloy poCh.

SILTY CLAYAND CLAYEY SILTI(CL-ML),rad-yellow;hard, mais, alighlly colcoraouo.

CLAYEY SIL T; (ML),rad-yellow, har d, cliff ly.colcaraoue, Mri apeckr.

dlLTYCLAY;(CL-CH)ogre en - grey~ hard, moiel, non calcareoua.

eo CLAYEY S/LT AND SANDY 5IL T;(ML),red-yellow, hard, moiety noncalcareoue, becomer coareer wilh depth. ro k ~

~

IllTY CLAY;(CL-CH) rad-yellow,'ard, mol'ef, noncolcoreoua.

80 CLAYEY 5ILT;(ML),brown fa rad-yellow, hard, mole], elighfly IIO ca!car cove.

SILTY CLAY;ICL-CHJ,brown, hard, moiai fo wet, highly TD-ISO'20 ccrlcareoue.

IIO dlLTe(ML),brown, var> etiff, wet, noncalcarcoue.

8OR/NS NO. T7 I PROJECT,NO. 7Z-086-E8 Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1,2 & 3 TANK TEST LITHOLOGIC DATA Figure 6B-1

4 d

NORTH TA N/C

~

/2 // /0 9 / ZO e 7 e Q ~

III II.d ICZ 7X

/~4

/al'5 0 5 IO FT SCALE

~

Arizona Nuclear Power Project

~ ~

Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 & 3 MAP OF OBSERVATION HOLES AND INFILTRATION TANK AT PALO VERDE TANK. TEST SITE Figure 6B-2

.IS O

IU IL I

IU lal

.10 O

IIJ CL EU n .05 R5 RS 27 I 5 S 7 9 II 15 IS l7 I9 2I 25 2S 27 R9 3I FEB MAR Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Unita 1, 2 & 8 DAILY NET SEEPAGE LOSS AT PALO VERDE TEST SITE Figure 6B-3

1 50UTH WA1'E// L EVEL HORTH I4 TA NK gt Z

~ i

/0 5

$~

pit I~

wA TER LEVEL ti5T TA NK 0 t TKLT 25

/0 Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1,2 & 3 PROFILES SHOWING CUMULATIVE CHANGE IN MOISTURE CONTENT FOR FEBRUARY 26T 1974 Figure 6B-4

WATER L EVEL HORTH 50UTH

~is r gt TA NK Is z

~ A O /0

~

Q 5

)so pit rEST WATER LEVEL EAST ht >r TANK 0 t TEET lO rr ss'r

/T Ir r' /I rsl O I \

2 st Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 & 3 PROFILES SHOWING CUMULATIVE CHANGE IN MOISTURE CONTENT FOR MARCH 3, 1974 Figure 6B-5

5OVTH IVAVEII LEVEL NORTH 52 TA NK rr I

I ~

I I/

T T

O /5 4Z ~ /0 IO pit JVA VER L EYEL LI5T 2

5 TANK 0 R VLLT Z

/ r //

O

/I I I /5 ~r

$ ~

/0 Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 & 8 PROFILES SHOWING CUMULATIVE CHANGE IN MOISTURE CONTENT FOR MARCH Sg 1974 Figure 6B-6

OUTH WATEII L E'VEL NORTH 4 IJ J Ir C1<

l 11 TA NK 1T X

ILI EP O

~//

r //

Z

% ~ /5 r 5 /o glo 2 lo IC g1C WCST IYATEII L EVEL

~E at I

TANK 0 C TCCT ll CI 11 11 III I

~0 r I I

)

o

/ IIII

/r//

I

$ ~ I5 rrr r O

~10 5

l0 x

lC Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station

,.~"FICll:

Units 1, 2 R 3 PROFILES SHOWING CUMULATIVE CHANGE IN MOISTURE CONTENT FOR MARCH 13, 1974 Figure 6B>>7

wATE// L Ev'n( r kOATH TA NK r r' / / /

15 5 /0 O'A TER L EYEL CASE TANK 0 R FCCT r /

/0 5

Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 & 3 PROFILES SHOWING CUMULATIVE CHANGE IN MOISTURE CONTENT FOR MARCH 19, 1974 Figure 6B-8

4j 50UYH lYATE// L EVEL llORTH i4

)S TA NK Z

20

)fl l //]

O X

20 rJ'/ l~/ //

A~

5 r fo IO ply N

'NEST /KATE/ LEVEL SSST

'//

TA NK 0 S TSST li 20 1 I

//

~

////I//

O /

$ ~

ill S

\ ~yX 20

/5

) lO

/0 I~

~ ~

Arizona Nuclear Power Project

~

Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1,2& 3 PROFILES SHOWING CUMULATIVE CHANGE IN MOISTURE CONTENT FOR MARCH 31T 1974 Figure 6B-9

/d. d 8

NORTH 4.d

/ AN/C

~

I2 II IP ~ I ZO 6 7 d g ~

I Lr II I

//. d

/4.d 2

dl 7X I4. /a/'

5 IO FT SCALE I6 4

Arizona Nuclear Power Project Palo Verde Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 & 3 MAP VIEW SHOWING APPROXIMATE POSITION OF WETTING FRONT 36 DAYS AFTER START OF TEST ON MARCH 31, 1974 Figure 6B-10 KR

PVNGS-1,263 ER CONTENTS Page 7.1 PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY 7 ~1 1 7.

1.1 INTRODUCTION

7.1-1 7.1.2 ACCIDENT ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION PARAMETER CALCULATIONS 7.1-3 7.1.2.1 Site Boundary x/Q Values 7~1 3 7.1.2.2 Population X/Q Product Values 7.1-5 7.1.3 DOSE CALCULATION METHODOLOGY 7.'1-7 7;1.4 ACCIDENT DISCUSSION 7.1-16 I

7.1.4.1 Class 1.0: Trivial Incidents 7. 1-1'6 7.1.4.2 Class 2.0: Small Release Outside Containment 7.1-17 7.1.4.3 Class 3.0: Radwaste System Failure 7. 1-17 7.1.4.4 Class 4.0: Fission Products to Primary System (BWR) 7.1-21 7.1.4.5 Class 5.0: Fission Products to Primary and Secondary Sys-tems (PWR) 7.1-21 7.1.4.6 Class 6. 0: Refueling Accidents 7.1-24 7.1.4.7 Class 7.0: Spend Fuel Handling Accident 7.1-28 7.1.4.8 Class 8.0: Accident Initiation Events Considered in Design Basis Evaluation in the Safety Analysis Report 7 ~1 32 7.1.5

SUMMARY

OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES 7. 1-38 7.1. 6 BIBLIOGRAPHY 7. 1-41 7.2 OTHER ACCIDENTS 7.2-1 7.2.1 ACCIDENTS INVOLVING THE SWITCHYARD 7~2 1

,PVNGS-1,2&3 ER CONTENTS (cont)

Page 7.2.2 ACCIDENTS INVOLVING FUEL AND LUBE OIL STORAGE TANKS 7.2-1 7.2.3 ACCIDENTS INVOLVING HAZARDOUS GASES 7 ~ 2 2 7.2.3.1 Hydrogen 7 ~ 2 2 7.2.3.2 Chlorine 7 ~ 2 3 7.2.4 ACCIDENTS INVOLVING HAZARDOUS LIQUIDS AND CHEMICALS 7. 2-6 7.2.4.1 Sulphuric Acid 7.2-6 7.2.4.2 Sodium Hydroxide 7.2-6 7.

2.5 REFERENCES

7~2 7 7-3.3.

PVNGS-l, 2' ER TABLES Page

7. 1-1 Accidents Analyzed in Environmental Report 7.1-2

7. 1-2 Site Boundary Distances 7.1-4 7~1 3 Primary and Secondary Equilibrium Activities 7. 1-9

7. 1-4 Activity Release to the Environment for Class 3.0 Accidents 7. 1-10

7. 1-5 Activity Release to the Environment for Class 5.0 Accidents 7 ~ 1 11

7. 1-6 Activity Release to the Environment for Class 6.0 Accidents 7.1-12 7~1 7 Activity Release to the Environment for Class 7.0 Accidents 7.1-12

7. 1-8 Activity Release to the Environment for Class 8.0 Accidents, Small Primary System Pipe Break (8. 1) 7.1-13

7. 1-9 Activity Release to the Environment for Class 8.0 Accidents, Large Primary System Pipe Break (8.2) 7. 1-14

7. 1-10 Activity Release to the Environment for Class 8.0 Accidents, Large Steamline.

Break (8.5) 7.1-15 7.1-11 Decay Constants, Average Disintegration Energies and Iodine Inhalation Dose Conversion Factors 7.1-15 7.1-12 Summary of Doses Resulting from Accidents 7.1-39

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER

7. ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS OF ACCIDENTS 7.1 PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITO 7.

1.1 INTRODUCTION

The evaiuation of the environmental impact of effluents from a nuclear power plant includes considerations of both expected releases and those that might be released as a result of abnormal or accidental events. An evaluation of the potential impact of expected releases is presented in sections 5.2 and 5.3.'his section presents an a'ssessment of the potential impact of a series 'of accidental events varying in probability from "likely to occur at sometime during the life of the plant" to "highly improbable." The assessment is. made within the framework of regulations designed to provide health and safety protection to individuals who may reside, at the boundary of the plant site, as well as keeping exposures to population groups as low as practicable.

The analyses presented in this section include many of the same accidental events considered in the Safety Analysis Report but are performed using a more realistic set of assump-tions, parameters and methods.

The postulated accidents and occurrences are divided into the eight accident classes identified in AEC Regulatory Guide 4.2, as shown'n table 7.1-1. Class 1 events (trivial incidents) and class 2 events (small releases outside containment) are included and evaluated under the routine radioactive releases presented in chapter 5. The occurrence of class 9 accidents involves hypothetical sequences of failures more severe than those postulated for the design bases for reactor protection systems and engineered safety features. It is accepted that potential accidents in this class are of sufficiently remote probability that the environmental risk may be considered extremely low. Consequently, it is not necessary under AEC regulations to discuss class 9 accidents in the Environmental Report.

7.1-1

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY Table 7.1-1 ACCIDENTS ANALYZED IN ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT AEC Accident Specific Events Considered 1.0 Trivial Incidents Evaluated .as containment purge

. releases in sections..3.5. and 5.3

2. 0 Small Releases Outside Evaluated as miscellaneous Containment systems releases in sec-tions 3.5 and 5.3 3.0 Radwaste System Failures (1) Leakage from waste gas tank (2) Refueling water tank leakage (3) Release of waste gas tank contents (4) Release of CVCS holdup tank contents 4.0 Fission Products to Pri- Not applicable mary System (BWR) 5.0 Fission Products to Pri- (1) Fuel cladding defects and mary and Secondary steam generator tube Systems (PWR) leak-evaluated in sec-tions 3.5 'and 5.3 (2) Off-design transients that induce fuel failure above those expected, and steam generator tube leak (3) Steam generator tube rupture, 6.0 Refueling Accidents (1) Fuel assembly drop (2) Heavy object drop onto

'fuel in core 7.0 Spent, Fuel Handling (1) Fuel assembly drop'n fuel Accidents storage pool (2) Heavy object drop onto fuel rack (3) Fuel cask drop 7~1 2

PVNGS-1,2S(3 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY Table 7.1-1 ACCIDENTS ANALYZED IN ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT (Sheet 2 of 2)

AEC Accident Specific Events Considered 8.0 Accident Initiation Events (1) Small reactor coolant Considered in Evaluation system pipe break of Design Basis (2) Large reactor coolant Accidents system pipe break (3) Rod ejection accident (4) Small steam line break outside containment (5) Large steam line break outside'ontainment 7.1.2 ACCIDENT ATMOSPHERIC DISPERSION PARAMETER CALCULATIONS 7.1.2.1 Site Boundar X Q Values Cumulative frequency distributions of maximum interval average site'.boundary X/Q values have been obtained for interval lengths of 2, 8, 16, 72, and 624 hours0.00722 days <br />0.173 hours <br />0.00103 weeks <br />2.37432e-4 months <br />. Plume centerline X/Q values were used for interval lengths of 2 and 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />. Sector average X/Q values were used for interval .lengths of 16, 72, and 624 hours0.00722 days <br />0.173 hours <br />0.00103 weeks <br />2.37432e-4 months <br />. The models used to calculate hourly values of plume centerline and sector average X/Q values are provided in section 6.1.3.

'he meteorological data, upon which the derived cumulative frequency distributions are based, was collected onsite during the period August 13, 1973 to February 13, 1974. Wind data were obtained at a height above ground of 35 feet. Vertical temperature lapse rates were measured by temperature differences between the 200-foot and 35-foot levels (bT200'-35') . Both horizontal and vertical stability classes were assigned on the basis of hT measurements. Observations of calm were assigned the wind direction of the first following noncalm observation 7~1 3

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY and a wind speed of 0.25 mile per hour. Observations of no data were deleted to obtain a consecutive set of 4211 valid hourly observations, out of a possible total of about 4440.

These data were linked, end to beginning, to form an endless cycle.

Cumulative frequency distributions of maximum interval average X/Q values for all interval lengths were obtained for the actual boundary of the site. The distance to the site boundary, for each specific direction, was taken to be the minimum distance to the site boundary from the outer edge of an envelope containing all three units. The distances employed in the analysis are given in table 7.1-2.

The required frequency distributions of site boundary X/Q were obtained by the following procedures, which were repeated for each interval length:

~ Hourly X/Q values were computed at the site boundary for each hourly observation

~ The interval was allowed to begin at each of the 4211 hourly observations for which valid data was available Table 7.1-2 SITE BOUNDARY DISTANCES Direction Dis tance (m) Direction Distance(m)

NNE 1037 SSW 1616 NE 1517 SW 1098 ENE 1646 WSW 915 1921 900 ESE 2058 915 SE 2035 NW 1067 SSE 2896 NNW 1037 2574 N 1014

'7. 1-4

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVTTY o For each interval start time (4211 possible start times) the interval average value of X/Q in each of the 16 directions was computed and the maximum interval average X/Q was stored in a master file o After obtaining a complete set of maximum interval average values of X/Q (one per possible start time, 4211 altogether), the calculated values were ranked from highest to lowest and the fiftieth percentile values were extracted.

The fiftieth percentile maximum interval average site boundary X/Q values used are I

lh 211 8h 16h 72k 624h 1.2-4 8 '-5 6.6-5 2-3-5 1.7-5 1.3-5 The centerline of the plume X/Q values was used exclusively for interval lengths of 2 and 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />. Sector average X/Q values were used exclusively for interval lengths of 16, 72, and 624 hours0.00722 days <br />0.173 hours <br />0.00103 weeks <br />2.37432e-4 months <br />. The meteorological data base is the onsite data collected over the period August 13, 1973 to February 13, 1974. Horizontal stability classes were deter-mined from vertical temperature lapse rates.

7.1.2.2 Population X/Q Product Values The median (50th percentile) population doses resulting from the considered accidents have also been estimated and are given elsewhere in this chapter. For the purpose of estimat-ing median population exposures resulting from accidents, cumulative frequency distributions of the product of popula" tion and X/Q were obtained for interval lengths of 2, 8, 16, 72 and 624 hours0.00722 days <br />0.173 hours <br />0.00103 weeks <br />2.37432e-4 months <br />.

Before .these distributions could be obtained, it was necessary to calculate the sum of the population X/Q products, out.

to a distance of 50 miles from the site, for each valid hourly observation. These hourly values of population X/Q product

7. 1-5

PVNGS-1,2S(3 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY are denoted by the variable "PXQ" and were obtained via the following procedure:

~ Sector average X/Q values were computed at each of the 10 distances corresponding to the radial midpoints of the 10 annuli into which the population within 50 miles of the station is distributed

~ Each of the 10 computed X/Q values was multiplied by the population in the corresponding annulus, in the sector the wind was toward.

~ The 10 products were summed to arrive at the value of PXQ for each hourly observation.

After values of PXQ were computed for each of the 4211 valid hourly observations, cumulative frequency distributions of interval average values of population X/Q products were determined for each of the required interval lengths.

The following procedure was used:

~ The interval was allowed to begin at each of the .

4211 valid hourly observations For each interval start time (4211 possible start times) the interval average value of PXQ was computed by summing the hourly values and dividing by the interval length in hours

~ After computing and storing the complete set of 4211 interval average values of PXQ, the values were ranked and sorted from the highest to lowest and the various percentile values were obtained.

The population distribution used as a basis for the calcula-tion is that projected for the year 2020, and is given in section 2.2. The computed fiftieth percentile population X/Q products are 2h Sh 16h 72h 624h 4.40-3 8. 47-3 1.65-2 3.31-2 3.52-2 7.1-6

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY The sector average X/Q values were used exclusively for all intervals. Population data applicable for the year 2020 were used. The meteorological data base is onsite data collected over the period August 13, 1973 to February 13, 1974.

50th percentile values of population X/Q products (man-sec/m3) are used to estimate potential population exposure in the same manner as 50th percentile values of maximum interval average site boundary X/Q (sec/m3) are used to estimate potential maximum individual exposure.

7.1.3 'DOSE CALCULATION METHODOLOGY The radiological impacts of the postulated events are evaluated in terms of radiation doses to individuals and to the population as a whole. Whole body doses,due to external exposure, and thyroid doses due to inhalation are calculated for an individual located at the site boundary. Whole body population doses are calculated for the population within a 50-mile radius of the plant.

In calculating the individual whole body dos'e and the indi-vidual thyroid dose, the 50th percentile interval average value of X/Q'for 0-2 hours was used for all accidents except classes 5.2, 8.1, 8.2, and 8.3. For classes 8.3 and 5.2, the 0-8 hour 50th percentile interval average value was used.

For classes 8.1 and 8.2, the 50th percentile over the intervals 0-8 hours, 8-24 hours, 1-4 days, and 4-'30 days was used.

In calculating the population dose, the 50th percentile internal average value of population X/Q product was used over the same time periods as in the individual thyroid and whole body dose calculations.

7~1 7

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY The following equations are used in calculating the doses:

Individual Dose DI rem = Sk (X/Q) SB k=1 k Po ulation Dose T

D (man-rem) = Sk ( X/Q) pop (2) p k=1 where n

Sk = BRk DCF. Qk (for inhalation dose) i=1 n

k 0.259 Y E. Qk (for total body dose) i=1 (X/Q) SB 50 th percentile site boundary X/Q for the k k time interval (sec/m3) quantity of activity of i isotope released to the environment during k h time interval (curies, see tables 7.1-3 through 7.1-11) number of separate time intervals considered (4; i.e. 0-8 hours, 8-24 hours, 1-4 days, 4-30 days) pop k = 50th percentile interval average value of population times X/Q for the kt interval BRk = average adult breathing rate during kt time interval 4

3.47 x 10 m3/sec (0-8 hrs) 1.75 x 10 m3/sec (8-24 hrs)

7. 1-8

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY Table 7.1-3 PRIMARY AND SECONDARY EQUILIBRIUM ACTIVITIES(

Secondary Side Isotope Primary Side pCi/gm pCi/gm or pCi/sec Kr-85 5.43(-3) 3. 14 (-3) pCi/sec Kr-85m 3.20(-1) l. 85 (-1) pCi/sec Kr-87 2. 02 (-1) 1.17(-l) pCi/sec Kr-88 5.'67 (-1) 3. 28 (-1) pCi/sec Xe-133m 1.82(-2) 1.06(-2) pCi/sec Xe-133 6.12 3. 54 p Ci/sec Xe-135 1.23 7. 14 (-1) pCi/sec Xe-138 1.43(-1) 8. 27 (-2) pCi/sec I-131 6. 65 (-1) 4. 46 (-5) pCi/gm I-132 1. 87 (-1) 5. 09 (-6) pCi/gm I-133 9.94 (-1) 5.82(-5) pCi/gm I-134 1. 33 (-1) 1. 82 (-6) pCi/gm I-135 5.52(-l) 2. 49 (-5) pCi/gm a~ 3800 MWt power level 0.25% failed fuel 375 gpm blowdown (total) 110 ibm/day primary to secondary leak 5.713 x 105 ibm RCS mass 3 34, 000 ibm S.G. water mass (total) 7.1-9

Table 7.1-4 ACTIVITY RELEASE TO THE ENVIRONMENT FOR CLASS 3.0 ACCIDENTS Releases (curies) 25% 25% 100% 100%

Waste Gas Tank Refueling Water Tank Waste Gas Tank -

CVCS Holdup Tank I131 1.1 x 10 3.8 x 10 I133 7.0 x 10 2.3 x 10 135 2.4 x 10 2.5 x 10 85 1 K 1.9 x 10 9.8 x 10 7.5 x 10 1 4.0 x 10 Kr85m 3.5 x lo 6.0 x 10 Kr87 K 1.8 x 10 1.1 x 10 H 88 K 2.5 x 10 6.7 x 10 H

131m 1 X

Xe X

133 1.1 x 10 4..1 'x 10 2

7.3 x 10 5.3 x 10 4.3 x 10 1.6 x 10 3

1.9 x 10 3.1 yi 0

0 135 n n Xe X 5.8 x 10 4.8 x 10 H Q 138 Xe 4.0 x lo 1.3 x 10

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY Table 7.1-5 ACTIVITY RELEASE TO THE ENVIRONMENT FOR CLASS 5.0 ACCIDENTS Releases (Curies)

Abnormally High Fuel Failure Steam Generator and Steam Generator Leak (5.2) Tube Rupture (5.3)

I131 6.6 x 10 2.6 x 10 I132 4.9 x 10 7.3 x 10 133 1.3 x 10 3.9 x 10

'34 4.4 x 10 5.2 x 10 I135 1.1 x 10 2.2 x 10 85 K 1.8 x 10 2.1 x 10 1

Kr85m 8.3 x 10 1.3 x 10 Kr87 1.5 7.9 1

Kr88 2.3 2.2 x 10 131m 7.1 x Xe 1.1 x 10 10 133 2 X 4 ' 2.4 x 10 133m 1.2 x 10 Xe 135 1 Xe X 4.2 4.8 x 10 135m 6.5 x 10 Xe 138 3.9 5.6 Xe X

7.1-11

PVNGS-1, 263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY Table 7.1-6 ACTIVITY RELEASE TO THE ENVIRONMENT FOR CLASS 6.0 ACCIDENTS Releases (Cur ies)

Fuel Bundle Heavy Object Drop Drop,(6.1) Onto Fuel In Core (6.2)

I-131 1.7 x 10 3.1 x 10 4 I-133 2.8 x 10 4.9 x 10 1 2 Kr-85 2.6 x 10 3.8 x 10 2

Xe-131m 1.0 x 10 1 1.7 x 10 2 3 Xe-133 2.5 x 10 5.2 x 10 Xe-133m 2.0 7.0 x '10 1 Xe-135 1.9 x 10 4.7 Table 7.1-7 ACTIVITY RELEASE TO THE ENVIRONMENT FOR CLASS 7.0 ACCIDENTS Releases (Curies)

Fuel Assembly Heavy Object Drop in Storage Drop Onto Fuel Cask Pool(7.1) Fuel Rack (7.2) Drop (7. 3) 1.4 x 10 2.8 x 10

'-131 I-133 2.3 x 10 1 2 2 Kr-85 2.6 x 10 3.7 x 10 3.7 x 10 1 3.9 x 2.1 x Xe-131m 1.0 x 10 10 10 2

Xe-133 2-.5 x 10 2 1.8 x 10 1.4 x 10 Xe-133m 2.0 2.5 x 10 Xe-135 1.9 x 10 7 ~ 1 12

Table 7.1-8 ACTIVITY RELEASE TO THE ENVIRONMENT FOR CLASS 8.0 ACCIDENTS Small Primary System Pipe Break (8.1)

Release (Curz.es)

Initial RCS 1-4 days. 4-30 days Isotope Activity (Ci) 0-8 hrs 8-24 hrs I131 1.73 (+2) 2. 8 (-3) 5.4 (-3) 1.1 (-2) 3.2 (-2) 132 4.86(+1) 3.0 (-4) 2.9 (-5) 1.1 (-7)

I133 2. 58 (+2) 3. 8 (-3) 5.1 (-3) 3. 3 (-3) 3. 3 (-4) 134 3. 45 (+1) 9. 0 (-5) 1. 6 (-7) 135 1. 43 (+2) 1.6 (-3) 1. 0 (-3) 1. 2 (-4) 7.0 (-8) 85

l. 41 4.7 (-4) 9~4 (-4) 2.1(-3) 1. 8 (-2)

Kr85m., 8. 32 (+1) 1. 6 (-2) 5.7 (-3) 2.5 (-4) 3.0(-9) 87 5. 25 (+1) 4.0 (-3) 5. 0 (-5) 4.0 (-9) H Kr 88 1.47(+2) 2.1 (-2) 3. 3 (-3) 3.2 (-5) 0 Xe 131m 4 '4 1. 6 (-3) 3. 0 (-3) 6.2 (-3) 2.5 (-2) H 133 1.59(+3) 5.2 (-1) 9.7 (-1) 1.7 3.4 Q Xe Xe X

135 3.20 (+2) 8.0 (-2) 6. 8 (-2) 1.4(-2) 6.2 (-5) 138 3.72(+1) 5. 3 (-4) M Xe 0 O

o n a0 2.64(+2) = 2.64 x 10+

H

Table 7.1-9 ACTIVITY RELEASE TO THE ENVIRONMENT FOR CLASS 8.0 ACCIDENTS Large Primary System Pipe Break (8.2)

Releases (Curies)

Initial RCS Isotope Activity (Ci) 0-8 hrs 8-24 hrs 1-4 days 4-30 days I131 1.76 (+6) ( ) 2.9 (+1) 5. 5 (+1) 1. 1 (+2) 3. 2 (+2) 132 1. 6 (+1) 1. 6 (+0) 6. 2 (-3)

2. 62 (+6) 133 5. 5 (+0)

4. 30 (+6) 6. 3 (+1) 8. 5 (+1) 5. 5 (+1) 134 2. 1 (-2) 3.1 (-8) 4.58(+6) 1. 2 (+1) A I135 4. 06 (+6) 4. 6 (+1) 2.9 (+1) 3. 4 (+0) 2.0 (-3) M I

I Kr.85 1. 81 (+5) 6. 0 (+1) 1. 2 (+2) 2.7 (+2) 2. 3.(+3) hJ 85m 4J

8. 40 (+5) 1. 6 (+2) 5. 8 (+1) 2.5 (+0) 3. 0 (-:5)

Kr87 K 1. 51 (+6) l. 1 (+2) l. 4 (+0) 1. 1(-4)

Kr88 2.32(+6) 3. 4 (+2) 5.2 (+1) 5.0 (-1) 8.5(-9) H R

131m 5.6 (+1) 0 Xe 1. 06 (+4) 3.5 6.8 1. 4 (+1) 133 2. 6 (+3) 9. 3 (+3) H Xe 4. 32 (+6) 1.4 (+3) 4. 7 (+3) 133m Q Xe 1.20(+5) 3. 8 (+1) 6. 6 (+1) 8. 8 (+1) 5.9 (+1) 135 9.0 (+2) 1. 9 (+2) 8. 2 (-1)

Xe 4.28(+6) 1. 1 (+3) 135m H Xe 6.68(+5) 1. 1 (+1) 6.6( 9) 0 o

138 n oH Xe X 3.98(+6) 5.7 (+1) 3. 8 (-9)

H H

a. 1.76(+6) = 1.76 x 10 6 M

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY Table 7.'1-10 ACTIVITY RELEASE TO THE ENVIRONMENT FOR CLASS 8.0 ACCIDENTS Large Steamline Break (8.5)

Release Isotope (Dose Equivalent Curies) 131

2. 8 (-3) 133 Xe 1.0 Table 7.1-11 DECAY CONSTANTS, AVERAGE DISINTEGRATION ENERGIES AND IODINE INHALATION DOSE CONVERSION FACTORS Nuclide X.

3.

(sec ) E.(MeV/dis) (2) DCF.

i (Rem/Curie) (3)

I131 9.95(-7) 0.584 1. 48 (+6)

I132 8.43(-5) 2.711 5. 35 (+4)

I133 9.26 (-6) 1.039 4. 0 (+5) 134 2. 21 (-4) 2.5': (+4) 3.066 135

2. 87 (-5) 1.932 1. 24 (+5)

Kr83m 1. 03 (-4) 0.039 Kr85m 4. 38 (-5) 0.257 Kr85 2.05 (-9) 0.2301 87 K 1.52(-4) 1.870 88 Kr 6.90 (-:5) 2.307 131m Xe 6.71(-7) 0.157 133m Xe 3. 55 (-6) 0.215 133 Xe X 1. 52 (-6) 0.1715 135m Xe 7. 36 (-4) 0.530 135 2.10(-5) 0.551 Xe 138 (-4), 1.497 Xe 8. 14 a ~ 9. 95 (-7) = 9. 95 x 10 7.1-15

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY 2.32 x 10 4 m3/sec (>24 hrs)

DC'i inhalation iodine thyroid dose conversion factor of the ith isotope (rem/Ci) (see table 7.1-11)

E i=

~ average disintegration energy ( P plus v, MeV/dis) of the ith isotope (See table 7.1-11) 7.1.4 ACCIDENT DISCUSSION The following sections deal with a brief description of each postulated accident including the basic'ssumptions used in the analysis, a discussion of the likelihood of occurrence of the accident, and the radiological doses resulting from the accident. Primary and secondary coolant ls activities are given in table 7.1-3. Only the iodine and noble gas concen-trations appear since only gaseous releases are associated with the accidents considered in this section.'hese concen-trations are based on continuous steady state operation with the following conditions:

3800 megawatts (thermal) power level 0.25 percent failed fuel; 0.25 percent failed fuel is assumed consistent with the value given in Appendix A of Regulatory Guide 1.42.

~ 110 pounds per day steam generator leak

~ 375 gallons per minute blowdown (total) 7.1.4.1 . lass 1.0: Trivial Incidents Radioactivity release events of this class are considered to be minor perturbations of normal operating conditions.

These are analyzed along with radioactivity releases due to normal operation in sections 3.5 and 5.3.

Supplement No. 3 7.1-16 February 3, 1975

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY 7.1.4.2 Class 2.0: Small Release Outside Containment Radioactivity release events of this class are considered to be minor perturbations of normal operating conditions.

These are analyzed along with radioactivity releases due to normal operation in sections 3.5 and 5.3.

7.1.4.3 Class 3.0: Radwaste System Failure Class 3 events are postulated as accidents initiated by rad-waste system equipment failure which result in the release I

of radioactive contaminants to the atmosphere. The following accidents are considered in this category:

~ Equipment leakage or malfunction of a waste gas tank

~

o Equipment leakage or malfunction of the refueling water tank o Rupture of a waste gas tank e Rupture of the Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS) holdup tank.

'7.1.4.3.1 Equipment Leakage or Malfunction of a Waste Gas Tank This postulated accident is defined as an unspecified leak or malfunction that results in the release of 25 percent of the average inventory of the tank containing the largest quantities of significant. isotopes in the gaseous radwaste system. This tank is identified as one of the waste gas I

tanks in a group of three carbon steel tanks located in the radwaste building. The airborne radioactivity released from this tank during the accident is vented immediately to the environment. Adecay time of 30 days is assumed prior to release. The activity released to the environment as a result of this accident is given in table 7.1-4.

7 ~ 1 17

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY The possibility of a failure of a waste gas tank, which could result in the release of radioactive fission products, is considered remote because the waste gas tanks are designed and fabricated for pressures and temperatures substantially greater than their normal operating conditions.

Considering the above discussion, the following doses have been calculated:

Total Body Thyroid Site Boundary (rems) 2.3 x 10 Population Dose (man-rems) 7.2 x 10 7.1.4.3.2 Equipment Leakage or Malfunction (Refueling Water Tank)

The postulated accident is defined as an unspecified leak or malfunction that results in the release of 25 percent of the average inventory of the largest tank in the liquid radwaste system. This tank is identified as the refueling water tank, and is located outdoors. The airborne radioactivity released from this tank during the accident is vented directly to the environment. The following assumptions and parameters are used in the analysis:

25 percent of the average inventory in the refueling water tank is released directly to the environment

~ An air-to-water partition factor of 0.001 is assumed for iodines.

Activity released to the environment as a result of this accident is given in table 7.1-4.

Postulated events'hat could result in the release of quanti-ties as large as 25 percent of the radioactive inventory of the refueling water tank, are cracks in the steel containment.

vessels.

7. 1-18

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY The probability of small cracks and hence, low level leak rates is given primary consideration in the design of the system and components. The design of the refueling water tank is such that this tank will be at atmospheric pressure and a maximum temperature of 200 degrees Fahrenheit during operation.

Administrative procedures emphasize detailed system and equip-ment operating instruction. The possibility, therefore, of a failure of the refueling water tank is small, considering these factors.

Using the assumptions stated, the following offsite doses have been calculated:

Total Body 'Thyroid Site Boundary (rems) 9.7 x 10 6.6 x 10 Population Dose (man-rems) 3.0 x 10 7.1.4.3.3 Rupture of a Waste Gas Tank This postulated accident is defined as an unspecified event that, initiates the complete release of the average radio-active inventory of a waste gas storage tank. The airborne radioactivity released from this tank during the accident will be vented to the environment. Activity released to the environment as a result of this accident is given in table 7.1-4. A decay time of 30 days is assumed prior to release.

The only type of event that could result in a complete release of the radioactive contents of a waste gas tank is rupture due to overpressurization or explosion. Overpressure protection is provided by relief valves set below the design pressure of the waste gas tanks. Leakage protection is provided by the use of packless valves on high pressure lines and rupture disks. Explosion protection is provided by 7.1-19

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY frequent sampling of system components containing potentially explosive mixtures of hydrogen and oxygen and by nitrogen purging to remove any air from the system. The probability of a tank rupture and hence, a major release of radioactivity is thus considered small.

Using the assumptions stated, the following offsite doses have been calculated:

Total Body Thyroid Site Boundary (rems) 9.3 x 10 Population Dose (man-rems) 2.9 x 10 7.1.4.3.'4 Rupture of the CVCS Holdup Tank This postulated accident is defined as an unspecified event that initiates the complete release of the average radio-active inventory in the tank containing the largest quantities of significant isotopes in the liquid radwaste system. This tank is identified as CVCS holdup tank and is located outdoors.

The airborne radioactivity released from this tank during the accident is vented directly to the environment. The following assumptions and parameters are used in this analysis:

~ 100 percent of the average inventory of the CVCS holdup tanks is assumed to be released directly to the environment ~

e An air-to-water partition factor of .001 is assumed for iodines.

H Activity released to the environment as a result of this accident is given in table 7.1-4.

Much of the discussion concerning the remoteness of an equip-ment leakage or malfunction accident of the refueling water tank is equally applicable to a complete release accident.

7.1-29

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY The probability of a complete rupture or complete malfunction is, however, considered even less than that, of a partial release accident.

Using the assumptions stated, the following offsite doses have been calculated:

Total Body Thyroid Site Boundary (rems) 1.8 x 10 2.3 x 10 Population Dose (man-rems) 5.5 x 10 7.1.4.4 Class 4.0: Fission Products to Primary System (BWR)

Release of fission products to the primary system of a pressurized water reactor does not in itself cause releases to the environment. Fission product release to the primary system,~ in conjunction with steam generator tube leakage, are discussed under class 5.0.

7.1.4.5 Class 5.0: Fission Products to Primary and Secondary'ystems (PWR) 7.1.4.5.1 Fuel Cladding Defects and Steam Generator Leak Releases from these events are included,and evaluated along with routine releases in sections 3.5 and 5,.3.

7.1.4.5.2 Offdesign Transients These are transients that induce fuel failure above that expected, and steam generator leak, such as flow blockage and flux maldistribution. A transient is postulated that results in the instantaneous release of 0.02 percent of the core inventory of noble gases and halogens to the reactor coolant.

Activity propagates throughout the secondary plant due to steam generator leaks. Release from the steam system occurs 7

7.1-2X

PVNGS-1,2S(3 ER PLANTS ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY by the normal pathways of system leakage, gland seal condenser, and main condenser air exhaust. The following assumptions and parameters are used in the analysis:

~ 0.02 percent of the core inventory of noble gases and halogens is added to the activity initially present in the reactor coolant. The combined RCS concentration is assumed constant for the duration of the transient

~ Steam generator leakage of 110 pounds per day continues throughout the transient

~ Iodine partition factor in the steam generators is 0.001

~ Secondary system leakage of 1,700 pounds per hour is assumed, with an iodine partition factor of 1.0 e Gland seal condenser flow of 17,000 pounds per hour is assumed with an overall iodine DF of 1000 (includes DF of 10 for a charcoal filter)

~ All noble gases and 0.1 percent of the halogens in the steam reaching the condenser (9.0 x 106 pounds per hour) are released via steam jet air ejectors through a charcoal filter with an iodine DF of 10

~ The entire transient is assumed to take place over an 8-hour period.

Activity released to the environment as a result of this accident is given in table 7.1-5.

Mechanisms that can initiate fuel cladding damage during reactor transients include severe overheating of the fuel rod cladding caused by inadequate cooling, and rupture of the fuel rod cladding due to strain caused by relative expansion P

of the uranium dioxide pellet.

Avoidance of fuel cladding damage from abnormal operational transients can be verified by demonstrating "that'he Departure 7~1 22'

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY from Nucleate Boiling Ratio (DNBR) remains greater than 1.3.

Maintaining DNBR greater than 1.3 is considered 'a sufficient, but not necessary, condition to ensure that no fuel damage occurs ~

Detailed analyses of all anticipated abnormal transients, using very conservative assumptions (chapter 15 of the PSAR),

have shown that a DNBR greater than 1.3 is maintained. The probability of fission product releases above those small quantities released on a continuous basis during normal

'hyroid operations is, therefore, considered small.

Using the assumptions stated, the following offsite doses have been calculated:

Total Bod Site Boundary (rems) 3.0 x 10 4 3.9 x 10 Population Dose (man-rems) 3.8 x 10:-2

~

7.1.4.5.3 Steam Generator Tube Rupture A complete rupture of a single steam generator tube is postu-lated in this accident; Since'the reactor coolant pressure .

is greater than the secondary side pressure in the'team generator, radioactive reactor coolant is transferred into the secondary system. A portion of this radioactivity is vented to the atmosphere through a charcoal filter by action of the condenser air ejector. Low pressure in~the primary would cause an automatic reactor trip and actuation 'ystem of the safety injection system. The following assumptions and parameters are used in this analysis:

~ 15 percent of the initial activity inventory in the primary coolant system reaches the defective steam generator instantaneously upon initiation of the'ransient 7 ~ 1 23

PVNGS-l, 263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY e Iodine partition factor in the steam generators is 0.001

~ All noble gases and O.l'percent of the halogens leaving the steam generator are released to the environment via the condenser air ejector through a charcoal filter with an iodine DF of 10

~ Accident is assumed to take place oyer a period of 2 hours.

P Activity released to the environment as a result of this accident is given in table 7.1-8.

The probability for complete failure of a steam generator tube is considered minimal. The pressures calculated to cause a rupture are far in excess of normal operating conditions.

Furthermore, it is expected that any failure would be preceded by cracking caused by corrosion, erosion, or fatigue. Any failure of this nature would produce primary-to-secondary leakage, which would be detected by radioactivity monitoring before tube strength is lost and a rupture develops.

Using the assumptions stated, the following offsite doses have been calculated Total Body Thyroid Site Boundary (rems) 4.4 x 10-3 2.3 x 10 Population Dose (man-rems) 1 4 x 10-1 7.1.4.6 Class 6.0: Refueling Accidents Class 6 accidents are postulated to include refueling acci-dents inside the containment. To demonstrate the potential environmental consequences of this type of accident, two refueling accidents, a fuel bundle drop, and a heavy object dropped onto the fuel in the core, are postulated and evaluated.

7.1-24

'PVNGS-l, 2 & 3 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY 7.1.4.6.1 Fuel Bundle Drop In this accident, it, is postulated that a fuel bundle drop occurs inside the containment building as a result of the mishandling of a spent fuel assembly. The accident is assumed to result in damage to one row of fuel rods in the assembly.

The radioactivity released from the damaged fuel rods (1 per-cent of the total activity in a pin) bubbles through the water covering the assembly'and most of the radioactive iodine is entrained in the water. The remainder of the radioactivity is released to the containment atmosphere where it is exhausted through the containment purge line to the plant vent. The containment is isolated within 16 seconds following the acci-dent. After the purge line is isolated, the only means of release of gaseous airborne activity is via leakage through the containment, and later via purge of the containment through charcoal filters. The leakage through the containment is negligible, since the accident does not result in a positive pressure in the containment. The following assumptions and parameters are used in this analysis:

'e Decay time of one week is assumed prior to initiation of the accident

~ Iodine DF in the refueling cavity water is 500

~ The charcoal filter efficiency for iodines is 99 per-cent

~ 0.59 percent of the containment volume leaks to the environment prior to isolating the containment based on a purge flow of 60,000 cubic feet per minute for 16 seconds and a containment volume of 2.7 x 106 cubic feet

~ Containment isolation-and internal recirculation are assumed to prevent further release of iodines to the

7. 1-25

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY environment; however, all noble gases are as'sumed.to be released with no credit taken for decay.

An activity released to the environment as a result of this accident is given in table 7.1-9.

The possibility of mishandling or dropping a fuel assembly and "subsequent damage to the fuel rods is minimized by equip-ment design and detailed operating procedures. The fuel handling manipulators and hoists are designed so that the fuel assembly cannot be raised above a position that pro-vides adequate water depth for'afe shielding of all opera-ting personnel. Thus, all fuel handling is underwater, both within the containment and in the spent fuel pool area.

Adequate cooling of fuel during underwater handling is pro-v vided by convective heat transfer to the surrounding water.

Other special precautions include conservative design for fail-saf e operation of all handling tools and associated II devices used in fuel handling operations, as well as limita-tion of the motion of cranes used to move fuel assemblies M

to a low maximum speed. In addition, the design of the fuel assembly itself would be 'expe'cted to preclude extensive damage to the fuel rods. Thus, damage to a 'fuel assembly during handling is unlikely and assuming failure of an.

entire row of rods is a conservative upper limit. Consider-in'he Ik precautions that are taken in the design and the operating procedures that are required, the probability of a refue'ling accident occurring during the lifetime of the plant is considered small.

Using the assumptions stated, the following offsite doses have been calculated:

Total Bod ~Th roid Site Boundary (rems) 1.6 x 10 1.0 x 10 Population Dose (man-rems) 4. 9 x 10 7.1-26

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY 7.1.4.6.2 Heavy Object Drop Onto Fuel In Core This accident is defined as the dropping of a he'avy object onto the fuel in the core during refueling. It is assumed that the accident. results in damage to the equivalent of all the rods in an average fuel assembly. Any radioactivity released from the damaged fidel bubbles through the water covering the reactor cavity where most of the radioactive halogens are retained. The remaining radioactivity is released to the containment atmosphere. The following assump-tions and parameters are used in this analysis:

~ Decay time of 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> is assumed prior to initiation of the accident

~ Iodine DF in the refueling cavity water is 500

~ 0.59 percent of the containment volume leaks to the environment prior to isolating the containment

~ Charcoal filter DF of 100 is assumed for iodine

~ Containment isolation and internal recirculation are assumed to prevent further release of iodines to the environment; however, all noble gases are assumed to be released with no credit taken for decay

~ The gap activity in one average assembly is assumed to be released into the water

~ Gap activity is assumed to be 1 percent of the total activity in a pin.

Activity released to the environment as a result of this accident is given in table 7.1-9.

The same design and operating. considerations would mitigate the possibility and consequences of this accident as were discussed in paragraph 7.1.4.6.1 for the fuel bundle drop accident. Special lifting fixtures are provided. to handle safely heavy objects, such as the vessel head and internals over the core. Cranes and rigging are adequately sized for the expected loads.

7.1-27

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY Using the assumptions stated, .the following offsite doses have been calculated:

Total Body Thyroid Site Boundary (rems) 3.1 x 10 1.9 x 10 Population Dose (man-rems)

S

9. 6 x 10

7. 1. 4. 7 Class 7. 0: Spent Fuel Handling Accident Class 7 accidents are postulated to include spent fuel handling accidents outside of containment. This class of accident can occur'inside the fuel handling building or on the plant grounds. In the case. of, the latter, this would result in the release of radioactive material directly into, the environs.

To demonstrate the potential environmental consequences of this type of accident, three spent fuel handling. accidents are postulated and- evaluated. These are fuel. assembly drop in fuel storage pool; heavy object drop. onto, fuel rack; and fuel, cask drop.

7.1.4,.7.1 Fuel Assembly Drop in Fuel Storage Pool It is postulated in this accident that-a fuel assembly drop occurs as a result of the mishandling of a spent fuel assem-bly. The accident is assumed to result in damage to one row of fuel rods in the assembly. The gap activity from one row of fuel pins bubbles through the spent fuel pool water covering the assembly where most of the radioactive iodine The remaining radioactivity is released to the, is'ntrained.

fuel building atmosphere above the, pool. There, it. is exhausted through charcoal filters to. the vent via .the fuel building'ventilation system. The following assumptions and parameters are used in this analysis:

o Decay time of one week is assumed prior to initiation of the accident 7.1-28

PVNGS-l, 26 3 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY

~ Iodine DF in the fuel storage pool water is 500

~ Charcoal filter DF of 100 is assumed for iodines

~ Gap activity is 1 percent of the total activity in a pin.

Activity released to the environment as a result of this accident is given in table 7.1-10.,

The possibility of a fuel handling incident in the fuel building is equally as remote as that within the containment as discussed in paragraph 7.1.4.6. Design considerations and administrative controls are essentially the same as those discussed earlier. Only one assembly can be handled at a time, and the design is such that the assembly is continuously immersed.

Spent fuel at rest in the storage racks is positioned by positive, restraints in an always subcritical array (no credit taken for boric acid in the water), and it is impossible to insert a spent fuel assembly in other than prescribed locations.

Using the assumptions stated, the following offsite doses have been calcualted:

Total Body Thyroid Site Boundary'(rems) 1.5 x 10 8.5 x, 10;4 Population Dose (man-rems) 4.8 x 10 7.1.4.7.2 Heavy Object Drop Onto Fuel Rack This accident is defined as the dropping of a heavy object onto the spent fuel storage racks such that all of the .fuel rods in an, average assembly are damaged. The gap activity released from one average fuel assembly bubbles through the spent fuel pool water covering the assembly where most of the iodine is entrained. The remaining radioactivity is released 'to the fuel building atmosphere above the pool 7.1-29, I

0 PVNGS-1,2S3 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY where it is exhausted through charcoal filters to the environment via the fuel building ventilation system. The following assumptions and parameters are used in this analysis:

~ Decay time of 30 days is assumed prior to initiation of the accident

~ Iodine DF in the fuel storage pool water is 500

~ Charcoal filter DF of 100 is assumed for iodines

~ Gap activity is 1 percent of the total activity in a pin.

Activity released to the environment as a result of this accident is given in table 7.1-10.

The design of the spent fuel handling area. and fuel handling equipment is such that no identifiable heavy objects are lifted or carried over the spent fuel storage rack during any refueling operations. However, to provide an upper limit estimate of the maximum hypothetical release for an accident of this type, it is postulated that an unspecified heavy object is dropped onto the spent fuel racks resulting in the release of the gap activity (noble gases and halogens) in one average fuel assembly into the spent fuel pool.

Because there are no identifiable heavy objects that could result in an accident of this nature and the hypothetical nature of the accident analyzed, the probability of occurrence of this accident is consid'ered small.

Using the assumptions stated, the following offsite doses have been, calculated:

Total Body Thyroid Site Boundary (rems) 3.7 x 10 1.7 x 10 Population Dose (man-rems) 1.2 x 10-1

7. 1-30

PVNGS-1,263 PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY 7.1.4.7.3 Fuel Cask Drop In this accident it is postulated that a fully loaded fuel cask is dropped as it is being transferred out of the fuel building. It is assumed that the fall is from such a height that the cask is breached and all of the fuel rods are ruptured, releasing all of the noble gas gap activity directly to the atmosphere. Assumptions and .parameters used in this analysis are as follows:

~ Decay time of 120 days is assumed prior to initiation of the accident

~ The total noble gas gap activity in one spent fuel assembly is released directly to the environment

~ Gap activity is 1 percent of the total activity in the pins.

Activity released to the environment as a result of this accident is given in table 7.1-10.

A fuel cask drop accident. would rarely be expected to occur because of design constraints and administrative controls.

In accordance with DOT regulations, the casks are designed to withstand a 30-foot drop onto an unyielding surface with-out rupture. Since the cask can withstand any realistic drop, and the assemblies are restrained within the cask, a radio-active release is considered highly improbable.

F Using the assumptions stated, the following of fsite doses have been calculated, assuming one fuel assembly in a cask:

Total Body Thyroid'ite Boundary 2.6 x 10 Population Dose (man-rems) 8.0 x 10 7.1-31

PVNGS-1,263 PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY 7.1.4.8 Class 8.0: Accident Initiation Events Considered in Desi n Basis Evaluation in the Safet Anal sis Report Class 8 accidents are postulated to include various events resulting in a partial degradation of the primary and second-ary coolant system pressure boundaries. These accidents are evaluated in chapter 15 of the Safety Analysis Report using highly conservative assumptions. These are also used as design basis events to establish performance requirements of the engineered safety features. The highly conservative assumptions used in the Safety-Analysis, Report and AEC Safety Evaluations are not suitable for evaluating the environ-mental risks of class 8'vents because their use would result in an unrealistic overestimate of the risks. For this reason events in class 8 are evaluated here using realistic assumptions. To demonstrate the potential environmental consequences of class 8 events, the. following accidents are postulated and evaluated:

e Small primary. system pipe break o Large primary system pipe break o Break in instrument line from primary system that penetrates the containment

'o Rod ejection accident e Large steamline break o 'mall steamline break."'.1.4.8.1 Small Primary System Pipe Break In this accident the rupture of a small pipe in the primary system is assumed. This causes a loss of reactor coolant.

An automatic reactor trip and initiation of the plant emergency core cooling system will occur as the primary system pressure decreases. Although no additional fuel 7.1-32'

PVNGS-1,263 'ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY failure should occur, a certain amount of, radioactive reactor coolant will be released to the containment building. Radio-activity will be partially removed from the containment atmosphere by the containment, spray system .and by plateout on the containment structures. Nevertheless, some of the remaining radioactivity in the containment atmosphere will be slowly released to the environment through minute leaks.

The following assumptions and parameters are used in this analysis:

~ The average reactor coolant inventories of halogens and noble gases are released to the containment at initiation of the accident

~ For the effects'n iodine of plateout, chemical addition sprays and gas/liquid partitioning, a reduction factor of 0.05 is applied to the reactor coolant release

~ Containment leak rate is:

O.l'percent volume per day for 0 to 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> 0.05 percent volume per day for 1 to 30 days.

Initial reactor, coolant inventories and time dependent releases of halogens and noble gases for this accident. appe'ar in table 7.1-8.

The loss-of-coolant accident is a design basis accident for the plant. Therefore, factors relating to the prevention and mitigation of this accident are thoroughly. discussed in the Safety Analysis Report. Only a few of the more 'signifi-

=

cant considerations are summarized herein.

The plant has been designed, fabricated, and constructed.

under a comprehensive quality assurance program to assure compliance with all applicable specifications and codes.

All reactor coolant system components are 'designed and 7 '-33

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY fabricated in accordance with the ASME boiler and pressure

.Vessel. code,. section III. The reactor coolant system in the primary containment" is designed to withstand the= loads imposed by the design basis loss-of-coolant accident, and the design basis earthquake without loss of function required. for emer-gency reactor shutdown and emergency core coo'ling.

i The major reactor coolant sys'em components are "designed

~ ~ ~

~

for a 40-year operating lifetime. The material 'of components is compatible with coolant chemistry. Fatigue analyses based on conservative design cyclic transients and primary stress combinations have been evaluated in accordance with the applicable codes. Overpressure protection is assured by ASME code safety valves. Engineered safety features act to control and mitigate the consequences of a loss-of-coolant accident for the entire spectrum of break sizes.

After installation, the reactor coolant system is hydro-statically tested and leak tested. A series of. tests are conducted prior to reactor fueling, during fueling, and following initial criticality.

It 8 Technical speci.fications, operating procedures, and other administrative controls- assure plant operating conditions within. limi'ts'previously determined to be acceptable. An extensive inservice inspection program requires periodic surveillance and inspection of safety related equipment and components, during plant operation.

'I Considering "the above'iscussion, the probability of occur-rence of"'this accident 'is *considered small.

Using the assumptions stated, the following offsite doses have been calculated:

Total Body Thyroid 4 I Site Boundary .(rems) 8.0 x 10-6 .,3.9.x 10 4 Population Dose (man-rems) 9.4 x 10 7.1-30

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY 7.1.4.8.2 Large Primary System Pipe Break The sequence of events for the large primary system pipe break is essentially the same as that for the small break.

However, because of the more rapid loss of reactor coolant, additional fuel failures resulting from clad overheating may occur. For this reason a source term equal to the average radioactivity inventory in the reactor coolant plus 2 percent of the core inventory of halogens and noble gases is assumed.

All other assumptions are identical to those for the small pipe break.

Initial reactor coolant inventories and time dependent releases of halogens and noble gases for this accident appear in table 7.1-9.

The possibility that a large pipe break would occur is much P

less than the possibility of a small break;. The critical crack length (the length of crack that will propagate to rupture) increases as the pipe diameter and wall thickness increase. A larger crack'ill also produce a greater amount of leakage before rupture. This greater leakage makes easier and allows more time for corrective action.'etection Using the assumptions stated, the following offsi'te doses have been calculated:

Total Body Thyroid Site Boundary (rems) 5.2 x 10-2 4 '

Population Dose (man-rems) 3. 7 x 101 7.1.4.8.3 Break In Instrument Line From 'Primary System That Penetrates The Containment With the exception of containment pressure sensing lines, instrument lines are provided with isolation capability inside the containment. This accident has no environmental consequences.'.1-35

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY 7.1.4.8.4 Rod Ejection Accident A highly unlikely rupture of the control rod mechanism housing must be postulated for this accident to occur. As a result, minor fuel failures would occur and reactor coolant would be released to the containment. Sprays and plateout partially reduce the airborne fission product concentration. Neverthe-less, some of the remaining radioactivity is slowly released to the, atmosphere through minute leaks in the containment.,

The sequence of events for the rod ejection accident is essentially the same as for the small break. However, in addition. to the average primary coolant radioactivity -inven-tory, 0.2 percent of the, core inventory of noble gases and halogens is released into the primary coolant. The combined source terms, and hence, the activity releases for,this acci-l dent are a factor of 10 less, than for the large break, as

"'0 V E presented in table 7.1-9.

W The probability of failure of a control rod mechanism housing.

is considered very small. A combination of conservative

~

design, preoperational testing, quality- control, and: periodic .

inspection gives this assurance.

Using the assumptions stated, the following offsite doses, have been calculated:

Total Body Thyroid Site Boundary (rems) 5.2 x 10 4.4 x 10 Population Dose (man-rems) 3.7

7. 1. 4. 8. 5 Large Steamline Break This accident is postulated as the complete rupture of a large steamline resulting in the release of secondary system steam to the atmosphere. As a consequence of, this release, closure of the main steamline isolation valve occurs and reactor scram is initiated automatically. Radioactivity 7.1-36

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY available for release with the steam consists of that initially present in the affected steam generator plus that which leaks from the primary to the secondary during the course of the accident. The following parameters and assumptions are used in this analysis:

~ A 110 pounds per day steam generator leak continues throughout the assumed 8-hour duration of the transient

~ A halogen reduction factor of 0.5 is applied to the primary coolant source during the course of the accident

~ The volume of one steam generator and the leakage to the affected steam generator are released to the atmo-sphere with an iodine partition factor of 0.1.

Activity released to the environment as a result of this accident is given in table 7.1-10.

A steamline break is considered highly unlikely. The steam system valves, fittings, and piping are conservatively designed, and the piping is a ductile material completely'nspected prior to installation. 'fter installation, the entire system undergoes hot functional testing prior to fuel loading.

During operation, chemical treatment is- used to control deposits and corrosion in the steam generators and steam lines, and to reduce the possibility of stress corrosion cracking and corrosion fatigue.

Using the assumptions stated, the following offsite doses have been calculated: Jl Total Body Thyroid Site Boundary, (rems) 3.0 x 10-6 9.4 x 10 Population Dose (man-rems) 3.8 x 10 4 7.1-39

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY 7.1.4.8.6 Small Steamline Break This accident has not" been analyzed separately. The only assumption for this accident, which is different from those for the large steamline break, is that a halogen reduction factor of O.l instead of 0.5 is used for that portion of the accident. when the steam generator tubes are covered by feedwater; Since this length of time, will be much less than the time required to cool the plant I down, the greater credit L ~ ~

taken for halogen reduction will have only minimal effect lt II upon the total environmental consequences of the accident.

The environmental consequences of the small steamline br'eak are considere'd to be essentially the same as those for the

~ (

large steamline "break.

'.1.5

SUMMARY

OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONSEQUENCES Section 7,.1.4 of this report discusses the evaluation of the various classes of accidents utilizing the assumptions set forth in AEC .Regulatory Guide 4.2. Table'.1-12 summarizes for the various accidents the whole body population dose within 50 miles of the plant, and the individual. whole body and thyroid doses.'at..the exclusion .distance;:.

It can be seen, from the standpoint 'of deli'vered dose, that the'ost severe 'accident considering total body dose is a loss of coolant accident involving a large primary system pipe break, (class. 8.1) . This accident would also deliver the highest body population dose to persons living within 50 miles, of the plant site and,thehighest individual thyroid exposure at the site boundary. Thus, 'the maximum doses

- "~,r .i, resulting fxom the evaluated accidents at PVNGS are a' follows:

Individual Total 'Body Dose 5.2 x 10 rem Total Body Population Dose 3. 7 x 101 man-rem Thyroid Inhalation Dose 4.4 rem 7'". 1-38'

Table 7.1-12

SUMMARY

OF DOSES RESULTING FROM ACCIDENTS whole Body Dose hyroi'd Inhalation Dose To Population Within At Site Boundary Accident Class Description At Site Boundary(Rem) 50 Wiles (man-Rem) (Rem) 1.0 TRIVIAL INCIDENTS 2.0 SNALI RELEASE OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT 3.0 RADWASTE SYSTEH FAILURE 3.1 Equipment Leakage or Halfunction Gases 1.8 x 10 8.7 x 10 Liquids 7 4 ...0-8 3.7 x 10-6 5.0 x 10-7 Release of Waste Gas Storage Tank Contents 7.0 x 10 1 3.5 x 10-1 3.2 3.3 Release of I,iquid Waste Storage Tank Contents 1.3 x 10 5 6.6 x 10 4 1.8 x 10-5 4.0 FISSION PRODUCTS TO PRZHARY SYSTEM (BWR) NOT APPLICABLE 5.0 FISSION PRODUCTS TO PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SYSTEMS (PWR) 5 1(a) Fuel Cladding Defects and Steam Generator Leak 5 2 Off-design Transients that Induce Fuel Failur 3.6 x 10-6 Above Those Expected and Steam Generator Leak 3.0 x 10 4 3.8 x 10-2 5.3 Stcam Generator Tube Rupture 3.4 x 10-3 1.7 x 10-1* 1.8 x 10 7 6.0 REFUELING ACCIDENTS 6.1 Fuel Bundle Drop 1.2 x 10 3 5.9 x 10-2 7.7 x 10 7 6.2 Hcavy Object Drop Onto Fuel in Core 2.4 x '0 2 1.2 x 10 1 1.5 x 10 5 7.0 SPENT FUEL HANDLING ACCIDENT 5.8 x 10-2 1.3 x 10 4 7.1 Fuel Assembly Drop in Fuel Storage Pool 1~2 x 10 H 7' Hcavy Object Drop Onto Fuel Rack 2.8 x 10 3 14x101 2.6 x 10 4 R 7 3 Fuel Cask Drop 2.8 x 10 3 9.6 x 10 2 0 8.0 ACCZDENT INITIATION EVENTS CONSIDERED IN DESIGN BASIS EVALUATION IN THE SAFETY H

ANALYSIS REPORT R

8 1 Loss of Coolant Accidents Q Small Pipe Break 8.0 x 10-6 9.4 x 10 3 3.9 x 10 4 Large Pipe Break 5.2 x 10 2 3.7 x 101 4.4 Primary System that Penetratcs Con ta inmcnt NOT APPLICABLE 8.2 Control Rod Accidents 0 n n Rod Ejection Accident (PWR) 5.2 x 10 1 3.7 4.4 x 10-1 Rod Drop Accident (BWR) NOT APPLICABI E n 8.3 Steam Line Break Accidents H td PWR Small Brcak 3.2 x 10-6 13x1044 4.9 x 10 5 H Large Break 3.2 x 10-6 1.3 x 10 4 9 x 10 5 BWR NOT APPLICABLE

a. Incidents included and evaluated under routine releases contained in section 5.

PVNGS-1,263 ER PLANT ACCIDENTS INVOLVING RADIOACTIVITY Title 10 CFR Part 100 sets forth limits of exposure as a reference against which to evaluate highly improbably acci-dental releases of radioactive materials from a reactor facility. This regulation specifies a maximum individual whole body dose of 25 roentgen equivalent man at the exclusion boundary, during the '2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> immediately following a postulated release. As a frame of reference, it can be seen that, the maximum whole body accident dose to an individual is less than 0.21 percent of the 10 CFR 100 limit. The same regulation also specifies a maximum individual exposure limit for the thyroid of 300 roentgen equivalent man at the exclu-sion boundary in the same 2-hour period (for design basis at the construction permit stage a reference number of 150 roentgen equivalent man is used).

It can be seen that the maximum thyroid inhalation h

exposures calculated herein, is approximately 2.9 percent of the reference values.

7. 1-,00

7. l. 6 BIBLIOGRAPHY 1., USAEC, "Chart'f the Nuclides," Modified by Battelle-Northwest, May 1969 and May 1970.

2. Meek, M.E. and Gilbert, R.S., Summary of Gamma and Beta Energy and Intensity Data, NEDO-12037, 1970.

3. DiNunno, J.J., ~t al., Calculation of Distance Factors for Power and Test Reactor Sites, TID-14844, 1962.

7. 1-4S

PVNGS-1,263 ER 7.2 OTHER ACCIDENTS

.In addition to accidents that can release radioactivity to the environment, there may be nonradioactive accidents which affect the offsite environment. This discussion identifies those nonradiologic accidents which could be environmentally significant.

7.2.1 ACCIDENTS INVOLVING THE SWITCHYARD No significant environmental concerns have been identified relative to the switchyard. While there is a small probability that a transformer, shunt reactor, series capacitor or circuit breaker could explode or leak, the area potentially affected would be restricted to the immediate vicinity of the malfunc-tioning equipment. Any oil released from a transformer tank rupture would be retained in the crushed gravel retention basin around the transformer. No environmental damage would occur if the sulfur hexafluoride insulating media of large circuit breakers were liberated, since the gas is nonflammable, nontoxic, colorless, and odorless.

7.2.2 ACCIDENTS INVOLVING FUEL AND LUBE OIL STORAGE TANKS One diesel generator fuel oil storage tank will be provided for each of the two emergency diesel generators per unit.

These tanks will be located underground at the edge of the power block, and will have an approximate capacity of 84,000 gallons each. Safety features will include vent stack flame arrestors. Any spill will be confined to the local .area.

Possible accidents are spills which would result in flooding the transfer pump pit or releasing oil to the immediate area.

The pits would be pumped out by tank truck. The possibility of a fire is unlikely and resulting explosion remote.

7~2 1

PVNGS 1 g 263 ER OTHER ACCIDENTS One bulk fuel oil storage tank is presently anticipated. The tank will contain approximately 300,000 gallons of diesel fuel oil, and will be located above ground well away from any major building. It will conform to American Petroleum Institute Code API-650, and will have a vent flame arrestor.

A containment dike will be provided to retain the total tank volume in the event of a rupture or spill. The containment area drain will be fitted with a valve to prevent oil from entering the normal surface runoff drain line. Any spill would be pumped out by tank truck with any residual runoff being retained by the drain system oil-water separator. No leaching to the soil would occur because the area is paved.

One fuel oil storage tank, similar to that provided for the auxiliary boiler, will be located in the reclamation plant area. The tank will have a capacity of approximately 120,000 gallons of No. 6 oil and any oil spill will be contained within the dike and paved area'.

7.2.3 ACCIDENTS INVOLVING HAZARDOUS GASES

7. 2. 3. 1 ~Hdro en

• 'I Hydrogen gas (H2) is stored in pressurized containers designed in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII. Hydrogen is used for generator cooling and oxygen control in the reactor coolant system. It will be stored in a bank of about 20 steel cylinders per unit with a total capacity of approximately 150,000 standard cubic feet, at a pressure of 2200 to 2450 pounds per square inch. Each gauge will be provided with a pressure relief valve and a stack to vent any gas to a safe area for dissipation.

The hydrogen cylinders will be located outdoors near the turbine building in an area readily accessible to delivery equipment. Smoking and open flames will be prohibited and 7~2 2

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER OTHER ACCIDENTS the area fenced off. A leak or rupture of a pressurized H2 container is unlikely because of the stringent precautions taken in materials fabrication and in container storage. If an accident were to occur, an explosion might result which could potentially involve all unexpended H2 gas in the storage containers. Explosive forces may cause local damage, but no significant offsite damage is expected. No hazardous combustion products would be released to the environment during an accident.

7.2.3.2 Chlorine The bulk of chlorine used at PVNGS is for the purpose of oxidation of ammonia in waste water makeup. Liquified chlorine is shipped to the PVNGS water reclamation area in 55-ton tank cars for this purpose (section 3.6).

Additional chlorine is stored onsite in 1-ton cylinders. It is used for water treatment in the circulating water system and for other minor uses throughout the plant. Chlorine for these purposes is stored onsite in 1-ton cylinders.

The accident considered here is the opening of a 1 1/8 inch safety valve on a 55-ton tank car of liquified chlorine. It is postulated that the discharge can be detected and stopped within 200 minutes using repair equipment kept nearby for that, purpose. This accident would result in a continuous release of chlorine vapor which decreases as tank pressure decreases,,in the following manner, for a total release of about 23,000 pounds of chlorine vapor: (1) 7~ 2 3

PVNGS-l, 26 3 ER OTHER ACCIDENTS Average Discharge Rate, Time Interval (minutes) R (lb sec) 0 25 25 50 50 - 75 2~3 75 100 1.7

. 100 150 1.2 150 200 0.8 The same onsite meteorology data base, as described in section 7.1, was used for the derivation of 0 to 2-hour centerline atmospheric dispersion parameters (assuming no building wake factor) for various distances from 100 meters to 2000 meteis at the 50 percentile level for the prediction of concentrations downwind from the accident source as previously described.

3 50% 0 to 2-hr X/Q (sec/m )

100 1.5 (-2) 200 4.1 (-3) 400 1.2 (-3) 600 6.2 (-4) 800 3.9 (-4) 1000 2 7 (-4)

~

1500 1.5 (-4) 2000 9.6 (-5)

The concentration of chlorine vapor downwind can be obtained by the following expression:

6 C(ppm, by volume) = 1.45 x 10 x R(lb/sec) x X/Q 7.2-4

PVNGS-1,263 ER OTHER ACCIDENTS Assuming that wind direction is invariant, vegetation in the direction of the wind would be exposed for the approximate duration of the accident. The calculated concentrations range from a maximum of 8.6 x 10 3 parts per million at 100 meters during the initial 25 minutes of the re'lease to 11 parts per million during the last 50 minutes at 2000 meters.

Farm products (grains, cotton, etc.) would probably suffer approximately 50 percent damage at the 2000-meter distance, with decreasing damage farther out. (2)

Most fauna and men would probably move, or be evacuated, from the rather narrow section affected as soon as the lungs and eyes become sufficiently irritated. These concentrations are calculated to occur out to about 500 meters (entirely within the site area). Beyond that point, the symptoms would be dependent upon how rapidly the affected population moved out of the relatively narrow plume. The effects would range from sickness to changes in pulse and respiratory rate from 500 meters to about 2000 meters, assuming an attempt was made to avoid the irritant.

The recognition by the chlorine industry of the toxicity of chlorine has prompted extreme industry wide safety precautions in the handling and transportation of chlorine. The potential hazards have been so carefully controlled that even with a current annual production in excess of 7 million tons and over 400,000 separate shipments, the accidental release of chlorine is an extremely rare occurrence. (1) These precautions and the fact that the site area is rather large are factors which tend to make the probability of the accident low and the resulting offsite effects, should an accident occur, less severe than they otherwise might be.

7. 2-5

PVNGS-l, 2 6 3 ER OTHER ACCIDENTS 7.2.4 ACCIDENTS INVOLVING HAZARDOUS LIQUIDS AND CHEMICALS 7.2.4.1 Sul huric Acid Sulphuric acid is used to regenerate the demineralizers and to acidify the circulating water system for scale prevention.

Bulk storage facilities include one 15,000 gallon tank located

~t the common water reclamation plant and a 15,000 gallon tank near the circulating water system for each unit. The tanks, designed and fabricated according to API-650, contain 66 Be H 2 SO . They are surrounded by concrete dikes designed to the possibility of leakage to the environment. Low 4'educe levels of H 2 generated within the tanks are vented to the atmosphere. As a safety precaution, smoking and open flames are prohibited near the storage areas. Any large volumes of H SO 2 4 accidently released would be retained within the dike, pumped to a regenerant waste holdup tank, and neutralized with caustic for disposal to the evaporation pond.

7. 2. 4. 2 Sodium H droxide One 10,000 gallon caustic storage tank will be located at the common water reclamation plant. The tank is designed in accordance with the API-650 code and is inside a concrete dike. As with H S04g any NaOH accidentally released from the tank would be retained by the surrounding dike and would also be pumped to the regenerant waste holdup tank for neutralization with acid.

7.2-6

PVNGS-1, 2 6 3 ER OTHER ACCIDENTS 7.

2.5 REFERENCES

1. Howerton, A. E., "Estimating Area Affected by a Chlorine Release," Chlorine Institute Pam hlet R71, 1967.

2. Bond, R. G., Straub, C. P., and Prober R., Handbook of Environmental Control, Air Pollution, Vol 1, CRC Press, Cleveland, Ohio, 1972.

7, 2-7

PVNGS-1,263 ER CONTENTS Page 8.1 BENEFITS 8.1-1 8.1.1 DIRECT BENEFITS 8.1-1 8.1.1.1 Generation 8.1-1 8.1.1.2 Revenues 8.1-2 8.1.2 INDIRECT BENEFITS 8.1-5 8.1.2.1 Employment Benefits 8.1-5 8.1.2.2 Tax Benefits 8.1-0 8.1.3 OTHER BENEFITS 8.1-15 8.1.3.1 Local Ex enditures 8.1-15 8.1.3.2 Purchase of Wastewater Effluent 8.1-16 8.1.4 IMPACTS IF'NOT BUILT 8.. 1. 18 8.2 COSTS 8. 2-1

8. 2.1 ESTIMATED INTERNAL COSTS 8. 2-1 8.2. 2 EXTERNAL COSTS 8.2-3 8.2.2.1 Housing 8.2-3 8.2.2.2 Transportation Services 8.2-6 8.2.2.3 Other Public Services 8.2-7 8.2.2.4 Other Tem orar External Costs 8.2-7 8.2.2.5 Lon -Term External Costs 8.2-7

PVNGS-1,263 ER TABLES Page

8. 1-1 Distribution of Direct Benefits 8.1-3

8. 1-2 Benefits from Proposed Facility 8.1-4 8.1-3 Estimated Labor Requirements During 8. 1-7 Construction of PVNGS

8. 1-4 Annual Payroll and Arizona and United States Income Tax Estimates 1976-1984 8.1-10

8. 1-5 Estimated Sales Tax Revenue from Personal Income Generated Directly by the PVNGS, 1976 to 1984 8.1-12 8 ~ 1-6 Estimated Ad Valorem Taxes 8.1-14

8. 1-7 Revenue Received for Uncommitted Effluent of 91st Avenue Treatment Plant, 1972 8.1-17

8. 2-1 Estimated Internal Costs Summary 8.2-2

8. 2-2 Growth of Housing Units by Type--Phoenix SMSA, 1970-1973 8.2-5

PVNGS-1 g 26 3 ER

8. ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL EFFECTS OF PLANT CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION 8.1 BENEFITS 8.1.1 DIRECT BENEFITS 8.1.1.1 Generation The major direct benefit of the proposed facility will be the value of the generated electricity delivered to consumers.

PVNGS will be operated as a base load plant. It will consist of three nominal 1300 megawatts (electric) nuclear units scheduled to be in service in May 1981, November 1982, and May 1984. There are six participants. The following is the percentage of participation by each:

~ Arizona Electric Power. Cooperative (AEPCO) 2.4%

~ Arizona Public Service Company (APS) 28.1%

~ El Paso Electric Company (EPE) 15.8%

~ Public Service Company of New Mexico (PNM) 10.2%

~ Salt River Project (SRP) 28.1%

~ Tucson Gas a Electric Company (TG&E) 15.4%

AEPCO, APS, SRP and TG&E serve customers in the state of Arizona only; PNM serves customers in the state of New Mexico only; and EPE serves customers in the states of Texas and New Mexico, as well as Chihuahua, Mexico. Included in these service areas are the major metropolitan areas of Phoenix, El Paso, Albuquerque and Tucson. All service areas have experienced substantial population and economic growth since World War II. Electrical energy consumption has also exper-ienced extraordinary increases. The proposed -faci;lity is vital to the participants'bility to continue to meet demand'nd to maintain adequate reserves.

Expected average annual generation, generating capacity, pro-portional distribution of electricity by customer class, and

8. 1-1

PVNGS-1,263 ER BENEFITS average annual revenue for PVNGS I

and the participating utilities are shown in 'table 8.1-1. A summary of both the direct and indirect benefits is presented in table 8.1-2.

In this table, a discount rate of 7.8 percent was used in computing the present worth of revenues and other benefits expressed in monetary terms. This discount rate represents a composite of the cost of capital for the six participants.

The participating utilities are all members of the Western t

Systems Coordinating Council (WSCC). The area within WSCC cons'ists of over 1,'600,000 square miles of service territory I

covering all or parts of 14 western states and the Province of British Columbia. Th'is is well over one-third the total h

servi'ce ar'ea in the nine Regional Reliability Councils of h It NERC. Within WSCC there are large variations in electrical loa'd densities, extremes. in distances between resources centers, and extremes in distances between groupings of and'oad resources and loads. These conditions result in a wide range I

ofelectric service problems and requirements for power trans'fers,on an'ntrasystem, intersystem, and interarea basis.

Appendix 8A sets forth the procedure for load shedding for '~

the, Arizona-New Mexico area... This appendix is based on, the, WSCC response to FPC Docket No. R-362 and R-405. For the total 35,642 megawatts of peak load is equipped for auto-tt WSCC area, matic under-frequency load shedding', with another 505 megawatts s ,~ I h

of load which is prearranged to be shed manually at certain low frequency levels. The total of 36,147 megawatts is about t II ~

55 percent of the estimated 1973 peak 'load'.

'h ~ ~

8.1.1.2 Revenues r '

The uniform series present worth:factor at 7.8 percent equals 12.185 for the 40-year, life. of each, unit. This factor was,.

used in discounting the revenues for each unit .to,its start, of service, which is 1981, 1982, and 1984 for units 1, 2, and 3,

8. 1-2

Table 8.1-1 DISTRIBUTION OF DIRECT BENEFITS PVNGS APS SRP TG&E AEPCO EPE PNM Expected average annual generation in kilowatt-hours 25. 6xl0 7. 19xl0 7. 19xl0 3. 94xl0 0. 62x10 4. 05xlO 2.6lxlO Capacity in kilowatts 3810xlO 107lxlO 107lx10 588xlO 90x10 3 600xlO 390xlO Proportional distribution of electrical energy Industrial 6. 45xl0 1.57xlO 1.42xlO 1.93x10 0.17x10 0.74xlO 0.62xlo Commercial 7.33xlO 2.36x10 1.73x10 0.7lxlO 0.15xlo 1.46xlo 0.92xl0 Residential 7.78x10 2.28x10 2.83x10 0. 93x10 0.14x10 0.93xlo 0.67xl0 Other l. 93xl0 0'.16x10 "* 0.8lxlO 0. 15xlo 0.08xlo 0.54x10 0.19xlO (Losses) 2.1lx10 0. 82xl0 0. 40xlo 0.22xlO 0.09xl0 0.38xlo 0.21xlo Revenue from delivered benefits:

Electrical energy generated in

$ /yr 517.3xlo 160. 6xlO 117.9xlo 79.7xlO 12.2xlo 89.7xl0 6 57.2xl0

a. Expected annual delivery in kilowatt-hours

PVNGS-1,263 ER BENEFITS Table 8.1-2 BENEFITS FROM PROPOSED FACILITY Direct Benefits Expected Average Annual Generation (a) 25'00 i 000 i 000 kWh Capacity (>> 3,810,000 kW Proportional Distribution of Electrical Energy (Expected Annual Delivery) <a)

Industrial 6 / 450 g 000 g 000 kWh Commercial 7g 330'00'00 kWh Residential 7 i 780 i 000 i 000 kWh Other 1 930 i 000 i 000 kWh Expected Average Annual Btu of Steam Sold from the Facility Expected Average Annual Delivery of Other Beneficial Products Revenues from Delivered Benefits Electrical Energy Generated $3 i 385 i 21 1 i 000 Steam Sold Other Products Indirect Benefits (as appropriate)

Taxes (Local, State, Federal) (c) 216,260,500 Research minor Regional Product not assessed Environmental Enhancement minor Employment (d) $ 335 756,000 Education minor Others Revenues to municipalities for ANPP purchase of sewage ef fluent (b) 21,358,000 a ~ See preceding table for distribution by utility.

b. See paragraph 8.1.1.2.

c ~ Includes property tax revenues plus income and sales taxes based on employee income. These tax revenues discounted to present worth.

d. Includes construction and operating payroll present, worth.

8. 1-4'

PVNGS-1,26(3 ER BENEFITS respectively. The present worth factors applied to those results to yield present worth in 1974 were 0.5911 (from 1981 to 1974), 0. 5483 (from 1982 to 1974), and 0. 4718 (from 1984 to 1974) .

Revenues to municipalities for wastewater effluent are based on current PVNGS option arrangement through 1980 (see section 8.1.3.2) and PVNGS purchase of effluent at, $ 30 per acre-foot when delivery begins. Each power generating unit. will require 35,000 acre-feet per year. Present worth is computed in accordance with method specified in table 8.1-2.

8.1.2 INDIRECT BENEFITS This section will deal with the economic and social benefits not directly related to the production and use of electrical power of PVNGS in Maricopa County. Major benefits include those accruing from employment, taxes, and PVNGS expenditures locally for materials and services. Secondary and tertiary economic and social benefits of a similar nature will be derived from these major benefits.

8.1.2.1 Employment Benefits The employment benefits of PVNGS will be 'divided between impact during the construction phase and impact during the much longer operating phase of the project. There is a period of 3 years during which the first unit and, later, the second unit, will be operating while construction of the subsequent unit(s) continues. Some very significant beneficial impacts will be derived during the construction phase for certain

'I business sectors.

8.1.2.1.1 Construction Work is scheduled to begin May 1976 and to end in late 1984.

This represents about an 8-year construction period. At the

8. 1-5

PVNGS-li263 ER BENEFITS height of construction activity, there will be an average of 3100 workers actively involved in the project. These average figures include skilled craftsmen, laborers, supervisors, engineers, technicians, and kindred workers on the site.

Table 8.1-3 provides a breakdown of the average number of workers by time period and presents the total payroll in each time period along with average annual wage per man.

The construction labor force for PVNGS will consist of workers from Maricopa County and all of the State of Arizona as well as from outside Arizona because .of the project size and the need for a large work force of both skilled and unskilled workers.

Although there will be demands for workers'for other power plant construction work during the PVNGS construction time frame, conditions will be favorable for attaching workers to PVNGS because of its proximity to the Phoenix metropolitan area.

It is impossible now to determine how many workers will I

come from outside Maricopa County and from outside Arizona.

But, due to the long-term construction-program, it is reasonable to assume that a percentage of outside workers will become residents of the county area.

An economic base analysis technique will be used to provide

'econdary employment projections. The technique involved .

requires an 'estimate of base employment, which is defined as 4

those workers producing a project or service that is sold or exported outside the area in question. The income thus derived serves as the principal support of employment in the nonbase, or secondary, area which results in an employment multiplier.

In a base study recently completed by the Bureau of Economic and Business Research at Arizona State University,(1) the employment multiplier for Maricopa County was determined to be 3.6, i.e., for each new base job created, 2;6 secondary jobs would result. This employment multiplier, however, must be used with caution until it can be determined 'what proportion

8. 1-6

PVNGS-1,263 ER.

BENEFITS Table 8.1-3 r ESTIMATED LABOR REQUIREMENTS DURING CONSTRUCTION OF PVNGS Direct Payroll Average Per Time No. of Period Time Period Workers (gx103)

May and Jun e 1976 200 696 3rd quarter 1976 900 4,698 4th quarter 1976 1,500 7,830 1st quarter 1977 2,100 11,403 2nd quarter 1977 2,800 15,204 3rd quarter 1977 2,900 17,139 4th quarter 1977 3,000 17,730 1st quarter 1978 3,000 18,270 2nd quarter 1978 3,000 18,270 3rd quarter 1978 3,100 19,809 4th quarter 1978 3,100 19,809 1st quarter 1979 3,100 21,390 2nd quarter 1979 3,100 21,390 3rd quarter 1979 3,100 21,390 4th quarter 1979 3,100 21,390 1st quarter 1980 3,100 22,320 2nd quarter 1980 3,000 21,600 3rd quarter 1980 2,900 22,272 4th quarter 1980 2,800 21,504 1st quarter 1981 2,700 21,060 2nd quarter 1981 2,400 18,720 3rd quarter 1981 2,200 17,622 4th quarter 1981 1,900 15,219 1st quarter 1982 1,700 14,892 2nd quarter 1982 1,400 12,264 3rd quarter 1982 1,100 11,'319 4th quarter 1982 800 8,232 1st quarter 1983 500 5,145 2nd quarter 1983 300 3,087 3rd quarter 1983 200 1,998 4th quarter 1983 100 999 1st quarter 1984 100 999 April 1984 100 333 456,003

8. 1 PVNGS-l, 263 ER BENEFITS of construction jobs are base jobs and what proportion of jobs will be filled locally. However, the number of jobs changes from year to year, and existing secondary employment at the time of PVNGS. construction may be capable of handling much of the demands for goods and services registered by the construction employees. Nevertheless, it can be assumed, that there will be positive effects in the Buckeye area in terms of secondary employment and that new businesses will be opened to provide the additional goods and services demanded. Again, precise estimates are difficult because business people well recognize the nonpermanence of the construction employment.

8.1.2.1.2 Postconstruction A staff of approximately 300 will be required to operate and maintain PVNGS. The annual payroll will be approximately

$ 4.5 million. The hiring of this permanent staff will commence in 1976. By May 1981, the full staff will be employed.

j The actual secondary impact of these permanent employees will depend on how many of the jobs represent a net increase in utilities employment. When compared to a personal income of

$ 4.8 billion for Maricopa County in 1972, the net addition to the base employment figure derived from a $ 4.5 million annual payroll of the power station is not likely to have any signi-ficant impact on county employment in total, especially in view of the sizeable construction work force which will preceed the permanent work force.

8.1.2.2 Tax Benefits Major tax benefits in the area of income, excise, and ad valorem taxes will accrue to the Federal government and the State of Arizona as a result of the construction and operation of PVNGS.

The political subdivisions affected in addition to the Federal government are as follows:

o State of Arizona

~ Maricopa County, Arizona

8. 1-8

PVNGS-l, 263 ER BENEFITS o Ruth Fisher Elementary District No. 90

~ Arlington Elementary District No. 47 e Buckeye Union High School District o Maricopa County Community College District .

~ Multi-county Water Conservation District

~ Flood Control District of Maricopa County.

8.1.2.2.1 Income Tax Income tax revenues resulting from employment during the construction phase of PVNGS can be estimated for both the State of Arizona and the United States. These are rough estimates because there is no way to forecast, at this date, what the applicable income tax rates will be in the period May 1976 .through April 1984. The estimates are based on existing tax rates and assumptions. Table 8.1-4 represents the annual payroll estimates for the construction phase of the project. Approximately 1.4 to 1.5 percent of personal income earned in Arizona is paid to the State under the auspices of the state income tax at the current rate structure.

I The estimates of United States income tax receipts are provided in columns three and four. These estimates are based on the following assumptions:,

e Over the years 1976-1980, the average tax rate increasing from 15 to 20 percent is applicable to the average annual wage per man for those years as calculated from table 8.1-3.

~ For 1981-1984, an average tax rate increasing from 20 to 25 percent is employed.

The Arizona Legislature this year increased corporate income tax rates. The new maximum rate, effective for 1974, is 10.5 percent of taxable corporate income. The current maximum is

8. 1-9

Table 8.1-4 ANNUAL PAYROLL AND ARIZONA AND UNITED STATES INCOME TAX ESTIMATES 1976-1984 Estimated .Arizona United States

-Payroll Income Tax Income Tax Estimate Year (gxl03) Estimate(a) (gxl03) 1976 13,224 185,136 1,984 2 645 1977 61,476 860,664 9,221 12,295 1978 76,158 1,066,212 11,424 15,232 1979 85,560 1,197,840 12,834 17,112 1980 87,696 1,227,744 13,154 17,539 CO 1981 72,621 1,016,694 14,524 18,155 I

1982 46,707 653,898 9,341 11,677 C) 1983 11,229 157,206 2,246 2,807 1984 1,332 18,648 2,266 333 TOTAL $ 456,003 6,384,042 74,994 95,150 a0 Payroll column times 0. 014

b. Payroll column times assumed average tax rate of 15% for 1976 to 1980, 20% for 1981 to 1984 c Payroll column times assumed average tax rate of 20% for 1976 to 1980, 25% for 1981 to 1984

PVNGS-li263 ER BENEFITS 8 percent. All other things equal, this will increase the potential corporate income taxes paid by PVNGS participants subject to such taxes about 31 percent. It is 'estimated that the State will receive approximately 10 million dollars a year from this source when all three units are in operation.

I Federal income taxes resulting from the operation of this facility will approximate 100 million dollars a year when all three units are in operation.

8.1.2.2.2 Excise Taxes In addition to the state income tax revenues, the State of Arizona and its municipalities will benefit from the sales tax revenues which can be anticipated on the basis of payroll generated by PVNGS. Approximately 2.5 percent of personal income is paid in the form of sales tax levies. Table 8.1-5 provides an estimate of the annual amount collected, based on m

the payroll during the construction phase. Again, these will represent net revenues only to the extent that the payroll is above and beyond what would have occurred in the regular process of economic growth, but with the added complication that it is not known to what extent income will be sent home by the transient workers. As of July 1, 1974, the state sales tax will be raised from 3 to 4 percent. This is the basis for the figures in the last column of table 8.1-5.

Income tax and sales tax revenues for the operation phase of PVNGS have not been estimated, both because the yields would be relatively low, and because i:t is too far in the future.

But the net positive impact of the operating phase is recognized because of the long duration it will be in existence.

8.1.2.2.3 Ad Valorem Taxes The Department of Property Valuation, a division of the new Department of Revenue, is charged by statute with the

8. 1-11

PVNGS 1 i 26 3 ER BENEFITS Table 8.1-5 ESTIMATED SALES TAX REVENUE FROM PERSONAL INCOME GENERATED DIRECTLY BY THE PVNGS, 1976 TO 1984 Estimated Payroll Sales Tax Revenue Year ($xl03) (gxl03) 1976 13,224 439 1977 61,476 2,041 1978 76,158 2,539 1979 85,560 2,841 1980 87,696 2,912 1981 72,621 2,411 1982 46,707 1,551 1983 11,229 373 1984 li332 44 TOTAL $ 456,003 15,151 responsibility of fixing the full cash value of utilities for ad valorem tax purposes. Past experiences indicate that the value for tax purposes of the completed plant will approximate

$ 1,676,000i000. Electric utilities are assessed at 50 percent of full cash value. Hence, the assessed value of the completed plant is estimated to be $ 838,000,000. Each taxing district, having jurisdiction then applies its tax rate to that value.

1 For the purposes of estimating tax benefits, 1973 actual tax rates have been used for all political subdivisions except where the legislature has prescribed new rates for 1974.

At the present, time, the statewide general property tax is used to balance the state's budget. First, total State require-ments for the fiscal year are determined, then tax revenues from all sources other than the property tax are estimated.

This and any cash surpluses from the preceding fiscal year are added together and subtracted from the total amount required.

8. 1-12

PVNGS-'1,263 ER BENEFITS A state property tax, is then levied to provide the difference.

For fiscal year 1973, the state property tax was $ 0.75 per

$ 100 of assessed value. Based on that rate, the state' annual property tax revenue from PVNGS is shown in table 8.1-6

,to approximate $ 6,285,000.

The newly enacted school finance legislation is designed to shift, the bulk of the financial burden to the State from the local district. To that end, the new law defines a state aid support level of $ 745 for elementary students and $ 1015 for high school students. Each elementary or high school district must, have a minimum local tax rate of $ 1.30 per $ 100 of assessed value to qualify for state aid. If this tax rate yields less than the support level, the state provides the difference; if the local tax rate yields more than the support level, there will be no state aid. The 1973 tax rates in Arlington and Fisher are $ 1.89 and $ 4.73 respectively, while it is $ 2.48 in the Buckeye High School District. In order to'finance the additional state aid to education, a special state tax'rate of $ .75 per $ 100 assessed valuation will be levied beginning in 1974. Based on an assessed value of $ 838,000.,000 for PVNGS, such a tax will yield $ 6,285,000 to the state.

A significant portion of the county's revenue is generated through the property tax levy. The rate for fiscal year 1973 was $ 1.94 per $ 100 of assessed value. Based on that. rate, Maricopa County's annual property tax revenue from PVNGS is shown in table 8.1-6 to approximate $ 16,257,200.

District derives A

The Maricopa County Community College its revenue from a countywide tax levy, the State, and student tuition and fees. In, fiscal year 1973, the community college tax rate was $ 0.57 per $ 100 of assessed value. Based on that rate, the annual property tax revenue from PVNGS is shown in table 8.1-6 to approximate $ 4,776,600.

8.1-13

PVNGS-1,263 ER BENEFITS Table 8.1-6 ESTIMATED AD VALOREM TAXES Actual Estimated 1973 Est; Annual .

Jurisdiction Value Tax Rate Tax Yield Arizona $ 838/000g000 $0 '5 6,285,000 Special Education State Tax rate effective 74 838, 000, 000 0.75 6,285,000 Maricopa County 838 g 000 '00 1.94 16,257,200 Maricopa County Com-munity College Dist. 838i 000'00 0. 57 4,776,600 Arlington/Ruth Fisher Elementary Districts 838,000,000 (a) 10, 894, 000 Buckeye Union High School District 838,000,000 (a) 10,894,000 Flood Control District of Maricopa County 838, 000, 000 (b)

Multi-County Water Con-servation District 838,000,000 (c)

Ad Valorem Taxes $ 55,391,800 a ~ Historically ad valorem taxes attributable to elementary and high school districts have averaged 50 to 60 per-cent of'he total tax bill. However, for purposes of this study, the minimum tax rate required to used be levied in order to qualify for state aid was

($ 1.30 elementary/$ 1.30 high school.)

b. Flood Control Districts may levy a tax not to exceed

$ 100 of assessed valuation of land and improve- 20'er ments. No estimated annual tax yield is given because the separate value of land and improvements is not known.

c ~ Multi-County Water Conservation Districts may levy a tax not to exceed 10C per $ 100 of assessed valuation of all property. No tax was levied in 1973.

8. 1-14

PVNGS-1,263 ER BENEFITS At this time, it is difficult to project tax revenues for the Arlington, Fisher and Buckeye Union Districts. There are several reasons for this. First, the new legislation requires counties to present plans for consolidation of small school districts which could impact on the Fisher and Arlington districts. Second, the fact that PVNGS property lies in both districts presents problems which will only be solved once the precise layout of the power plant and support facilities are known and once PVNGS and the Arizona Department of Property Valuation agree as to how units of land which do not contain improvements are to be treated. Then precise tax yield estimates can be made. For the purposes of this study, it is assumed that all of the property will be subject to an ele-mentary district tax, whether it be Arlington or Ruth Fisher or a portion by each. All of the taxable property will, of course, be subject to the Buckeye Union High School tax.

It should be emphasized that, the tax rates used in table 8.1-6 are for the year 1973 only. Actual rates for 1976 and future years, of course, are not known; however, it is felt that such rates will be in excess of those for 1973.

A contractors gross receipts tax is collected in Arizona. It is estimated that $ 6,000,000 will be paid to the State of Arizona by the prime contractor constructing PVNGS. This payment will be made in accordance with the provisions of the Arizona Gross Income and Use Taxes law for work performed in the State of Arizona. Also, additional state taxes in an amount as yet undetermined are expected to be paid by sub-contractors who may perform parts of the work.

8.1.3 OTHER BENEFITS 8.1.3.1 Local Expenditures A substantial amount of, the total expenditures during construction for materials, equipment, and services will be

8. 1-15

PVNGS-'1,2&3 ER BENEFITS spent in Arizona. The experience of the participating utilities and the constructor indicate that approximately

$ 500 million will be spent in Arizona, with a substantial portion of this. amount being spent in Maricopa County. This impacts upon secondary employment, personal income, and local taxes in a favorable manner.

8.1.3.2 Purchase of Wastewater Effluent A current benefit of PVNGS is the revenue being received by Phoenix and five other county municipalities through an option agreement with PVNGS concerning wastewater effluent. The City of Phoenix operates two sewage treatment plants near the Salt River. The first, at 23rd Avenue, is owned by Phoenix; the second, at 91st Avenue,- is a joint venture of Phoenix and five other communities. At the present time, PVNGS pays

$ 1.00 per year per acre-foot of uncommitted wastewater effluent being discharged by these plants. The committed effluent is being withdrawn from the river and used for irrigation and other purposes. The uncommitted effluent is also discharged into the river. The option reserves the right for PVNGS participants to use the uncommitted effluent which will be discharged in the future up to a maximum of 140,000 acre-feet per year.

In 1972, the participating utilities paid $ 55,304 for 55,304 acre-feet of uncommitted effluent; 28,377 acre-feet from the 23rd Avenue plant and the balance of 26,927 acre-feet from the 91st Avenue plant., All of the committed effluent also comes from the 91st Avenue plant. Table 8.1-7 shows the revenue by each of the cities participating in the 91st Avenue plant and the proportion of the total these payments represent. The option payment for the 23rd Avenue discharge went solely to Phoenix.

The aforementioned option agreement will probably be maintained at least through 1980. It is anticipated that the first of 8 ~ 1-16

Table 8.1-7 REVENUE RECEIVED FOR UNCOMMITTED EFFLUENT OF 91ST AVENUE TREATMENT PLANT, 1972 Range of Minimum Anticipated Revenue Revenue Received Percent of 1983 and beyond(b)

Under Option Plan Option $ 20 per $ 30 per City at $1 per acre-ft(a) Revenue(>) acre-ft acre-ft Phoenix $ 14, 007 76.6 922,264 $ 1,383,396 Scottsdale 3,694 6.7 80,668 121,002 Tempe 3,567 6.5 78,260 117,390 Glendale 3.227 5.8 69,832 104,748 Mesa 2,331 4.2 50,568 75,852 Youngtown 101 0.2 2,408 3,612 TOTAL $ 26i927 100.0 $ 1,204,000 $ 1,806,000

a. Water and Sewers Department, City of Phoenix (source).

b. Calculated.

PVNGS-li 263 ER BENEFITS three power generating units will become opexable in 1981, followed by the second in 1982, and the third in 1984. Each unit will require 35,000 acre-feet of water per year for a total of 105,000 acre-feet in 1983 and beyond. In the mean-time, pipeline facilities will have been constructed to carry the effluent to the plant site. When delivery begins, the participating utilities will pay a price of from $ 20 to $ 30 for each acre-foot required. Each of the communities, it is assumed, will share the revenue generated on that portion of the effluent coming from the 91st Avenue plant on the basis provided by column two of table 8.1-7. To the extent that effluent from the 23rd Avenue plant will comprise part, of the total requirement, that revenue will only accrue to the City of Phoenix.

Based on estimates provided by the Rice Division of NUS Corporation, a 'maximum of 44,800 acre-feet could be delivered by the 23rd Avenue plant. The remaining (at a minimum) 60,200 of the required 105,000 acre-feet would come from the 91st Avenue plant. On this basis, a range of minimum revenues which could be realized by each of the participating cities is presented in columns three and four of table 8;1-7, based on the price range of $ 20-$ 30 per acre-foot. It is assumed that each water and sewer user in the affected communities will derive economic benefits.

8. 1. 4 IMPACTS IF NOT BUILT As discussed in chapter 1, load requirements for participants will more than double between the present and scheduled opera-tion of the first unit in 1981, requiring the generation of an additional 12,000 megawatts in new resources. The proposed facility makes a major contribution toward meeting these needs.

Any delays in the construction of these units could seriously affect the system reliability. If, for example, the first unit is not operating in 1981, as planned, then the reserve

8. 1-18

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER BENEFITS margin of PVNGS participants drops from 28.4 to 16.3 percent as shown in table 1.1-8. Further, if neither of the first, two units is on line in late 1982 as scheduled, 'the reserve margin drops to 13.2 percent.

The service areas of the participants cover large portions of four states and include over two million people. The geo-graphic, demographic, economic, and social characteristics, as well as total load and load characteristics of each par-ticipant differs, thus making it. difficult to quantify the impact of electrical shortages. There have been no major bulk power failures in the service areas of the participants, so that the effect of shortage cannot be extrapolated from exper-ience. It is known, however, that the northeast blackout of 1965 affected approximately 30 million people and cost an estimated $ 100 million.

8. 1-19

C t'

4. 'h I

PVNGS-l', '283 ER'HORT-TERM POWER SHORTAGES

~ 'nterrupt'ervice to selected distribution feeders throughout the system in such a manner as to maintain the stability of the transmission system and preserve service to the large residential communities, and loads of a public safety nature. The duration of these inter-ruptions will be as short as possible and will be rotated in such a way to be equitable.

~ Pertinent data for all interruptions and curtailments shall be recorded and records shall be kept by the Operations Department. Copies of these records will be made available as required to'ederal and state regulatory agencies.

8A.6 AREA INFORMATION CENTERS Area operation coordination is accomplished through telephone and personal contacts with system representatives, telephone conference calls, group meetings, extensive 'area computer programs and reports.

The application of these particular procedures shall be coor-dinated through the affected control centers as listed:

~ Arizona Public Service Company

~ Salt River Project

~ USBR-Lower Colorado Division

~ Tucson Gas & Electric Company

~ Public Service Company II of New Mexico

~ El Paso Electric SA-9

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER SHORT-TERM POWER SHORTAGES 8A.7 MEMBER SYSTEMS: -

WESTERN SYSTEMS COORDINATING COUNCILS I

/ g 5 I NORTHWEST POWER POOL" West Grou Sub-Area BPA Bonneville Power Administration CHPD Chelan County PUD USCE U.S. Corps of Engineers (North Pacific Division)

COPD Cowlitz County PUD DOPD Douglas County PUD EWEB Eugene'Water & Electric Board GCPD Grant County PUD PGE Portland, General Electric PPL Pacific Power & Light Company PSPL Puget Sound Power & Light Company I SCL Seattle City Light TCL Tacoma City Light USR U.S. Bureau of Reclamation (Pacific Northwest Division)

WWPC The Washington Water Power Company East Grou Sub-Area CRSP U.S. Bureau of Reclamation (Upper Colorado Division)

IPC Idaho Power Company MPC The Montana Power Company PPL Pacific Power & Light Company UPLC Utah Power & Light Company Canadian Grou Sub-Area BCHA British Columbia Hydro & Power Authority WKPL West Kootenay Power & Light Company II ROCKY MOUNTAIN POWER AREA COL City of Lamar CRSP U.S. Bureau of Reclamation (Upper Colorado Division)

CUEA Colorado-Ute Electric Association PPL Pacific Power & Light Company (Wyoming Division)

PSC Public Service Company of Colorado SCPC Southern Colorado Power Company, Division of Central Telephone & Utilities Corporation TSGT Tri-State Generation and Transmission Assoc., Inc.

USR U.S. Bureau of Reclamation (Lower Missouri Division) (Includes Nebraska Public Power District)

SA-10

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER SHORT-TERM POWER SHORTAGES ARIZONA NEW MEXICO AREA New Mexico Power Pool CPS Community Public Service (New Mexico Division)

EPE El Paso Electric Company PEGT Plains Electric G & T Coop (nonmember)

PSNM Public Service Company of New Mexico USR U.S. Bureau of Reclamation (Southwest Division)

Pacific Southwest Sub-Area C APA Arizona Power Authority APS Arizona Public Service Company IID Imperial Irrigation District (nonmember)

SRP Salt River Project TGE Tucson Gas & Electric Company USR U.S. Bureau of Reclamation (Lower Colorado Division)

PACIFIC SOUTHWEST POWER AREA Sub-Area A CDWR California Department of Water Resources MWD Metropolitan Water District SDGE San Diego Gas & Electric Company SCE Southern California Edison Company Sub-Area B CDWR California Department of Water Resources BURB City of Burbank (nonmember)

GLEN City of, Glendale LDWP City of Los Angeles Department of Water & Power PASA City of Pasadena.

NEVP Nevada Power Company Sub-Area D CDWR California Department of Water Resources PG&E Pacific Gas & Electric Company SMUD Sacramento Municipal Utility District SPP Sierra Pacific Power Company USR U.S. Bureau of Reclamation (Mid-Pacific Division)

SA-11

t. II' a

I, Y \ Y Y ~ g II lr Y

~4 Y

ft r < ~

f~ '

Y f

el

PVNGS-1,263 ER 8.2 COSTS Costs associated with the siting; construction, and operation of PVNGS consist of two types: (1) those which relate directly to the construction of the plant and site development and consequent disruption to the site environment, and (2) those which appear largely as opportunity costs involving alternative uses of the site, loss of personal income and reduction of regional product, reduction of recreational values, increased public service costs, encroachment upon historical and aesthetic values, and intrusion upon the existing environment.

The first type of cost is confined largely to the site and is usually of short-term duration. The second type of cost, generally accrues to the surrounding region and typically has a long-term effect. .The nature of both types of costs, in most instances, precludes their quantification and, as such, they can best be evaluated in qualitative terms identifying their estimated magnitude and duration. These costs, as they can be attributed to the development and operation of PVNGS, will be examined separately in the following sections.

8.2.1 ESTIMATED INTERNAL COSTS=

The internal costs associated with the facility are those costs associated with site and plant development and include the capital investment in land, facilities, and incremental transmission facilities; operating, maintenance and fuel costs; and decommissioning costs. No research and development costs are anticipated. The capital cost for land is approximately

$ 2,250,000. The estimated capital cost for construction of the facility is $ 1,792,000,000 exclusive of interest and taxes during construction. With these indirect. costs included, the capital costs of construction are $ 2,250,000,000. Additionally, there will be incremental 'capital costs of about $ 90,000,000 for transmission facilities.

8.2-1

PVNGS-1,263 ER COSTS Levelized annual expenditures (operations, maintenance, nuclear insurance and fuel) during plant operation (40-year plant life) are estimated to be $ 110,848,000. 'uel costs comprise over half of these annual expenditures. Plant decommissioning costs at the'nd of plant life are estimated to amount to 10 percent of the original plant cost.

The above costs are expressed in terms of undiscounted actual values. Table 8.2-1 presents a summary of the internal costs, wherein all costs are discounted to present worth using a discount factor of 7.8 percent.

The uniform series present worth factor at 7.8 percent equals 12.185 for the 40-year life of each unit. This factor was used in discounting the operating costs for each unit to its start of service, which is 1981, 1982, and 1984,for units 1, 2 and 3, respectively. The present worth factors applied to the results to yield present worth in 1974 are 0.5911 (from 1981 to 1974), 0.5483 (from 1982 to 1974), and 0.4718 (from 1984 to 1974) .

Table 8.2-1 ESTIMATED INTERNAL COSTS

SUMMARY

Capital cost of land 2,250,000 Capital cost of facility construction 1 i 547 i 1 30 i 000 Incremental capital costs of transmission facilities 59,584,000 Fuel costs 395,363,000 Operating 6 Maintenance costs 330 i 027 i 000 Decommissioning costs 4,873,000 TOTAL 2J339i227i000

a. Discounted to present worth at a rate of 7.8%.

8.2-2

PVNGS-l,263 ER COSTS 8.2.2 EXTERNAL COSTS The site is quite remote in the western sector of Maricopa County, and the displacement of local residents will be minimal. As a consequence, income that will be lost as a result of the land area acquired for the construction site will also be minimal. To the extent that there are working farms or ranches producing income on acreage which is part of the site, the price paid. for such privately held lands reflected the capitalization of future annual incomes. Private parties, therefore, have already been compensated. Income lost to society as well as tax revenues lost to political jurisdictions will be very modest, especially when compared to the income and tax benefits which will be realized from PVNGS.

The temporary external costs associated with the development of PVNGS- will result from excess demands the construction process places on the resources, services, and facilities'n the surrounding region. These demands will have their principal impact on the cost and supply of housing, the quality of public services,,and the quality of the offsite environment.

8. 2. 2. 1 ~Hous1n The manpower requirements for construction of PVNGS will be filled by a combination of local labor, transient labor (labor that relocates on a semi-permanent basis), and labor that commutes on a daily or weekly basis from beyond the immediate labor market (see section 8.1.2.l)- The housing requirements of the latter two types of labor resources, while differing, will both exert an influence on the housing supply in the communities near the construction site. One type will more likely desire single-family housing on an ownership basis, the other type will require rental housing in the form of single rooms or room combinations less accommodating for family living.

8.2-3

PVNGS-1,263 ER COSTS Housing construction in the Phoenix Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (SMSA) has been proceeding at a brisk pace for the last 7 years, after recovering from a slump in the mid-1960's. The increase in housing units reflects the rapid increase in population.and personal income that has taken place over the same period. At the present time there is a slowing down of housing construction due to the high mortgage interest rates which prevail over the nation as a whole, and a rise in the vacancy rate.

Table 8.2-2 shows the number of housing units available in the county by type of unit and the percent change of each type over the time period indicated. The vacancy rate range, within which vacancies for single residence and multiresidence units fell during this period, is also given. Table 8.2-2 clearly indicates the growth of housing units in the Phoenix SMSA. The market is relatively tight in the area of single family residences, as indicated by the vacancy rate; but ample vacancies exist in the multifamily units and mobile home pads. These vacancies exist over the entire metropolitan area and are of the type most. likely to be in demand by the out-of-area construction force.

The availability of housing near the plant site must be considered because of the possible influx of workers required I

to work at the site during the construction period. The following data represent an inventory of housing in the area considered proximate to the construction site.

Inventory of housing units in the area of the plant site (Peoria, unincorporated Peoria, El Mirage, Surprise, Youngtown, Tolleson, Avondale, Goodyear, Buckeye, Gila Bend, Wickenburg, and the unincorporated areas of Tolleson through Wickenburg) showed 29,934 single units and 16,667 of all other units. The latter includes multiple units, townhouses and condominiums,

8. 2-4

Table 8.2-2 GROWTH OF HOUSING UNITS BY TYPE PHOENIX SMSA i 1970 1973 Phoenix Metropolitan Area Percent Increase 1970 1971 1972 1973 1970-1973 Single Family -231, 363 249, 037 269,246 277,998 20.2 Multiple Units 58,564 79,408 93,338 97,583 66.6 Townhouses, Condominiums 5,630 8,675 13,334 17,129 204.2 Mobile Homes 21,422 )2,700 38,400 41,400 93.3 TOTAL 316,989 369,820 )

414,318 434,110 36.9 Housing unit vacancy: Single'nits 1.5 to 2.0 (a)

Multiple .units ll to 12

a. Average 3.5-yr period

PVNGS- 1, 2 6 3 ER COSTS and mobile home pads. An estimate of the inventory of housing that would be available in this area at year-end 1973 was made by counting the number of housing units permitted in the last half of 1972 and the first half of 1973, assuming a 6-month time lag before they would be available on the housing market.

The year-end inventory is estimated at 31,010 single units and 17,367 of all others. Since occupancy figures are approximately 98 percent for singles and 67 percent for all the other units, a higher vacancy rate exists than for the county as a whole.

The inventory now available and the additions anticipated will provide ample housing within a relatively short commuting distance from the site, and yet within easy access to the amenities of the metropolitan area. On this basis, no special facilities are required to house the construction force.

8.2.2.2 Trans ortation Services Given a site location about 50 miles from downtown Phoenix, there is adequate access to the following portions of the interstate highway system. I-17, referred to as the Black Canyon Freeway, cuts Phoenix in a north-south direction. About 100 miles north is the city of Flagstaff with its summer and winter recreation facilities and access to I-40. To the south is access to I-10 and.the city of Tucson. The portion of I-10 which lies west of Phoenix is completed from the west to a point about 10 miles north of the plant site near Tonopah, Arizona. From here, travelers from the west, are detoured over county roads to U.S. 80 and then east to Phoenix and I-17 and I-10 east. This is the access route to the plant site from Phoenix that. is now available. I-8 lies about 50 miles south of the plant site via county roads and U.S. 80 south from Buckeye. The town of Gila Bend is the connecting link to I-8, providing access to Yuma, Arizona and San Diego, California to the west.

0 8.2-6

PVNGS-1,263 ER COSTS

'In terms of rail service, the Southern Pacific line heads west from Buckeye and swings toward the southwest'-just a few miles south of the plant site. No other rail facilities are available at the present time.

Air transportation into Phoenix Sky Harbor International Air-port is very good. Phoenix is served by TWA, American, Wes-tern, Delta, Continental, Hughes Airwest, Frontier, Cochise, and Aeromexico. Airport facilities are excellent and area residents are able to fly anywhere in the country or Mexico.

8.2.2.3 Other Public Services Medical facilities are ample and are accessible to the site.

Shopping and entertainment facilities are also ample. The same will be true of general recreational facilities in the form of local and regional parks.

8.2.2.4 Other Tem orar External Costs There is little likelihood that the local price level, or cost of living indicators of metropolitan Phoenix, would be seriously affected by the construction or operation of PVNGS. Because of the size of the area, both in geographic and demographic terms, the net. workers resulting from construction and their wages, even though they would exceed the average wage of the area, could not materially affect such things as food prices, rents (except possibly in the Buckeye area), cost of services, and other items. Since the secondary employment aspects of the project are expected to be minimal, there would be little pressure on the general labor market.

8.2.2.5 Lon -Term External Costs Because of the relative isolation of the site, any aesthetic.

disturbances which occur should be minimal. Future developments 8.2-7

PVNGS-1,263 ER COSTS could include industrial, commercial, and residential sites; but these are very likely to occur because of:

o The isolation of the site from the Phoenix suburban area.

o Water problems which exist.

t The fact that the permanent plant staff will number.

approximately 300, many of whom will choose to live in different parts of the metropolitan area.

Some of the permanent staff already live in the area and will likely prefer to stay in their established neighborhoods.

Without question some people will be offended by the location of a power generating plant in a desert area. It could hardly be argued, however, that there will be no desert for future generations of Americans to see. In addition, there is no likelihood that the power plant will have the effect of res-tricting access to or the use of any other natural terrain for hunting, fishing or general recreational purposes. The plant site is completely bypassed by the existing roads so that any area. that is now accessible to the bulk of the county resi-dents approaching from the east, will still be accessible once the plant is operating.

It is expected that site preparation and construction will reduce the existing wildlife populations in proportion to the amount of habitat lost. However, this loss will have a small adverse ecological effect on the quality and quantity 'of biotic resources in the region of the site, in Maricopa County, in the Sonoran Desert, and in the State of Arizona. Offsetting =

positive benefits will, result from the construction of a 300-acre reservoir.

The conclusions are based on the following observations (see sections 4.1 and 5.7 for detailed .discussion).

8.2-8

PVNGS-1,263 ER COSTS

~ No natural bodies of surface water will be affected; the cooling water reservoir to be constructed is expected to contain water of sufficient quality to support as many as 10,000 migrating and wintering waterfowl.

~ The amount of .habitat lost (approximately 1200 acres of cultivated land and 700 acres of native desert scrub) j.s small compared to the amount of similar habitat currently available adjacent to the site and throughout the region.

~ The ecological quality of the existing habitats at the site is poor, since much has been highly disturbed by heavy cattle grazing and vehicular traffic.

~ The area currently supports low levels of wildlife (including game animals), and is not heavily used as a breeding ground or migratory pathway.

~ The net impact on rare and endangered species is low.

An intensive review of the National Re ister of Historic Places and consultation with several state organizations fail to identify any historic properties within or near the site, the nearest being at least 20 miles distant. A similar analysis failed to identify any natural landmarks.

There are several archaeological sites of interest that may be impacted by site preparation and construction. Included are historic Anglo sites representing early 20th century home-steading, three sherd and lithic scatters, two trail sites, three stone enclosures, and two suspect petroglyph sites. These sites are described in section 2.3.

8.2-9

PVNGS-l,263 ER APPENDIX SA POLICY FOR MINIMIZING CONSEQUENCES OF BULK POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPTIONS OR SHORTAGES: WESTERN SYSTEMS COORDINATING COUNCIL g ARIZONA NEW MEXICO AREA

l PVNGS-1,2&3 ER APPENDIX 8A CONTENTS Pacae 8A.1 SHORT-TERM POWER SHORTAGES 8A-1 8A.2 EXTENDED POWER SHORTAGES 8A-7 8A.3 'OPERATING PROCEDURES PRIOR TO LOAD CURTAILMENT 8A-7 8A.4 VOLUNTARY LOAD CURTAILMENT 8A-8 8A.5 INVOLUNTARY LOAD CURTAILMENT 8A-8 8A.6 AREA INFORMATION CENTERS 8A-9 8A.7 MEMBER SYSTEMS: WESTERN SYSTEMS COORDINATING COUNCIL 8A-10 8A-i

PVNGS-1,2&3 .ER TABLES Pacae 8A-1 Operations Committee Load Shedding,and Restoration Summary, 1973 SA-2 SA-ii

PVNGS-1,263 ER APPENDIX 8A POLICY FOR MINIMIZING CONSEQUENCES OF BULK POWER SUPPLY INTERRUPTIONS OR SHORTAGES: WESTERN SYSTEMS COORDINATING COUNCIL, ARIZONA-NEW MEXICO AREA The Arizona-New Mexico area (the area) is one of several oper-ating areas included within the boundaries of the Western Systems Coordinating Council (WSCC). The area includes WSCC member. systems within the states of Ari.'zona, New Mexico, and Texas.

Major bulk power supply systems participating in the coordinated operation of the area are: Arizona Public Service Company, Salt River Project, USBR-Lower Colorado Division, Tucson Gas and Electric Company, Public Service Company of New Mexico, El Paso Electric Company, Plains G and T Cooperative, and Arizona Electric Power Cooperative. Other small systems par-ticipate through the major systems with which they are inter-connected.

SA. 1 SHORT-TERM POWER SHORTAGES Short-term power shortage is defined here as a sudden shortage of power caused by a sudden electrical or physical disturbance resulting in a loss of major bulk power facilities.

Emergency operating procedures have been implemented and are continually under review and modification to minimize the impact of short-term power shortages such as the sudden loss of generating units, blocks of load, or bulk power transmission.

These emergency procedures consist of:

~ Automatic underfrequency load shedding (see table 8A-1 for the 1973 load shedding schedule),

~ Manual load shedding, SA-1/SA-2 (Blank)

r L ~

PVNGS-1, 2 & 3 ER SHORT-TERM POWER SHORTAGES Table SA-1 OPERATIONS COMMITTEE LOAD SHEDDING AND RESTORATION

SUMMARY

, 1973 (Sheet l.of 2)

Automatic Load Shedding Schedule MW Manual Total Load Restoration Manual Area Estimated Estimated Frequency Setting of Relays Shedding MW Est.

Load Automatic  !

'I or Hz Time Superv.

& Area Generating 59.6 59.5 59.0 58.5 58.0 57.5

& Shed Relay Setting Megawatts Delay Utility Load Capacity & to to to to to Hz MW In Above 59.1 58.6 58.1 57.6 57. 0 59.9 59.8 59.7 59.6 59.5 59.4 59.3 59.2 59.1 Minutes MW Area No. 11 EPEC 601 755 153 97 70 320 320 Area No. 11 PSNM 572 605 73 140 28 53 294 294 Area No. 11 Plains G&T

(')

and USBR 112 72 66 0 66 Reg 5 Area No. 11

~

CPS 41 56 Total 1326 1488 292 237 98 53 680 680

a. Includes 6 MW of PSNM load SA-3/SA-4 (Blank)

=

PVNGS-1,2&3 ER SHORT.-,TERM POWER SHORTAGES Table SA-1 OPERATIONS COMMITTEE LOAD SHEDDING AND RESTORATION

SUMMARY

, 1973 (Sheet 2 of 2)

Automatic Load Shedding Schedule MW Manual Total Load'Re s tor a ti on Manual of Relays Shedding Est. Automat Estimated Frequency Setting 1. c or Area Estimated ,Hz MW Load tj Time Superv.

Area Generating 59. 6 59.0 58.5 58.0 57.5 & Shed Relay Setting & Megawatts Delay Utility

'9.5 Load Capacity & to to to to to Hz MW In Above 59.1 58.6 58.1 57.6 57.0 59.9 59.8 59.7 59.6 59.5 59.4 59.3 59.2 59.1 Minutes Area No. 11 Arizona 1948( )

Public 1670 142 423 330 149 1044 68 63 46 867 Service Area No. 11 USBR Reg. 3 368 155" 297 452 20 432 (Lo. Col.) 563 Area No. 11 Salt River 1525 1265 44 446 305 151 946 946 Project Area No. 11 Tucson Gas & 648 765 39 78 169 286 286 Electric Area No, 11 Citizens Utilities INFORMATION NOT AVAILABLE Area No. 11 Nevada Power 934 738 205 169 94 468 468 Company

b. Does not include 203.7 MW of firm capacity purchases e. Does not include 309 MW of firm capacity purchases c, CRSP Firm Schedule to AZ f. Includes Parker-Davis & CRSP Loads

d. Does not include 584 MW of firm capacity purchases SA-5/SA-6 (Blank)

I

'I

(~

0

PVNGS-.1,2&3 ER SHORT- TERM POWER SHORTAGES

~ Transfer tripping of blocks of load, lines, or generators on loss of transmission circuits to maintain system stability.

SA.2 EXTENDED POWER SHORTAGES Extended power shortages may result from delays in bringing new generating units into service, shortages of fuel, forced outages requiring long periods of time for r'epairs, labor disputes, or curtailments by order of appropriate authorities.

Under these conditions it may become necessary to exercise some degree'f customer load curtailment. If customer load curtailment becomes imminent, all systems will participate to the fullest extent, as agreed in existing contracts, to coordinate operation of all generating and transmission, facilities to the maximum. extent.

Federal and state regulatory agencies will be kept advised as appropriate during the extended power shortage.

SA 3 OPERATING PROCEDURES PRIOR TO LOAD CURTAILMENT Optimize hydroelectric operation for maximum use of available system resources.

~ Optimize primary and secondary fuel storage.

Adjust maintenance schedules for transmission compo-nents and generating units.

Utilize all spinning reserve.

~ Optimize energy limited resources.

Invoke emergency and short term contractual schedules with other, utilities and/or agencies.

Contact utilities and/or agencies with whom we do not have formal contractual arrangements for emergency assistance.

8A-7i

.)"PVNGS,.lg'2,83 'ER I

SHORT-TERM POWER SHORTAGES Start all standby units.

Interrupt service to industrial customers in accordance with provisions of contracts.

f Reduce nonessential utility uses such as flood lighting, C

sign lighting, display lighting, office lighting, etc.

o Reduce electric cooling and heating in utility-owned houses, building, and plants where feasible.

SA.4 VOLUNTARY LOAD CURTAILMENT Request large industrial customers to reduce nonessential load.

Request all other customers to reduce nonessential load by appeals through all news media channels.

Where feasible, reduce voltage. at. the distribution or subtransmission level. (In the area, voltage reduction is not considered a practical method of obtaining load relief except in a few local areas.}

I SA. 5 INVOLUNTARY LOAD CURTAILMENT Interrupt or curtail service to large industrial customers an amount equal to a predetermined minimum that will allow such industrial customers to remain in'artial production.

Interrupt or curtail service to large industrial customers a predetermined amount which will allow them to serve only critical, nonproduction loads.

Interrupt service= to selected large commercial customers an amount equal to their predetermined nonessential load.

8A-8